Internal Revenue Bulletin 2006-48 (PDF rendition): IRS Revenue Procedures

Preserve advance releases and the authoritative Internal Revenue Bulletin rendition; directory timestamps are file-publication metadata, not legal effective dates. HTML bulletins begin June 2003; earlier available issues require full PDF parsing. Whole bulletin rendition: numbered items are identified below; other legal material and publisher context remain included. This is not a new standalone advance release.

Bulletin No. 200
6-48
November 27, 200
6
HIGHLIGHTS
OF THIS ISSUE
These synopses are intended only as aids to the reader in
identifying the subject matter covered. They may not be
relied upon as authoritative interpretations.
INCOME TAX
Rev. Rul. 2006–59, page 992.
LIFO; price indexes; department stores.The September
2006 Bureau of Labor Statistics price indexes are accepted
for use by department stores employing the retail inventory
and last-in, first-out inventory methods for valuing inventories
for tax years ended on, or with reference to, September 30,
2006.
T.D. 9293
, page 957.
REG–12781
9–06, page 1013.
Final, tem
porary, and proposed regulations under section 199
of the Code
concern the amendments made by the Tax Increase
Preventi
on and Reconciliation Act of 2005 (TIPRA) to section
199, whic
h provides a deduction for income attributable to do-
mestic pr
oduction activities. A public hearing on the proposed
regulati
ons is scheduled for February 5, 2007.
REG–110405–05, page 1004.
Proposed regulations provide guidance regarding the applica-
tion of section 362(e)(2) of the Code to determine the bases of
assets and stock transferred in certain nonrecognition trans-
actions. They also provide instructions on how to make an
election to apply section 362(e)(2)(C).
Rev. Proc. 2006–52, page 995.
This procedure informs plan proponents in cases under chapter
12 of Title 11 of the United States Code of the procedures to
be followed to request determinations of the income tax effects
of proposed plans when such requests are authorized by the
bankruptcy courts.
Rev. Proc. 2006–53, page 996.
Cost-of-living adjustments for 2007.This procedure sets
forth the cost-of-living adjustments to certain items for 2007
as required under various provisions of the Code. Rev. Proc.
2002–41 modified.
EMPLOYEE PLANS
Rev. Rul. 2006–60, page 977.
2007 covered compensation tables; permitted disparity.
The covered compensation tables under section 401 of the
Code for the year 2007 are provided for use in determining
contributions to defined benefit plans and permitted disparity.
T.D. 9294, page 980.
Final regulations under section 401 of the Code set forth stan-
dards for electronic systems that make use of an electronic
medium to provide a notice to a recipient, or to make a partic-
ipant election or consent, with respect to a retirement plan, an
employee benefit plan, or an individual retirement plan.
Notice 2006–104, page 995.
Weighted average interest rate update; corporate bond
indices; 30-year Treasury securities.The weighted aver-
age interest rate for November 2006 and the resulting permis-
sible range of interest rates used to calculate current liability
and to determine the required contribution are set forth.
(Continued on the next page)
A
nnouncements of Disbarments and Suspensions begin on page 1017.
Finding Lists begin on page ii.
Index for July through November begins on page vi.

EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS
Announcement 2006–92, page 1014.
A list is provided of organizations now classified as private foun-
dations.
Announcement 2
006–93, page 1017.
This document e
xplains the procedures that 501(c)(3) tax-ex-
empt organiza
tions may use to request a change in their public
charity class
ification.
ESTATE TAX
Rev. Proc. 2006–53, page 996.
Cost-of-living adjustments for 2007.This procedure sets
forth the cost-of-living adjustments to certain items for 2007
as required under various provisions of the Code. Rev. Proc.
2002–41 modified.
GIFT TAX
Rev. Proc. 2006–53, page 996.
Cost-of-living adjustments for 2007.This procedure sets
forth the cost-of-living adjustments to certain items for 2007
as required under various provisions of the Code. Rev. Proc.
2002–41 modified.
EXCISE TAX
Rev. Proc.
2006–53, page 996.
Cost-of-l
iving adjustments for 2007.This procedure sets
forth the c
ost-of-living adjustments to certain items for 2007
as require
d under various provisions of the Code. Rev. Proc.
2002–41 mo
dified.
ADMINISTRATIVE
Rev. Proc. 2006–52, page 995.
This procedure informs plan proponents in cases under chapter
12 of Title 11 of the United States Code of the procedures to
be followed to request determinations of the income tax effects
of proposed plans when such requests are authorized by the
bankruptcy courts.
Rev. Proc
. 2006–53, page 996.
Cost-of-
living adjustments for 2007.This procedure sets
forth th
e cost-of-living adjustments to certain items for 2007
as requi
red under various provisions of the Code. Rev. Proc.
2002–41
modified.
November 27, 20062006–48 I.R.B.

The IRS Mission
Provide America’s taxpayers top quality service by helping
them understand and meet their tax responsibilities and by
applying the tax law with integrity and fairness to all.
Introduction
The Internal Revenue Bulletin is the authoritative instrument of
the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for announcing official
rulings and procedures of the Internal Revenue Service and for
publishing Treasury Decisions, Executive Orders, Tax Conven-
tions, legislation, court decisions, and other items of general
interest. It is published weekly and may be obtained from the
Superintendent of Documents on a subscription basis. Bulletin
contents are compiled semiannually into Cumulative Bulletins,
which are sold on a single-copy basis.
It is the policy of the Service to publish in the Bulletin all sub-
stantive rulings necessary to promote a uniform application of
the tax laws, including all rulings that supersede, revoke, mod-
ify, or amend any of those previously published in the Bulletin.
All published rulings apply retroactively unless otherwise indi-
cated. Procedures relating solely to matters of internal man-
agement are not published; however, statements of internal
practices and procedures that affect the rights and duties of
taxpayers are published.
Revenue rulings represent the conclusions of the Service on the
application of the law to the pivotal facts stated in the revenue
ruling. In those based on positions taken in rulings to taxpayers
or technical advice to Service field offices, identifying details
and information of a confidential nature are deleted to prevent
unwarranted invasions of privacy and to comply with statutory
requirements.
Rulings and procedures reported in the Bulletin do not have the
force and effect of Treasury Department Regulations, but they
may be used as precedents. Unpublished rulings will not be
relied on, used, or cited as precedents by Service personnel in
the disposition of other cases. In applying published rulings and
procedures, the effect of subsequent legislation, regulations,
court decisions, rulings, and procedures must be considered,
and Service personnel and others concerned are cautioned
against reaching the same conclusions in other cases unless
the facts and circumstances are substantially the same.
The Bulletin is divided into four parts as follows:
Part I.—19
86 Code.
This part i
ncludes rulings and decisions based on provisions of
the Intern
al Revenue Code of 1986.
Part II.—Treaties and Tax Legislation.
This part is divided into two subparts as follows: Subpart A,
Tax Conventions and Other Related Items, and Subpart B, Leg-
islation and Related Committee Reports.
Part III.—Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous.
To the extent practicable, pertinent cross references to these
subjects are contained in the other Parts and Subparts. Also
included in this part are Bank Secrecy Act Administrative Rul-
ings. Bank Secrecy Act Administrative Rulings are issued by
the Department of the Treasury’s Office of the Assistant Sec-
retary (Enforcement).
Part IV
.—Items of General Interest.
This par
t includes notices of proposed rulemakings, disbar-
ment an
d suspension lists, and announcements.
The last Bulletin for each month includes a cumulative index
for the matters published during the preceding months. These
monthly indexes are cumulated on a semiannual basis, and are
published in the last Bulletin of each semiannual period.
The c
ontents of this publication are not copyrighted and may be reprinted freely. A citation of the Internal Revenue Bulletin as the source would be appropriate.
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
2006–48 I.R.B.November 27, 2006

Place missing child here.
November 27, 20062006–48 I.R.B.

Part I. Rulings and Decisions Under the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986
Section 1.—Tax Imposed
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
tax rate tables for individuals, trusts, and estates for
taxable years beginning in 2007. In addition, the
amounts of certain reductions allowed against the
unearned income of minor children in computing
the “kiddie tax” are adjusted. Also adjusted are the
amounts used to determine whether a parent may
elect to report the “kiddie tax” on the parent’s return.
See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 23.—Adoption
Expenses
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
adoption credit allowed for the adoption of a child for
taxable years beginning in 2007. The Service also
provides inflation adjustments to the value used in
calculating the modified adjusted gross income lim-
itations used to determine the amount of adoption
credit that is allowed in taxable years beginning in
2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 24.—Child Tax
Credit
The Service provides inflation adjustments for the
value used in determining the amount of the credit
that may be refundable beginning in 2007. See Rev.
Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 25A.—Hope and
Lifetime Learning Credits
The Service provides inflation adjustments for the
amount of qualified tuition and related expenses that
are taken into account in determining the amount of
the Hope Scholarship Credit for taxable years begin-
ning in 2007, and for the amount of a taxpayer’s mod-
ified adjusted gross income that is taken into account
in determining the reduction in the amount of the
Hope Scholarship and Lifetime Learning Credits oth-
erwise available. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 25B.—Elective
Deferrals and IRA
Contributions by Certain
Indiv
iduals
The Se
rvice provides inflation adjustments to the
adjus
ted gross income amounts used to determine the
appli
cable percentage for calculating the qualified re-
tirem
ent savings contributions credit that may be al-
lowe
d for taxable years beginning in 2007. See Rev.
Proc
. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 32.—Earned
Income
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
limitations on the earned income credit for taxable
years beginning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53,
page 996.
Section 42.—Low-Income
Housing Credit
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
amounts used to calculate the State housing credit
ceiling used in determining the low-income housing
credit for calendar year 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-
53, page 996.
Section 59.—Other
Definitions and Special
Rules
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
exemption amount used in computing the alternative
minimum tax for a minor child subject to the “kiddie
tax” for taxable years beginning in 2007. See Rev.
Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 62.—Adjusted
Gross Income Defined
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
amounts an eligible employer may pay in 2007 to cer-
tain welders and heavy equipment mechanics for rig-
related expenses that are deemed substantiated un-
der an accountable plan if paid in accordance with
Rev. Proc. 2002–41, 2002–1 C.B. 1098. Rev. Proc.
2002–41 modified. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page
996.
Section 63.—Taxable
Income Defined
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
standard deduction amounts (including the limitation
in the case of certain dependents, and the additional
standard deduction for the aged or blind) for taxable
years beginning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53,
page 996.
Section 68.—Overall
Limitation on Itemized
Deductions
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
overall limitation on itemized deductions for taxable
years beginning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53,
page 996.
Section 132.—Certain
Fringe Benefits
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
limitations on the exclusion of income for a qualified
transportation fringe benefit for taxable years begin-
ning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 135.—Income
From United States Savings
Bonds Used to Pay Higher
Education Tuition and Fees
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
limitation on the exclusion of income from United
States savings bonds for taxpayers who pay qualified
higher education expenses for taxable years begin-
ning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 137.—Adoption
Assista
nce Programs
The Serv
ice provides inflation adjustments to the
maximum
amount that can be excluded from an em-
ployee’
s gross income in connection with a qualified
adoptio
n assistance program for taxable years begin-
ning in
2007. The Service also provides inflation ad-
justme
nts to the amount used to calculate the modi-
fied ad
justed gross income limitations used to deter-
mine th
e amount that can be excluded from an em-
ployee
’s gross income for taxable years beginning in
2007.
See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 146.—Volume Cap
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
amounts used to determine the State ceiling for the
volume cap of private activity bonds for calendar year
2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 148.—Arbitrage
26 CFR 1.148–5: Yield and valuation of investments.
The Service provides inflation adjustments for de-
termining in the calendar year 2007 whether a bro-
ker’s commission or similar fee with respect to the
acquisition of a guaranteed investment contract or in-
vestments purchased for a yield restricted defeasance
escrow is reasonable. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page
996.
2006–48 I.R.B.956November 27, 2006

Section 151.—Allowance
of Deductions for Personal
Exemptions
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
personal exemption and to the threshold amounts of
adjusted gross income above which the exemption
amount phases out for taxable years beginning in
2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 170.—Charitable,
etc., Contributions and Gifts
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
“insubstantial benefit” guidelines for calendar year
2007. Under the guidelines, a charitable contribu-
tion is fully deductible even though the contributor re-
ceives “insubstantial benefits” from the charity. See
Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 179.—Election
to Expense Certain
Depreciable Business
Assets
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
aggregate cost of section 179 property that a taxpayer
may elect to treat as an expense for taxable years be-
ginning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 199.—Income
Attributable to Domestic
Production Activities
26 CFR 1.199–7: Expanded affiliated groups.
T.D. 9293
DEPARTMENT OF
THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
TIPRA Amendments to Section
199
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service
(IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Final and temporary regula-
tions.
SUMMARY: This document contains
final and temporary regulations concern-
ing the amendments made by the Tax
Increase Prevention and Reconciliation
Act of 2005 to section 199 of the Internal
Revenue Code. The temporary regula-
tions also contain a rule concerning the
use of losses incurred by members of an
expanded affiliatedgroup. Section 199
provides a deduction for income attribut-
able to domestic production activities. The
regulations will affect taxpayers engaged
in certain domestic production activities.
The text of the temporary regulations also
serves as the text of the proposed reg-
ulations (REG–127819–06) set forth in
the notice of proposed rulemaking on this
subject in this issue of the Bulletin.
DATES:Effective Date:These regulations
are effective October 19, 2006.
Applicability Date:For dates of appli-
cability, see §1.199–8T(i)(5) and (6).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT: Concerning §§1.199–
2T(e)(2)and1.199–8T(i)(5),
Paul Handleman or Lauren Ross Taylor,
(202)622–3040;concerning
§§1.199–3T(i)(7) and (8), and 1.199–5T,
Martin Schaffer, (202) 622–3080;
and concerning §§1.199–7T(b)(4) and
1.199–8T(i)(6), Ken Cohen, (202)
622–7790 (not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document provides rules relating
to the deduction for income attributable
to domestic production activities under
section 199 of the Internal Revenue Code
(Code). Section 199 was added to the
Code by section 102 of the American
Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (Public Law
108–357, 118 Stat. 1418), and amended
by section 403(a) of the Gulf Opportunity
Zone Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–135,
119 Stat. 25) and section 514 of the Tax
Increase Prevention and Reconciliation
Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–222, 120
Stat. 345) (TIPRA). On June 1, 2006,
the IRS and Treasury Department pub-
lished final regulations under section 199
(T.D. 9263, 2006–25 I.R.B. 1063 [71 FR
31268]). The preamble to the final reg-
ulations states that the IRS and Treasury
Department plan on issuing regulations on
the amendments made to section 199 by
section 514 of TIPRA.
General Overview
Section 199(a)(1) allows a deduction
equal to 9 percent (3 percent in the case of
taxable years beginning in 2005 or 2006,
and 6 percent in the case of taxable years
beginning in 2007, 2008, or 2009) of the
lesser of (A) the qualified production ac-
tivities income (QPAI) of the taxpayer for
the taxable year, or (B) taxable income (de-
termined without regard to section 199) for
the taxable year (or, in the case of an indi-
vidual, adjusted gross income (AGI)).
Section 199(b)(1) limits the deduction
for a taxable year to 50 percent of the W–2
wages paid by the taxpayer during the cal-
endar year that ends in such taxable year.
For this purpose, section 199(b)(2)(A) de-
fines the termW–2 wagesto mean, with
respect to any person for any taxable year
of such person, the sum of the amounts de-
scribed in section 6051(a)(3) and (8) paid
by such person with respect to employ-
ment of employees by such person during
the calendar year ending during such tax-
able year. Section 514(a) of TIPRA added
new section 199(b)(2)(B), which provides
that the termW–2 wagesdoes not in-
clude any amount which is not properly
allocable to domestic production gross
receipts (DPGR) for purposes of section
199(c)(1). Section 199(b)(2)(C) provides
that the termW–2 wagesdoes not include
any amount that is not properly included
in a return filed with the Social Security
Administration on or before the 60th day
after the due date (including extensions)
for the return. Section 199(b)(3) provides
that the Secretary shall prescribe rules for
the application of section 199(b) in the
case of an acquisition or disposition of a
major portion of either a trade or business
or a separate unit of a trade or business
during the taxable year.
Pass-thru Entities
Section 199(d)(1)(A) provides that, in
the case of a partnership or S corpora-
tion, (i) section 199 shall be applied at the
partner or shareholder level, (ii) each part-
ner or shareholder shall take into account
such person’s allocable share of each item
described in section 199(c)(1)(A) or (B)
(determined without regard to whether the
items described in section 199(c)(1)(A)
exceed the items described in section
199(c)(1)(B)), and (iii), as amended by
section 514(b) of TIPRA, each partner or
shareholder shall be treated for purposes
of section 199(b) as having W–2 wages
for the taxable year in an amount equal to
November 27, 20069572006–48 I.R.B.

such person’s allocable share of the W–2
wages of the partnership or S corporation
for the taxable year (as determined under
regulations prescribed by the Secretary).
Section 199(d)(1)(B) provides that, in
the case of a trust or estate, (i) the items
referred to in section 199(d)(1)(A)(ii) (as
determined therein) and the W–2 wages
of the trust or estate for the taxable year
shall be apportioned between the benefi-
ciaries and the fiduciary (and among the
beneficiaries) under regulations prescribed
by the Secretary, and (ii) for purposes of
section 199(d)(2), AGI of the trust or es-
tate shall be determined as provided in sec-
tion 67(e) with the adjustments described
in such section.
Section 199(d)(1)(C) provides that the
Secretary may prescribe rules requiring
or restricting the allocation of items and
wages under section 199(d)(1) and may
prescribe such reporting requirements as
the Secretary determines appropriate.
Expanded Affiliated Groups
Section 199(d)(4)(A) provides that all
members of an expanded affiliated group
(EAG) are treated as a single corpora-
tion for purposes of section 199. Section
199(d)(4)(B) provides that an EAG is
an affiliated group as defined in section
1504(a), determined by substituting “more
than 50 percent” for “at least 80 percent”
each place it appears and without regard
to section 1504(b)(2) and (4).
Authority to Prescribe Regulations
Section 199(d)(8) authorizes the Secre-
tary to prescribe such regulations as are
necessary to carry out the purposes of sec-
tion 199, including regulations that pre-
vent more than one taxpayer from being al-
lowed a deduction under section 199 with
respect to any activity described in section
199(c)(4)(A)(i).
Explanation of Provisions
W–2 Wages Properly Allocable to
Domestic Production Gross Receipts
Section 514(a) of TIPRA amended sec-
tion 199(b)(2) to provide that the termW–2
wagesdoes not include any amount that is
not properly allocable to DPGR for pur-
poses of section 199(c)(1). The Secretary
is authorized to provide rules for the proper
allocation of items (including wages) in
determining QPAI. See section 199(d)(8).
The temporary regulations provide that
for taxable years beginning after May
17, 2006, the termW–2 wagesincludes
only amounts described in §1.199–2(e)(1)
(paragraph (e)(1) wages) that are prop-
erly allocable to DPGR. The temporary
regulations provide that a taxpayer may
determine the amount of paragraph (e)(1)
wagesthatisproperlyallocabletoDPGR
using any reasonable method that is satis-
factory to the Secretary based on all of the
facts and circumstances.
The temporary regulations provide
safe harbors for determining the amount
of paragraph (e)(1) wages that is prop-
erly allocable to DPGR. Under the wage
expense safe harbor for taxpayers using
either the section 861 method of cost allo-
cation under §1.199–4(d) or the simplified
deduction method under §1.199–4(e), a
taxpayer may determine the amount of
paragraph (e)(1) wages that is properly
allocable to DPGR by multiplying the
amount of paragraph (e)(1) wages by the
ratio of the taxpayer’s wage expense in-
cluded in calculating QPAI for the taxable
year to the taxpayer’s total wage expense
used in calculating the taxpayer’s taxable
income (or AGI, if applicable) for the
taxable year. For purposes of determin-
ing the amount of wage expense in cost
of goods sold (CGS) under this safe har-
bor, a taxpayer may determine its wage
expense included in CGS using any rea-
sonable method that is satisfactory to the
Secretary based on all of the facts and
circumstances. For example, a reasonable
method would include a taxpayer using
direct labor included in CGS as wage ex-
pense included in CGS. Additionally, a
reasonable method would include a tax-
payer using the section 263A labor costs
used by the taxpayer in its simplified
service cost method with labor-based al-
location ratio under §1.263–1(h)(4)(ii) as
wage expense included in CGS. Because
CGS frequently includes goods manu-
factured in prior years, and thus would
frequently include paragraph (e)(1) wages
from prior years attributable to DPGR, the
amount of paragraph (e)(1) wages in CGS
that is properly allocable to DPGR may be
difficult to determine. The IRS and Trea-
sury Department request comments on
appropriate safe harbors for determining
the amount of paragraph (e)(1) wages in
CGS that are properly allocable to DPGR.
A taxpayer that uses the small busi-
ness simplified overall method of cost al-
location under §1.199–4(f) may use the
small business simplified overall method
safe harbor for determining the amount of
paragraph (e)(1) wages that is properly al-
locable to DPGR. Underthat safe harbor,
the amount of paragraph (e)(1) wages that
is properly allocable to DPGR is equal to
the same proportion of paragraph (e)(1)
wages that the amount of DPGR bears to
the taxpayer’s total gross receipts.
As a consequence of the amendment
to section 199(b)(2) made by TIPRA and
its interplay with the rules in §1.199–7(a)
and (b) for the computation of an EAG’s
section 199 deduction, the section 199 de-
duction for the members of an EAG may
be reduced if one member of an EAG uses
employees of another member of the EAG
to perform activities attributable to DPGR
and does not have paragraph (e)(1) wages.
In general, §1.199–7(a) and (b) provides
that each member of an EAG calculates
its own taxable income or loss, QPAI, and
W–2 wages, which are then aggregated in
determining the EAG’s section 199 deduc-
tion. Therefore, prior to the amendment
to section 199(b)(2), in determining the
wage limitation under section 199(b)(1)
(the W–2 wage limitation), it was irrele-
vant which member of an EAG had the
paragraph (e)(1) wages, because there
was no requirement that paragraph (e)(1)
wages be properly allocable to DPGR
to qualify as W–2 wages, and the W–2
wages of all the members of an EAG are
aggregated.
For example, assume that X and Y are
members of an EAG and do not join in the
filing of a consolidated Federal income tax
return. X has paragraph (e)(1) wages in-
curred in connection with Y’s DPGR ac-
tivities, but X has no DPGR itself. Fur-
ther assume that Y has no paragraph (e)(1)
wages. Prior to the amendment to sec-
tion 199(b)(2), notwithstanding that X has
no DPGR, X would have W–2 wages, be-
cause there was no requirement that para-
graph (e)(1) wages be properly allocable to
DPGR. Thus, the EAG would have W–2
wages, the same as if Y, rather than X, had
the paragraph (e)(1) wages. Assuming the
EAG had QPAI and taxable income, the
EAG would receive a section 199 deduc-
tion.
2006–48 I.R.B.958November 27, 2006

After the amendment to section
199(b)(2), to qualify as W–2 wages within
the meaning of §1.199–2T(e)(2), para-
graph (e)(1) wages must be properly allo-
cable to DPGR to qualify as W–2 wages.
Because each member of an EAG sepa-
rately calculates its own items before they
are aggregated by the EAG, the member
having the paragraph (e)(1) wages must
itself have DPGR to which the wages
are properly allocable in order to qualify
those wages as W–2 wages. Paragraph
(e)(1) wages that are not properly alloca-
ble to DPGR of the member having the
paragraph (e)(1) wages do not qualify as
W–2 wages, even if the paragraph (e)(1)
wages were paid in connection with an-
other member’s DPGR activities. Thus,
after the amendment to section 199(b)(2),
X’s paragraph (e)(1) wages do not qualify
as W–2 wages, because X has no DPGR to
which the paragraph (e)(1) wages would
be properly allocable. Accordingly, as
neither X nor Y has W–2 wages, the EAG
has no W–2 wages and no section 199
deduction. If Y had the paragraph (e)(1)
wages rather than X, the EAG would have
W–2 wages and a section 199 deduction.
However, if X and Y join in the fil-
ing of a consolidated Federal income tax
return, the results may differ. Section
1.1502–13(c)(1)(i) and (c)(4) requires that
the separate entity attributes of X’s and
Y’s intercompany items or corresponding
items be redetermined to the extent nec-
essary to produce the effect as if X and
Y were divisions of a single corporation.
Thus, §1.1502–13(c)(1)(i) and (c)(4) may
apply to treat the paragraph (e)(1) wages
incurred by X as W–2 wages. The tem-
porary regulations provide examples to
demonstrate the described scenarios.
Pass-thru Entities
Section 514(b) of TIPRA amended sec-
tion 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) regarding a partner’s
or shareholder’s share of W–2 wages from
a partnership or S corporation for taxable
years beginning after May 17, 2006. After
TIPRA, the section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) wage
limitation for pass-thru entities no longer
includes the second prong of a two-prong
standard, by which a partner’s or share-
holder’s share of W–2 wages from the
partnership or S corporation was limited to
the lesser of that person’s allocable share
of W–2 wages from the entity or a speci-
fied percentage of the person’s QPAI, com-
puted by taking intoaccount only the items
of the entity allocated to that person for the
taxable year of the entity.
Section 1.199–5T(b)(3) and (c)(3) pro-
vides guidance regarding a partner’s or
shareholder’s share of W–2 wages of a
partnership or an S corporation after the
effective date of TIPRA. Except as pro-
vided by publication in the Internal Rev-
enue Bulletin (see §601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)),
the partnership or S corporation must allo-
cate its paragraph (e)(1) wages (including
any such wages from a lower-tier partner-
ship of which the partnership or S corpo-
ration is a partner) among its partners or
shareholders in the same manner that wage
expense is allocated among those partners
or shareholders. The partner or share-
holder must add its share of the paragraph
(e)(1) wages from the partnership or S cor-
poration to the partner’s or shareholder’s
paragraph (e)(1) wages from other sources,
if any. The partner (other than a partner
that itself is a partnership or S corporation)
or shareholder then must calculate its W–2
wages (as defined in §1.199–2T(e)(2)) by
determining the amount of its paragraph
(e)(1) wages properly allocable to DPGR.
See §1.199–2T(e)(2) for the computation
of W–2 wages.
Section 1.199–5T(e) requires a
non-grantor trust or estate to calculate
each beneficiary’s share (as well as the
trust’s or estate’s share, if any) of QPAI
and W–2 wages from the trust or estate
at the trust or estate level. The QPAI of a
trust or estate and W–2 wages of the trust
or estate are allocated to each beneficiary
and to the trust or estate based on the rel-
ative proportion of the trust’s or estate’s
distributable net income (DNI), as defined
by section 643(a), forthe taxable year that
is distributed or required to be distributed
to the beneficiary or is retained by the trust
or estate.
Because the second prong of the wage
limitation of section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) was
prospectively repealed by TIPRA, there is
no longer any need for a special rule for
tiered structures (where a pass-thru entity
owns an interest in another pass-thru en-
tity). Accordingly, the rule in §1.199–9(g)
of the final regulations regarding the sec-
tion 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) wage limitation and
tiered structures has not been included in
these temporary regulations.
The temporary regulations provide a
transition rule for the situation in which a
partner (or shareholder) and a partnership
(or S corporation) have different taxable
years, only one of which begins on or
beforetheeffectivedateofTIPRA.Under
§1.199–5T(b)(4) and (c)(4), the beginning
date of the taxable year of the partnership
(or S corporation) determines which defi-
nition of W–2 wages and which W–2 wage
limitation for pass-thru entities apply.
Expanded Affiliated Groups
After issuance of the final regulations,
it was brought to the attention of the IRS
and Treasury Department that the combi-
nation of the aggregation rules for deter-
mining the taxable income of an EAG in
§1.199–7(b)(1) and the rules of section 172
for net operating loss (NOL) deductions
can result in the same loss being used twice
in determining the taxable income limita-
tion under section 199(a)(1)(B). That is,
in determining the taxable income limita-
tion under section 199(a)(1)(B), a loss sus-
tained by a member of an EAG could be
used in the year the loss is sustained to off-
set the taxable income of another member
of the EAG in determining the EAG’s tax-
able income limitation. However, because
the EAG is not a separate taxpaying en-
tity that files its own tax return, the mem-
ber that sustained the loss would still have
an NOL carryover or carryback. Thus, the
loss could be used again as an NOL de-
duction of the member that sustained the
loss in a previous or subsequent year to
offset its own income, either as a member
of the same EAG, a different EAG, or on
a stand-alone basis. Because the section
199 deduction is a percentage of the lesser
of QPAI or taxable income (subject to the
W–2 wage limitation), the use of the same
loss twice could potentially reduce the sec-
tion 199 deduction that should be allow-
able.
For example, assume that corporations
X and Y are the only two members of an
EAG and that X and Y do not file a consol-
idated Federal income tax return. In 2010,
X and Y each have $100 of QPAI which,
under §1.199–7(b), are aggregated in de-
termining the EAG’s QPAI. X has $100 of
taxable income and Y has a $100 NOL,
which are also aggregated in determining
the EAG’s taxable income for purposes of
the taxable income limitation of section
November 27, 20069592006–48 I.R.B.

199(a)(1)(B). Further assume that the EAG
has sufficient W–2 wages so that the sec-
tion 199 deduction is not limited under sec-
tion 199(b)(1). Thus, although in 2010 the
EAG has $200 of QPAI and sufficient W–2
wages so that the section 199 deduction is
not limited under section 199(b)(1), as a re-
sult of the use of Y’s NOL, the EAG has
$0 of taxable income and no section 199
deduction. However, because the EAG is
not a separate taxpaying entity, Y has an
NOL of $100 which is available for car-
ryover or carryback. In 2011, X has $100
of taxable income and Y, before the deduc-
tion allowed under section 172, has $300
of taxable income. Under section 172, Y
reduces its 2011 taxable income of $300
by its 2010 NOL of $100, thus reducing
Y’s taxable income to $200. Y’s loss was
effectively used twice, first in 2010 to re-
duce the EAG’s taxable income for pur-
poses of the taxable income limitation of
section 199(a)(1)(B) and then in 2011 to
reduce Y’s own taxable income, which re-
duces the EAG’s aggregate taxable income
for purposes of the taxable income limita-
tion.
This result was not intended. Accord-
ingly, §1.199–7T(b)(4) has been added to
provide that, to the extent that an NOL was
used in the year it was sustained in de-
termining any EAG’s taxable income for
purposes of the taxable income limitation
of section 199(a)(1)(B), such NOL is not
treated as an NOL carryover or NOL car-
ryback to any taxable year in determining
the taxable income limitation under sec-
tion 199(a)(1)(B). Thus, in the previous
example, solely for purposes of determin-
ing the EAG’s 2011 taxable income limi-
tation under section 199(a)(1)(B), Y would
not have an NOL carryover from 2010, be-
cause the entire $100 NOL was used in
2010 to reduce the EAG’s taxable income.
Therefore, for purposes of determining the
EAG’s taxable income limitation in 2011,
Y would have taxable income of $300 and
the EAG would have aggregate taxable in-
come of $400. The temporary regulations
provide examples to illustrate this provi-
sion.
Effective Date
Section 199 applies to taxable years be-
ginning after December 31, 2004. These
temporary regulations are applicable for
taxable years beginning on or after Oc-
tober 19, 2006. A taxpayer may apply
§§1.199–2T(e)(2), 1.199–3T(i)(7) and (8),
and 1.199–5T to taxable years beginning
after May 17, 2006, and before October 19,
2006 regardless of whether the taxpayer
otherwise relied upon Notice 2005–14,
2005–1 C.B. 498 (see §601.601(d)(2)),
the provisions of REG–105847–05,
2005–47 I.R.B. 987 (see §601.601(d)(2)),
or §§1.199–1 through 1.199–8. A taxpayer
may apply §1.199–7T(b)(4) to taxable
years beginning after December 31, 2004,
and before October 19, 2006 regardless
of whether the taxpayer otherwise relied
upon Notice 2005–14, the provisions of
REG–105847–05, or §§1.199–1 through
1.199–9. The applicability of these tem-
porary regulations expires on October 16,
2009.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this Trea-
sury decision is not a significant regula-
tory action as defined in Executive Order
12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment
is not required. It also has been deter-
mined that section 553(b) of the Admin-
istrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter
5) does not apply to these regulations. For
applicability of the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (5 U.S.C. 601et seq.), refer to the
cross-reference notice of proposed rule-
making published elsewhere in this issue
of the Bulletin. Pursuant to section 7805(f)
of the Code, these temporary regulations
will be submitted to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business Admin-
istration for comment on their impact on
small business.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these reg-
ulations are Paul Handleman and
Lauren Ross Taylor, Office of the As-
sociate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and
Special Industries), IRS. However, other
personnel from the IRS and Treasury
Department participated in their develop-
ment.
*****
Adoption of Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended
as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for
part 1 is amended by adding entries in nu-
merical order to read in part as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.199–0 is amended
by adding the following entries for
§§1.199–7(b)(4) and 1.199–8(i)(5) and
(6):
§1.199–0 Table of contents.
*****
§1.199–7 Expanded affiliated groups.
*****
(b) * * *
(4) Losses used to reduce taxable in-
come of expanded affiliated group. [Re-
served].
*****
§1.199–8 Other rules.
*****
(i) * * *
(5) Tax Increase Prevention and Recon-
ciliation Act of 2005. [Reserved].
(6) Losses used to reduce taxable in-
come of expanded affiliated group. [Re-
served].
*****
Par. 3. Section 1.199–2 is amended by
adding a sentence at the end of paragraph
(e)(2) to read as follows:
§1.199–2 Wage limitation.
*****
(e) * * *
(2)Limitation on W–2 wages for tax-
able years beginning after May 17, 2006,
the enactment date of the Tax Increase
Prevention and Reconciliation Act of
2005. ***Forfurtherguidance,see
§1.199–2T(e)(2).
*****
Par. 4. Section 1.199–2T is added to
read as follows:
§1.199–2T Wage limitation (temporary).
(a) through (d) [Reserved]. For further
guidance, see §1.199–2(a) through (d).
(e)Definition of W–2 wages—(1)In
general. [Reserved]. For further guidance,
see §1.199–2(e)(1).
2006–48 I.R.B.960November 27, 2006

(2)Limitation on W–2 wages for tax-
able years beginning after May 17, 2006,
the enactment date of the Tax Increase
Prevention and Reconciliation Act of
2005—(i)In general.ThetermW–2
wagesincludes only amounts described in
§1.199–2(e)(1) (paragraph (e)(1) wages)
that are properly allocable to domestic
production gross receipts (DPGR) (as de-
fined in §1.199–3) for purposes of section
199(c)(1). A taxpayer may determine the
amount of paragraph (e)(1) wages that
is properly allocable to DPGR using any
reasonable method that is satisfactory to
the Secretary based on all of the facts and
circumstances.
(ii)Wage expense safe harbor—(A)In
general. A taxpayer using either the sec-
tion 861 method of cost allocation under
§1.199–4(d) or the simplified deduction
method under §1.199–4(e) may determine
the amount of paragraph (e)(1) wages that
is properly allocable to DPGR for a taxable
year by multiplying the amount of para-
graph (e)(1) wages for the taxable year by
theratioofthetaxpayer’swageexpense
included in calculating qualified produc-
tion activities income (QPAI) (as defined
in §1.199–1(c)) for the taxable year to the
taxpayer’s total wage expense used in cal-
culating the taxpayer’s taxable income (or
adjusted gross income, if applicable) for
the taxable year, without regard to any
wage expense disallowed by section 465,
469, 704(d), or 1366(d). A taxpayer that
uses the section 861 method of cost al-
location under §1.199–4(d) or the simpli-
fied deduction method under §1.199–4(e)
to determine QPAI must use the same ex-
pense allocation and apportionment meth-
ods that it uses to determine QPAI to allo-
cate and apportion wage expense for pur-
poses of this safe harbor. For purposes of
this paragraph (e)(2)(ii), the termwage ex-
pensemeans wages (that is, compensation
paid by the employer in the active conduct
of a trade or business to its employees) that
are properly taken into account under the
taxpayer’s method of accounting.
(B)Wage expense included in cost of
goods sold. For purposes of paragraph
(e)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, a taxpayer may
determine its wage expense included in
cost of goods sold (CGS) using any rea-
sonable method that is satisfactory to the
Secretary based on all of the facts and
circumstances, such as using the amount
of direct labor included in CGS or using
section 263A labor costs (as defined in
§1.263A–1(h)(4)(ii)) included in CGS.
(iii)Small business simplified over-
all method safe harbor. A taxpayer that
uses the small business simplified overall
method under §1.199–4(f) may use the
small business simplified overall method
safe harbor for determining the amount
of paragraph (e)(1) wages that is properly
allocable to DPGR. Under this safe harbor,
the amount of paragraph (e)(1) wages that
is properly allocable to DPGR is equal to
the same proportion of paragraph (e)(1)
wages that the amount of DPGR bears to
the taxpayer’s total gross receipts.
(iv)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this paragraph
(e)(2). See §1.199–5T for an example of
the application of paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of
this section to a trust or estate.
Example 1.Section 861 method and no EAG.(i)
Facts. X, a United States corporation that is not a
member of an expanded affiliated group (EAG) (as
defined in §1.199–7) or an affiliated group as de-
fined in the regulations under section 861, engages in
activities that generate both DPGR and non-DPGR.
X’s taxable year ends on April 30, 2011. For X’s
taxable year ending April 30, 2011, X has $3,000
of paragraph (e)(1) wages reported on 2010 Forms
W–2. All of X’s production activities that gener-
ate DPGR are within Standard Industrial Classifica-
tion (SIC) Industry Group AAA (SIC AAA). All of
X’s production activities that generate non-DPGR are
within SIC Industry Group BBB (SIC BBB). X is able
to specifically identify CGS allocable to DPGR and
to non-DPGR. X incurs $900 of research and experi-
mentation expenses (R&E) that are deductible under
section 174, $300 of which are performed with re-
spect to SIC AAA and $600 of which are performed
with respect to SIC BBB. None of the R&E is legally
mandated R&E as described in §1.861–17(a)(4) and
none of the R&E is included in CGS. X incurs sec-
tion 162 selling expenses that are not includible in
CGS and are definitely related to all of X’s gross in-
come. For X’s taxable year ending April 30, 2011,
the adjusted basis of X’s assets is $50,000, $40,000
of which generate gross income attributable to DPGR
and $10,000 of which generate gross income attribut-
able to non-DPGR. For X’s taxable year ending April
30, 2011, the total square footage of X’s headquarters
is 8,000 square feet, of which 2,000 square feet is set
aside for domestic production activities. For its tax-
able year ending April 30, 2011, X’s taxable income
is $1,380 based on the following Federal income tax
items:
DPGR (all from sales of products within SIC AAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,000
Non-DPGR(allfromsalesofproductswithinSICBBB)...............................3,000
CGSallocabletoDPGR(includes$200ofwageexpense)..............................
(600)
CGSallocabletonon-DPGR(includes$600ofwageexpense) ..........................
(1,800)
Section162sellingexpenses(includes$600ofwageexpense) ..........................
(840)
Section174R&E-SICAAA(includes$100ofwageexpense)...........................
(300)
Section174R&E-SICBBB(includes$200ofwageexpense)...........................
(600)
Interestexpense(notincludedinCGS).............................................(300)
Headquartersoverheadexpense(includes$100ofwageexpense)........................
(
180)
X’staxableincome.............................................................1,380
(ii)X’s QPAI. X allocates and apportions its de-
ductions to gross income attributable to DPGR un-
der the section 861 method in §1.199–4(d). In this
case, the section 162 selling expenses and overhead
expense are definitely related to all of X’s gross in-
come. Based on the facts and circumstances of this
specific case, apportionment of the section 162 sell-
ing expenses between DPGR and non-DPGR on the
basis of X’s gross receipts is appropriate. In addition,
based on the facts and circumstances of this specific
case, apportionment of the headquarters overhead ex-
pense between DPGR and non-DPGR on the basis of
the square footage of X’s headquarters is appropriate.
For purposes of apportioning R&E, X elects to use the
sales method as described in §1.861–17(c). X elects
to apportion interest expense under the tax book value
method of §1.861–9T(g). X has $2,400 of gross in-
come attributable to DPGR (DPGR of $3,000
CGS
of $600 allocated based on X’s books and records).
X’s QPAI for its taxable year ending April 30, 2011,
is $1,395, as shown in the following table:
November 27, 20069612006–48 I.R.B.

DPGR (all from sales of products within SIC AAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,000
CGSallocabletoDPGR.........................................................(600)
Section 162 selling expenses ($840 x ($3,000 DPGR/$6,000 total gross receipts)) . . . . . . . . . . .
(420)
Section174R&E-SICAAA .....................................................(300)
Interest expense (not included in CGS) ($300 x ($40,000 (X’s DPGR assets)/
$50,000(X’stotalassets)))....................................................
(240)
Headquarters overhead expense ($180 x (2,000 square feet attributable to DPGR
activity/total8,000squarefeet))................................................
(
45)
X’sQPAI ....................................................................
1,395
(iii)W–2 wages. X chooses to use the wage ex-
pense safe harbor under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
sectiontodetermineitsW–2wages,asshowninthe
following steps:
(A)Step one. X determines that $625 of wage
expense were taken into account in determining its
QPAI in paragraph (ii) of thisExample 1,asshownin
the following table:
CGSwageexpense.............................................................
$200
Section 162 selling expenses wage expense ($600 x ($3,000 DPGR/
$6,000totalgrossreceipts))...................................................
300
Section174R&E-SICAAAwageexpense..........................................100
Headquarters overhead wage expense ($100 x (2,000 square feet attributable to DPGR activity/
8,000totalsquarefeet))......................................................
2
5
Totalwageexpensetakenintoaccount .............................................
625
(B)Step two. X determines that $1,042 of the
$3,000 in paragraph (e)(1) wages are properly alloca-
ble to DPGR, and are therefore W–2 wages, as shown
in the following calculation:
S
teponewageexpense
x
X’s paragraph (e)(1) wages
X’s total wage expense for taxable
year ending April 30, 2011
$625
x
$3,000
=
$1,042
$1,800
(iv)Section 199 deduction determination.X’s
tentative deduction under §1.199–1(a) (section 199
deduction) is $124 (.09 x (lesser of QPAI of $1,395 or
taxable income of $1,380)) subject to the wage limi-
tation under section 199(b)(1) (W–2 wage limitation)
of $521 (50% x $1,042). Accordingly, X’s section
199 deduction for its taxable year ending April 30,
2011, is $124.
Example 2.Section 861 method and EAG.(i)
Facts. The facts are the same as inExample 1ex-
cept that X owns stock in Y, a United States cor-
poration, equal to 75% of the total voting power of
stock of Y and 80% of the total value of stock of Y.
X and Y are not members of an affiliated group as
defined in section 1504(a). Accordingly, the rules
of §1.861–14T do not apply to X’s and Y’s selling
expenses, R&E, and charitable contributions. X and
Y are, however, members of an affiliated group for
purposes of allocating and apportioning interest ex-
pense (see §1.861–11T(d)(6)) and are also members
of an EAG. Y’s taxable year ends April 30, 2011.
For Y’s taxable year ending April 30, 2011, Y has
$2,000 of paragraph (e)(1) wages reported on 2010
Forms W–2. For Y’s taxable year ending April 30,
2011, the adjusted basis of Y’s assets is $50,000,
$20,000 of which generate gross income attributable
to DPGR and $30,000 of which generate gross in-
come attributable to non-DPGR. All of Y’s activities
that generate DPGR are within SIC Industry Group
AAA (SIC AAA). All of Y’s activities that gener-
ate non-DPGR are within SIC Industry Group BBB
(SIC BBB). None of X’s and Y’s sales are to each
other. Y is not able to specifically identify CGS allo-
cable to DPGR and non-DPGR. In this case, because
CGS is definitely related under the facts and circum-
stances to all of Y’s gross receipts, apportionment of
CGS between DPGR and non-DPGR based on gross
receipts is appropriate. For Y’s taxable year ending
April 30, 2011, the total square footage of Y’s head-
quarters is 8,000 square feet, of which, 2,000 square
feet is set aside for domestic production activities. Y
incurs section 162 selling expenses that are not in-
cludible in CGS and are definitely related to all of
Y’s gross income. For Y’s taxable year ending April
30, 2011, Y’s taxable income is $1,710 based on the
following Federal income tax items:
DPGR (all from sales of products within SIC AAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,000
Non-DPGR(allfromsalesofproductswithinSICBBB)...............................3,000
CG
SallocatedtoDPGR(includes$300ofwageexpense)..............................
(1
,200)
CGSallocatedtonon-DPGR(includes$300ofwageexpense) ..........................
(1,200)
Section162sellingexpenses(includes$300ofwageexpense) ..........................
(840)
S
ection174R&E-SICAAA(includes$20ofwageexpense)............................
(
100)
Section174R&E-SICBBB(includes$60ofwageexpense)............................
(200)
Interestexpense(notincludedinCGSandnotsubjectto§1.861–10T) ....................
(500)
Charitablecontributions.........................................................
(50)
Headquartersoverheadexpense(includes$40ofwageexpense).........................
(
200)
Y’staxableincome.............................................................1,710
2006–48 I.R.B.962November 27, 2006

(ii)QPAI.(A)X’s QPAI. Determination of X’s
QPAI is the same as inExample 1except that interest
is apportioned to gross income attributable to DPGR
based on the combined adjusted bases of X’s and Y’s
assets. See §1.861–11T(c). Accordingly, X’s QPAI
for its taxable year ending April 30, 2011, is $1,455,
as shown in the following table:
DPGR (all from sales of products within SIC AAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,000
CGSallocatedtoDPGR.........................................................(600)
Section 162 selling expenses ($840 x ($3,000 DPGR/$6,000 total gross receipts)) . . . . . . . . . . .
(420)
Section174R&E-SICAAA .....................................................(300)
Interest expense (not included in CGS and not subject to §1.861–10T) ($300 x ($60,000
(tax book value of X’s and Y’s DPGR assets)/$100,000 (tax book value
ofX’sandY’stotalassets))) ..................................................(180)
Headquarters overhead expense ($180 x (2,000 square feet attributable to DPGR activity/total
8,000squarefeet)) ..........................................................
(
45)
X’sQPAI ....................................................................
1,455
(B)Y’s QPAI. Y makes the same elections under
the section 861 method as does X. Y has $1,800 of
gross income attributable to DPGR (DPGR of $3,000
CGS of $1,200 allocated based on Y’s gross re-
ceipts). Y’s QPAI for its taxable year ending April
30, 2011, is $905, as shown in the following table:
DPGR (all from sales of products within SIC AAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,000
CGSallocatedtoDPGR......................................................... (1,200)
Section 162 selling expenses ($840 x ($3,000 DPGR/$6,000 total gross receipts)) . . . . . . . . . . .
(420)
Section174R&E-SICAAA .....................................................(100)
Interest expense (not included in CGS and not subject to §1.861–10T)
($500 x ($60,000 (tax book value of X’s and Y’s DPGR assets)/$100,000
(taxbookvalueofX’sandY’stotalassets))) .....................................(300)
Charitable contributions (not included in CGS)
($50 x ($1,800 gross income attributable to DPGR/$3,600 total gross income)) . . . . . . . . . .
(25)
Headquarters overhead expense ($200 x (2,000 square feet attributable to DPGR activity/total
8,000squarefeet)) ..........................................................
(
50)
Y’sQPAI ....................................................................
905
(iii)W–2 wages.(A)X’s W–2 wages.X’sW–2
wages are $1,042, the same as inExample 1.
(B)Y’s W–2 wages. Y chooses to use the wage
expense safe harbor under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section to determine its W–2 wages, as shown in the
following steps:
(1)Step one. Y determines that $480 of wage
expense were taken into account in determining its
QPAI in paragraph (ii)(B) of thisExample 2,asshown
in the following table:
CGSwageexpense.............................................................
$300
Section 162 selling expenses wage expense ($300 x
($3,000DPGR/$6,000totalgrossreceipts)) ......................................
150
Section174R&E-SICAAAwageexpense..........................................20
Headquarters overhead wage expense ($40 x (2,000 square feet attributable to
DPGRactivity/8,000totalsquarefeet))..........................................1
0
Totalwageexpensetakenintoaccount .............................................480
(2)Step two. Y determines that $941 of the
$2,000 paragraph (e)(1) wages are properly allocable
to DPGR, and are therefore W–2 wages, as shown in
the following calculation:
S
teponewageexpense
x
Y’s paragraph (e)(1) wages
Y’s total wage expense for taxable
year ending April 30, 2011
$480
x
$2,000
=
$941
$1,020
(iv)Section 199 deduction determination.The
section 199 deduction of the X and Y EAG is deter-
mined by aggregating the separately determined tax-
ableincome,QPAI,andW–2wagesofXandY.See
§1.199–7(b). Accordingly, the X and Y EAG’s tenta-
tive section 199 deduction is $212 (.09 x (lesser of
combined QPAI of X and Y of $2,360 (X’s QPAI
of $1,455 plus Y’s QPAI of $905) or combined tax-
able incomes of X and Y of $3,090 (X’s taxable in-
come of $1,380 plus Y’s taxable income of $1,710))
subject to the combined W–2 wage limitation of X
and Y of $992 (50% x ($1,042 (X’s W–2 wages) +
$941 (Y’s W–2 wages)))). Accordingly, the X and Y
EAG’s section 199 deduction is $212. The $212 is
allocated to X and Y in proportion to their QPAI. See
§1.199–7(c).
Example 3.Simplified deduction method.(i)
Facts. Z, a corporation that is not a member of an
EAG, engages in activities that generate both DPGR
and non-DPGR. Z is able to specifically identify CGS
allocable to DPGR and to non-DPGR. Z’s taxable
November 27, 20069632006–48 I.R.B.

year ends on April 30, 2011. For Z’s taxable year
ending April 30, 2011, Z has $3,000 of paragraph
(e)(1) wages reported on 2010 Forms W–2, and Z’s taxable income is $1,380 based on the following
Federal income tax items:
DPGR.......................................................................
$3,000
Non-DPGR ..................................................................3,000
CGSallocabletoDPGR(includes$200ofwageexpense)..............................
(600)
CGSallocabletonon-DPGR(includes$600ofwageexpense) ..........................
(1,800)
Expenses, losses, or deductions (deductions) (includes $1,000 of wage expense) . . . . . . . . . . . .
(
2,220)
Z’staxableincome.............................................................1,380
(ii)Z’s QPAI. Z uses the simplified deduction
method under §1.199–4(e) to apportion deductions
between DPGR and non-DPGR. Z’s QPAI for its tax- able year ending April 30, 2011, is $1,290, as shown
in the following table:
DPGR.......................................................................
$3,000
CGSallocabletoDPGR.........................................................(600)
Deductions apportioned to DPGR ($2,220 x ($3,000 DPGR/$6,000 total gross receipts)). . . . . .
(
1,110)
Z’sQPAI.....................................................................1,290
(iii)W–2 wages. Z chooses to use the wage ex-
pense safe harbor under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
sectiontodetermineitsW–2wages,asshowninthe
following steps:
(A)Step one. Z determines that $700 of wage
expense were taken into account in determining its
QPAI in paragraph (ii) of thisExample 3,asshownin
the following table:
WageexpenseincludedinCGSallocabletoDPGR ...................................
$200
Wage expense included in deductions ($1,000 in wage expense x ($3,000
DPGR/$6,000totalgrossreceipts)).............................................
5
00
WageexpenseallocabletoDPGR .................................................700
(B)Step two. Z determines that $1,167 of the
$3,000 paragraph (e)(1) wages are properly allocable
to DPGR, and are therefore W–2 wages, as shown in
the following calculation:
S
teponewageexpense
x
Z’s paragraph (e)(1) wages
Z’s total wage expense for taxable
year ending April 30, 2011
$700
x
$3,000
=
$1,167
$1,800
(iv)Section 199 deduction determination.Z’s
tentative section 199 deduction is $116 (.09 x (lesser
of QPAI of $1,290 or taxable income of $1,380))
subject to the W–2 wage limitation of $584 (50% x
$1,167). Accordingly, Z’s section 199 deduction for
its taxable year ending April 30, 2011, is $116.
Example 4.Small business simplified overall
method.(i)Facts. Z, a corporation that is not a mem-
ber of an EAG, engages in activities that generate
both DPGR and non-DPGR. Z’s taxable year ends
on April 30, 2011. For Z’s taxable year ending April
30, 2011, Z has $3,000 of paragraph (e)(1) wages re-
ported on 2010 Forms W–2, and Z’s taxable income
is $1,380 based on the following Federal income tax
items:
DPGR.......................................................................
$3,000
Non-DPGR ..................................................................3,000
CGSanddeductions............................................................ (
4,620)
Z’staxableincome.............................................................1,380
(ii)Z’s QPAI. Z uses the small business simplified
overall method under §1.199–4(f) to apportion CGS
and deductions between DPGR and non-DPGR. Z’s QPAI for its taxable year ending April 30, 2011, is
$690, as shown in the following table:
DPGR.......................................................................
$3,000
CGS and deductions apportioned to DPGR ($4,620 x
($3,000DPGR/$6,000totalgrossreceipts)) ......................................
(
2,310)
Z’sQPAI.....................................................................690
2006–48 I.R.B.964November 27, 2006

(iii)W–2 wages. Z’s W–2 wages under paragraph
(e)(2)(iii) of this section are $1,500, as shown in the
following calculation:
$3,000 in paragraph (e)(1) wages x ($3,000 DPGR/$6,000 total gross receipts). . . . . . . . . . . . . .$1,500
(iv)
Section 199 deduction determination.Z’s
tentative section 199 deduction is $62 (.09 x (lesser of
QPAI of $690 or taxable income of $1,380)) subject
to t
he W–2 wage limitation of $750 (50% x $1,500).
Accordingly, Z’s section 199 deduction for its taxable
year ending April 30, 2011, is $62.
Exa
mple 5.Corporation uses employees of non-
consolidated EAG member.(i)Facts. Corporations
S and B are members of the same EAG but are not
me
mbers of a consolidated group. S and B are both
calendar year taxpayers. All the activities described
in this example take place during the same taxable
ye
ar and they are the only activities of S and B. S
and B each use the section 861 method described in
§1.199–4(d) for allocating and apportioning their de-
d
uctions. B is a manufacturer but has only three em-
ployees of its own. S employs the remainder of the
personnel who perform the manufacturing activities
f
or B. S’s only receipts are from supplying employees
to B. In 2010, B manufactures qualifying production
property (QPP) (as defined in §1.199–3(j)(1)), using
i
ts three employees and S’semployees, and sells the
QPP for $10,000,000. B’s total CGS and other de-
ductions are $6,000,000, including $1,000,000 paid
to S for the use of S’s employees and $100,000 paid
to its own employees. B reports the $100,000 paid
to its employees on the 2010 Forms W–2 issued to
its employees. S pays its employees $800,000 that is
reported on the 2010 Forms W–2 issued to the em-
ployees.
(ii)B’s W–2 wages. In determining its W–2
wages, B utilizes the wage expense safe harbor de-
scribed in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section. The
entire $100,000 paid by B to its employees is included
in B’s wage expense included in calculating its QPAI
and is the only wage expense used in calculating
B’s taxable income. Thus, under the wage expense
safe harbor described in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this
section, B’s W–2 wages are $100,000 ($100,000
(paragraph (e)(1) wages) x ($100,000 (wage expense
used in calculating B’s QPAI)/$100,000 (wage ex-
pense used in calculating B’s taxable income))).
(iii)S’s W–2 wages. In determining its W–2
wages, S utilizes the wage expense safe harbor
described in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
Because S’s $1,000,000 in receipts from B do not
qualify as DPGR and are S’s only gross receipts,
none of the $800,000 paid by S to its employees is
included in S’s wage expense included in calculating
its QPAI. However, the entire $800,000 is included
in calculating S’s taxable income. Thus, under the
wage expense safe harbor described in paragraph
(e)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, S’s W–2 wages are $0
($800,000 (paragraph (e)(1) wages) x ($0 (wage ex-
pense used in calculating S’s QPAI)/$800,000 (wage
expense used in calculating S’s taxable income))).
(iv)Determination of EAG’s section 199 deduc-
tion. The section 199 deduction of the S and B EAG
is determined by aggregating the separately deter-
mined taxable income or loss, QPAI, and W–2 wages
of S and B. See §1.199–7(b). B’s taxable income
and QPAI are each $4,000,000 ($10,000,000 DPGR
$6,
000,000 CGS and other deductions). S’s tax-
able income is $200,000 ($1,000,000 gross receipts
$800,000 total deductions). S’s QPAI is $0 ($0
DPG
R
$0 CGS and other deductions). B’s W–2
wages (as calculated in paragraph (ii) of thisExam-
ple 5) are $100,000 and S’s W–2 wages (as calcu-
lat
ed in paragraph (iii) of thisExample 5) are $0. The
EAG’s tentative section 199 deduction is $360,000
(.09 x (lesser of combined QPAI of $4,000,000 (B’s
QP
AI of $4,000,000 + S’s QPAI of $0) or combined
taxable income of $4,200,000 (B’s taxable income of
$4,000,000 + S’s taxable income of $200,000)) sub-
je
ct to the W–2 wage limitation of $50,000 (50% x
($100,000 (B’s W–2 wages) + $0 (S’s W–2 wages))).
Accordingly, the S and B EAG’s section 199 deduc-
t
ion for 2010 is $50,000. The $50,000 is allocated to
S and B in proportion to their QPAI. See §1.199–7(c).
Because S has no QPAI, the entire $50,000 is allo-
c
ated to B.
Example 6.Corporation using employees of
consolidated EAG member.Thefactsarethesame
a
sinExample 5except that B and S are members of
the same consolidated group. Ordinarily, as demon-
strated inExample 5, S’s $1,000,000 of receipts
would not be DPGR and its $800,000 paid to its
employees would not be W–2 wages (because the
$800,000 would not be properly allocable to DPGR).
However, because S and B are members of the same
consolidated group, §1.1502–13(c)(1)(i) provides
that the separate entity attributes of S’s intercompany
items or B’s corresponding items, or both, may be
redetermined in order to produce the same effect as
if S and B were divisions of a single corporation. If S
and B were divisions of a single corporation, S and B
would have QPAI and taxable income of $4,200,000
($10,000,000 DPGR received from the sale of the
QPP
$5,800,000 CGS and other deductions)
and, under the wage expense safe harbor described
in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, would have
$900,000 of W–2 wages ($900,000 (combined para-
graph (e)(1) wages of S and B) x ($900,000 (wage
expense used in calculating QPAI)/$900,000 (wage
expense used in calculating taxable income))). The
single corporation would have a tentative section 199
deduction equal to 9% of $4,200,000, or $378,000,
subject to the W–2 wage limitation of 50% of
$900,000, or $450,000. Thus, the single corporation
would have a section 199 deduction of $378,000. To
obtain this same result for the consolidated group,
S’s $1,000,000 of receipts from the intercompany
transaction are redetermined as DPGR. Thus, S’s
$800,000 paid to its employees are costs properly
allocable to DPGR and S’s W–2 wages are $800,000.
Accordingly, the consolidated group has QPAI and
taxable income of $4,200,000 ($11,000,000 DPGR
(from the sale of the QPP and the redetermined inter-
company transaction)
$6,800,000 CGS and other
deductions) and W–2 wages of $900,000. The con-
solidated group’s section 199 deduction is $378,000,
the same as the single corporation. However, for
purposes of allocating the section 199 deduction
between S and B, the redetermination of S’s income
as DP
GR under §1.1502–13(c)(1)(i) is not taken
into account. See §1.199–7(d)(5). Accordingly, the
consolidated group’s entire section 199 deduction of
$37
8,000 is allocated to B.
Par
. 5. Section 1.199–3 is amended
by a
dding a sentence at the end of each
of p
aragraphs (i)(7) and (8) to read as fol-
low
s:
§1.
199–3 Domestic production gross
re
ceipts.
***
**
(i)
***
(7)
Qualifying in-kind partnership for
tax
able years beginning after May 17,
20
06, the enactment date of the Tax In-
cr
ease Prevention and Reconciliation Act
of
2005. * * * For further guidance, see
§1
.199–3T(i)(7).
(8
)Partnerships owned by members
of
a single expanded affiliated group for
ta
xable years beginning after May 17,
20
06, the enactment date of the Tax In-
c
rease Prevention and Reconciliation Act
o
f2005. * * * For further guidance, see
§
1.199–3T(i)(8).
*****
Par. 6. Section 1.199–3T is amended
by adding paragraphs (i)(7) and (8) to read
as follows:
§1.199–3T Domestic production gross
receipts (temporary).
*****
(i) * * *
(7)Qualifying in-kind partnership for
taxable years beginning after May 17,
2006, the enactment date of the Tax In-
crease Prevention and Reconciliation Act
of 2005—(i)In general. If a partnership is
a qualifying in-kind partnership described
in paragraph (i)(7)(ii) of this section, then
each partner is treated as having manu-
factured, produced, grown, or extracted
(MPGE) (as defined in §1.199–3(e)) or
produced the property MPGE or produced
by the partnership that is distributed to that
partner. If a partner of a qualifying in-kind
partnership derives gross receipts from
the lease, rental, license, sale, exchange,
or other disposition of the property that
November 27, 20069652006–48 I.R.B.

was MPGE or produced by the qualifying
in-kind partnership and distributed to that
partner, then, provided such partner is a
partner of the qualifying in-kind partner-
ship at the time the partner disposes of
the property, the partner is treated as con-
ducting the MPGE or production activities
previously conducted by the qualifying
in-kind partnership with respect to that
property. With respect to a lease, rental, or
license, the partner is treated as having dis-
posed of the property on the date or dates
on which it takes into account its gross
receipts derived from the lease, rental, or
license under its method of accounting.
With respect to a sale, exchange, or other
disposition, the partner is treated as hav-
ing disposed of the property on the date
it ceases to own the property for Federal
income tax purposes, even if no gain or
loss is taken into account.
(ii)Definition of qualifying in-kind
partnership. For purposes of this para-
graph (i)(7), a qualifying in-kind partner-
ship is a partnership engaged solely in—
(A) The extraction, refining, or pro-
cessing of oil, natural gas (as described in
§1.199–3(l)(2)), petrochemicals, or prod-
ucts derived from oil, natural gas, or petro-
chemicals in whole orin significant part
within the United States;
(B) The production or generation of
electricity in the United States; or
(C) An activity or industry desig-
nated by the Secretary by publication
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter).
(iii)Other rules. Except as provided in
this paragraph (i)(7), a qualifying in-kind
partnership is treated the same as other
partnerships for purposes of section 199.
Accordingly, a qualifying in-kind partner-
ship is subject to the rules of this section
regarding the application of section 199
to pass-thru entities, including application
of the section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) wage lim-
itation under §1.199–5T(b)(3). In deter-
mining whether a qualifying in-kind part-
nership or its partners MPGE qualifying
production property (QPP) (as defined in
§1.199–3(j)) in whole or in significant part
within the United States (as defined in
§1.199–3(h)), see §1.199–3(g)(2) and (3).
(iv)Example. The following example
illustrates the application of this paragraph
(i)(7). Assume that PRS and X are calen-
dar year taxpayers.
Example. X, Y and Z are partners in PRS, a
qualifying in-kind partnership described in paragraph
(i)(7)(ii) of this section. X, Y, and Z are corporations.
In 2007, PRS distributes oil to X that PRS derived
from its oil extraction. PRS incurred $600 of CGS
extracting the oil distributed to X, and X’s adjusted
basis in the distributed oil is $600. X incurs $200 of
CGS in refining the oil within the United States. In
2007, X, while it is a partner in PRS, sells the oil to
a customer for $1,500. X is treated as having dis-
posed of the property on the date it ceases to own
the property for Federal income tax purposes. Un-
der paragraph (i)(7)(i) of this section, X is treated
as having extracted the oil. The extraction and re-
fining of the oil qualify as an MPGE activity under
§1.199–3(e)(1). Therefore, X’s $1,500 of gross re-
ceipts qualify as DPGR. X subtracts from the $1,500
of DPGR the $600 of CGS incurred by PRS and the
$200 of refining costs it incurred. Thus, X’s QPAI is
$700 for 2007.
(8)Partnerships owned by members
of a single expanded affiliated group for
taxable years beginning after May 17,
2006, the enactment date of the Tax In-
crease Prevention and Reconciliation Act
of 2005—(i)In general. For purposes of
this section, if all of the interests in the
capital and profits of a partnership are
owned by members of a single expanded
affiliated group (EAG) at all times during
the taxable year of the partnership (EAG
partnership), then the EAG partnership
and all members of that EAG are treated
as a single taxpayer for purposes of section
199(c)(4) during that taxable year.
(ii)Attribution of activities—(A)In
general. If a member of an EAG (dispos-
ing member) derives gross receipts from
the lease, rental, license, sale, exchange,
or other disposition of property that was
MPGE or produced by an EAG partner-
ship, all the partners of which are members
of the same EAG to which the disposing
member belongs at the time that the dis-
posing member disposes of such property,
then the disposing member is treated as
conducting the MPGE or production ac-
tivities previously conducted by the EAG
partnership with respect to that property.
The previous sentence applies only for
those taxable years in which the disposing
memberisamemberoftheEAGofwhich
all the partners of the EAG partnership are
members for the entire taxable year of the
EAG partnership. With respect to a lease,
rental, or license, the disposing member
is treated as having disposed of the prop-
erty on the date or dates on which it takes
into account its gross receipts from the
lease, rental, or license under its method
of accounting. With respect to a sale, ex-
change, or other disposition, the disposing
member is treated as having disposed of
the property on the date it ceases to own
the property for Federal income tax pur-
poses, even if no gain or loss is taken into
account. Likewise, if an EAG partner-
ship derives gross receipts from the lease,
rental, license, sale, exchange, or other
disposition of property that was MPGE or
produced by a member (or members) of
the same EAG (the producing member)
to which all the partners of the EAG part-
nership belong at the time that the EAG
partnership disposes of such property, then
the EAG partnership is treated as conduct-
ing the MPGE or production activities
previously conducted by the producing
member with respect to that property.
The previous sentence applies only for
those taxable years in which the producing
memberisamemberoftheEAGofwhich
all the partners of the EAG partnership are
members for the entire taxable year of the
EAG partnership. With respect to a lease,
rental, or license, the EAG partnership is
treated as having disposed of the property
on the date or dates on which it takes into
account its gross receipts derived from the
lease, rental, or license under its method
of accounting. With respect to a sale,
exchange, or other disposition, the EAG
partnership is treated as having disposed
of the property on the date it ceases to own
the property for Federal income tax pur-
poses, even if no gain or loss is taken into
account. See paragraph (i)(8)(iv)Example
3of this section.
(B)Attribution between EAG partner-
ships. If an EAG partnership (disposing
partnership) derives gross receipts from
the lease, rental, license, sale, exchange,
or other disposition of property that was
MPGE or produced by another EAG part-
nership (producing partnership), then the
disposing partnership is treated as con-
ducting the MPGE or production activi-
ties previously conducted by the produc-
ing partnership with respect to that prop-
erty, provided that each of these partner-
ships (the producing partnership and the
disposing partnership) is owned for its en-
tire taxable year in which the disposing
partnership disposes of such property by
members of the same EAG. With respect
to a lease, rental, or license, the dispos-
ing partnership is treated as having dis-
posed of the property on the date or dates
on which it takes into account its gross re-
2006–48 I.R.B.966November 27, 2006

ceipts from the lease, rental, or license un-
der its method of accounting. With respect
to a sale, exchange, or other disposition,
the disposing partnership is treated as hav-
ing disposed of the property on the date it
ceases to own the property for Federal in-
come tax purposes, even if no gain or loss
is taken into account.
(C)Exceptions to attribution.Attri-
bution of activities does not apply for
purposes of the construction of real prop-
erty under §1.199–3(m)(1) and the per-
formance of engineering and architectural
services under §1.199–3(n)(2) and (3),
respectively.
(iii)Other rules. Except as provided
in this paragraph (i)(8), an EAG partner-
ship is treated the same as other partner-
ships for purposes of section 199. Accord-
ingly, an EAG partnership is subject to the
rules of this section regarding the applica-
tion of section 199 to pass-thru entities, in-
cluding the section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) wage
limitation under §1.199–5T(b)(3). In de-
termining whether a member of an EAG or
an EAG partnership MPGE QPP in whole
or in significant part within the United
States or produced a qualified film or pro-
duced utilities within the United States, see
§1.199–3(g)(2) and (3) andExample 5of
paragraph (i)(8)(iv) of this section.
(iv)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this paragraph (i)(8).
Assume that PRS, X, Y, and Z all are cal-
endar year taxpayers.
Example 1.Contribution. X and Y are the only
partners in PRS, a partnership, for PRS’s entire
2007 taxable year. X and Y are both members of
a single EAG for the entire 2007 year. In 2007, X
MPGE QPP within the United States and contributes
the QPP to PRS. In 2007, PRS sells the QPP for
$1,000. Under this paragraph (i)(8), PRS is treated
as having MPGE the QPP within the United States,
and PRS’s $1,000 gross receipts constitute DPGR.
PRS, X, and Y must apply the rules of this section
regarding the application of section 199 to pass-thru
entities with respect to the activity of PRS, including
the section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) wage limitation under
§1.199–5T(b)(3).
Example 2.Sale.X,Y,andZaretheonlymem-
bers of a single EAG for the entire 2007 year. X and
Y each own 50% of the capital and profits interests
in PRS, a partnership, for PRS’s entire 2007 taxable
year. In 2007, PRS MPGE QPP within the United
States and then sells the QPP to X for $6,000, its fair
market value at the time of the sale. PRS’s gross re-
ceipts of $6,000 qualify as DPGR. In 2007, X sells
the QPP to customers for $10,000, incurring selling
expenses of $2,000. Under paragraph (i)(8)(ii)(A)
of this section, X is treated as having MPGE the
QPP within the United States, and X’s $10,000 of
gross receipts qualify as DPGR. PRS, X and Y must
apply the rules of this section regarding the appli-
cation of section 199 to pass-thru entities with re-
spect to the activity of PRS, including application of
the section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) wage limitation under
§1.199–5T(b)(3). The results would be the same if
PRS sold the QPP to Z rather than to X. However, if
PRS did sell the QPP to Z, and Z was not a member of
the EAG for PRS’s entire taxable year, the activities
previously conducted by PRS with respect to the QPP
would not be attributed to Z, and none of Z’s $10,000
of gross receipts would qualify as DPGR.
Example 3.Lease.X,Y,andZaretheonlymem-
bers of a single EAG for the entire 2007 year. X
and Y each own 50% of the capital and profits in-
terests in PRS, a partnership, for PRS’s entire 2007
taxable year. In 2007, PRS MPGE QPP within the
United States and then sells the QPP to X for $6,000,
its fair market value at the time of the sale. PRS’s
gross receipts of $6,000 qualify as DPGR. In 2007, X
rents the QPP it acquired from PRS to customers un-
related to X. X takes the gross receipts attributable to
the rental of the QPP into account under its method
of accounting in 2007 and 2008. On July 1, 2008,
X ceases to be a member of the same EAG to which
Y, the other partner in PRS, belongs. For 2007, X is
treated as having MPGE the QPP within the United
States under paragraph (i)(8)(ii)(A) of this section,
and its gross receipts derived from the rental of the
QPP qualify as DPGR. For 2008, however, because
X and Y, partners in PRS, are no longer members of
the same EAG for the entire year, the gross rental re-
ceipts X takes into account in 2008 do not qualify as
DPGR.
Example 4.Distribution. X and Y are the only
partners in PRS, a partnership, for PRS’s entire 2007
taxable year. X and Y are both members of a single
EAG for the entire 2007 year. In 2007, PRS MPGE
QPP within the United States, incurring $600 of CGS,
and then distributes the QPP to X. X’s adjusted basis
in the QPP is $600. X incurs $200 of directly alloca-
ble costs to further MPGE the QPP within the United
States. In 2007, X sells the QPP for $1,500 to an unre-
lated customer. X is treated as having disposed of the
QPP on the date it ceases to own the QPP for Federal
income tax purposes. Under paragraph (i)(8)(ii)(A)
of this section, X is treated as having MPGE the QPP
within the United States, and X’s $1,500 of gross re-
ceipts qualify as DPGR.
Example 5.Multiple sales.(i)Facts.XandYare
the only partners in PRS, a partnership, for PRS’s en-
tire 2007 taxable year. X and Y are both non-consol-
idated members of a single EAG for the entire 2007
year. PRS produces in bulk form in the United States
the active ingredient for a drug. Assume that PRS’s
own MPGE activity with respect to the active ingre-
dient is not substantial in nature, taking into account
all of the facts and circumstances, and PRS’s direct
labor and overhead to MPGE the active ingredient
within the United States are $15 and account for 15%
of PRS’s $100 CGS of the active ingredient. In 2007,
PRS sells the active ingredient in bulk form to X.
X uses the active ingredient to produce the finished
dosage form drug. Assume that X’s own MPGE ac-
tivity with respect to the drug is not substantial in na-
ture, taking into account all of the facts and circum-
stances, and X’s direct labor and overhead to MPGE
the drug within the United States are $12 and account
for 10% of X’s $120 CGS of the drug. In 2007, X
sells the drug in finished dosage to Y and Y sells the
drug to customers. Assume that Y’s own MPGE ac-
tivity with respect to the drug is not substantial in na-
ture, taking into account all of the facts and circum-
stances, and Y incurs $2 of direct labor and overhead
and Y’s CGS in selling the drug to customers is $130.
(ii)Analysis. PRS’s gross receipts from the sale
of the active ingredient to X are non-DPGR because
PRS’s MPGE activity is not substantial in nature and
PRS does not satisfy the safe harbor described in
§1.199–3(g)(3) because PRS’s direct labor and over-
head account for less than 20% of PRS’s CGS of the
active ingredient. X’s gross receipts from the sale
of the drug to Y are DPGR because X is consid-
ered to have MPGE the drug in significant part in the
United States pursuant to the safe harbor described in
§1.199–3(g)(3) because the $27 ($15 + $12) of direct
laborandoverheadincurredbyPRSandXequalsor
exceeds 20% of X’s total CGS ($120) of the drug at
the time X disposes of the drug to Y. Similarly, Y’s
gross receipts from the sale of the drug to customers
are DPGR because Y is considered to have MPGE
the drug in significant part in the United States pur-
suant to the safe harbor described in §1.199–3(g)(3)
because the $29 ($15 + $12 + $2) of direct labor and
overhead incurred by PRS, X, and Y equals or ex-
ceeds 20% of Y’s total CGS ($130) of the drug at the
time Y disposes of the drug to Y’s customers.
Par. 7. Section 1.199–5 is amended
by adding a sentence at the end to read as
follows:
§1.199–5 Application of section 199
to pass-thru entities for taxable years
beginning after May 17, 2006, the
enactment date of the Tax Increase
Prevention and Reconciliation Act of
2005. * * * For further guidance, see
§1.199–5T.
Par. 8. Section 1.199–5T is added to
read as follows:
§1.199–5T Application of section 199
to pass-thru entities for taxable years
beginning after May 17, 2006, the
enactment date of the Tax Increase
Prevention and Reconciliation Act of 2005
(temporary).
(a)In general. The provisions of this
section apply solely for purposes of section
199 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code).
(b)Partnerships—(1)In general—(i)
Determination at partner level. The de-
duction with respect to the qualified pro-
duction activities of the partnership allow-
able under §1.199–1(a) (section 199 de-
duction) is determined at the partner level.
As a result, each partner must compute its
deduction separately. The section 199 de-
duction has no effect on the adjusted ba-
sis of the partner’s interest in the part-
nership. Except as provided by publi-
November 27, 20069672006–48 I.R.B.

cation pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of
this section, for purposes of this section,
each partner is allocated, in accordance
with sections 702 and 704, its share of
partnership items (including items of in-
come, gain, loss, and deduction), cost of
goods sold (CGS) allocated to such items
of income, and gross receipts that are in-
cluded in such items of income, even if
the partner’s share of CGS and other de-
ductions and losses exceeds domestic pro-
duction gross receipts (DPGR) (as defined
in §1.199–3(a)). A partnership may spe-
cially allocate items of income, gain, loss,
or deduction to its partners, subject to the
rules of section 704(b) and the support-
ing regulations. Guaranteed payments un-
der section 707(c) are not considered al-
locations of partnership income for pur-
poses of this section. Guaranteed pay-
ments under section 707(c) are deductions
by the partnership that must be taken into
account under the rules of §1.199–4. See
§1.199–3(p) and paragraph (b)(6)Example
5of this section. Except as provided in
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, to de-
termine its section 199 deduction for the
taxable year, a partner aggregates its dis-
tributive share of such items, to the extent
they are not otherwise disallowed by the
Code, with those items it incurs outside the
partnership (whether directly or indirectly)
for purposes of allocating and apportion-
ing deductions to DPGR and computing
its qualified production activities income
(QPAI) (as defined in §1.199–1(c)).
(ii)Determination at entity level.
The Secretary may, by publication
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter), per-
mit a partnership to calculate a partner’s
share of QPAI and W–2 wages as defined
in §1.199–2T(e)(2) (W–2 wages) at the
entity level, instead of allocating to the
partner, in accordance with sections 702
and 704, the partner’s share of partner-
ship items (including items of income,
gain, loss, and deduction) and amounts
described in §1.199–2(e)(1) (paragraph
(e)(1) wages). If a partnership does calcu-
late QPAI at the entity level—
(A) Each partner is allocated its share
of QPAI (subject to the limitations of
paragraph (b)(2) of this section) and W–2
wages from the partnership, which are
combined with the partner’s QPAI and
W–2 wages from other sources, if any;
(B) For purposes of computing QPAI
under §§1.199–1 through 1.199–8, a part-
ner does not take into account the items
from the partnership(for example, a part-
ner does not take into account items from
the partnership in determining whether a
threshold orde minimisrule applies or in
allocating and apportioning deductions in
calculating its QPAI from other sources);
(C) A partner generally does not recom-
pute its share of QPAI from the partnership
using another method; however, the part-
ner might have to adjust its share of QPAI
from the partnership to take into account
certain disallowed losses or deductions, or
the allowance of suspended losses or de-
ductions; and
(D) A partner’s distributive share of
QPAI from a partnership may be less than
zero.
(2)Disallowed losses or deduc-
tions. Except as provided by publica-
tion in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b) of this chapter),
losses or deductions of a partnership are
taken into account in computing the part-
ner’s section 199 deduction for a taxable
year only if, and to the extent that, the
partner’s distributive share of those losses
or deductions from all of the partnership’s
activities is not disallowed by section 465,
469, or 704(d), or any other provision of
the Code. If only a portion of the part-
ner’s distributive share of the losses or
deductions from a partnership is allowed
for a taxable year, a proportionate share of
those allowable losses or deductions that
are allocated to the partnership’s quali-
fied production activities, determined in
a manner consistent with sections 465,
469, and 704(d), and any other applicable
provision of the Code, is taken into ac-
count in computing QPAI for that taxable
year. To the extent that any of the disal-
lowed losses or deductions are allowed in
a later taxable year under section 465, 469,
or 704(d), or any other provision of the
Code, the partner takes into account a pro-
portionate share of those allowed losses or
deductions that are allocated to the part-
nership’s qualified production activities in
computing the partner’s QPAI for that later
taxable year. Losses or deductions of the
partnership that are disallowed for taxable
years beginning on or before December
31, 2004, are not taken into account in a
later taxable year for purposes of com-
puting the partner’s QPAI for that later
taxable year, whether or not the losses or
deductions are allowed for other purposes.
(3)Partner’s share of paragraph (e)(1)
wages. Under section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii), a
partner’s share of paragraph (e)(1) wages
of a partnership for purposes of determin-
ing the partner’s wage limitation under
section 199(b)(1) (W–2 wage limitation)
equals the partner’s allocable share of
those wages. Except as provided by pub-
lication in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
(see §601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)ofthischapter),
the partnership mustallocate the amount
of paragraph (e)(1) wages among the part-
ners in the same manner it allocates wage
expense among those partners. The part-
ner must add its share of the paragraph
(e)(1) wages from the partnership to the
partner’s paragraph (e)(1) wages from
other sources, if any. The partner (other
than a partner that itself is a partnership
or S corporation) then must calculate its
W–2 wages by determining the amount
of the partner’s total paragraph (e)(1)
wages properly allocable to DPGR. If the
partner is a partnership or S corporation,
the partner must allocate its paragraph
(e)(1) wages (including the paragraph
(e)(1) wages from a lower-tier partner-
ship) among its partners or shareholders in
the same manner it allocates wage expense
among those partners or shareholders. See
§1.199–2T(e)(2) for the computation of
W–2 wages and for the proper allocation
of any such wages to DPGR.
(4)Transition rule for definition of
W–2wagesandforW–2wagelimitation.
If a partnership and any partner in that
partnership have different taxable years,
only one of which begins on or before
May 17, 2006, the definition of W–2
wages of the partnership and the section
199(d)(1)(A)(iii) limitation on W–2 wages
from that partnership is determined under
the law applicable to partnerships based
on the beginning date of the partnership’s
taxable year. Thus, for example, for the
taxable year of a partnership beginning on
or before May 17, 2006, a partner’s share
of W–2 wages from the partnership is de-
termined under section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii)
as in effect for taxable years beginning
on or before May 17, 2006, even if the
taxable year of that partner in which those
wages are taken into account begins after
May 17, 2006.
(5)Partnerships electing out of sub-
chapter K. For purposes of §§1.199–1
2006–48 I.R.B.968November 27, 2006

through 1.199–8, the rules of paragraph
(b) of this section apply to all partnerships,
including those partnerships electing un-
der section 761(a) to be excluded, in whole
or in part, from the application of subchap-
ter K of chapter 1 of the Code.
(6)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this paragraph
(b). Assume that each partner has suffi-
cient adjusted gross income or taxable in-
come so that the section 199 deduction is
not limited under section 199(a)(1)(B). As-
sume also that the partnership and each of
its partners (whether individual or corpo-
rate) are calendar year taxpayers.
Example 1.Section 861 method with interest ex-
pense.(i)Partnership Federal income tax items.X
and Y, unrelated United States corporations, are each
50% partners in PRS, a partnership that engages in
production activities that generate both DPGR and
non-DPGR. X and Y share all items of income, gain,
loss, deduction, and credit equally. Both X and Y
are engaged in a trade or business. PRS is not able
to identify from its books and records CGS alloca-
ble to DPGR and non-DPGR. In this case, because
CGS is definitely related under the facts and circum-
stances to all of PRS’s gross receipts, apportionment
of CGS between DPGR and non-DPGR based on
gross receipts is appropriate. For 2010, the adjusted
basis of PRS’s business assets is $5,000, $4,000 of
which generate gross income attributable to DPGR
and $1,000 of which generate gross income attribut-
able to non-DPGR. For 2010, PRS has the following
Federal income tax items:
DPGR.......................................................................
$3,000
Non-DPGR...................................................................3,000
CGS ........................................................................3,240
Section162sellingexpenses.....................................................1,200
Interestexpense(notincludedinCGS).............................................300
(ii)Allocation of PRS’s Federal income tax items.
X and Y each receive the following distributive share
of PRS’s Federal income tax items, as determined
under the principles of §1.704–1(b)(1)(vii):
Gross income attributable to DPGR ($1,500 (DPGR)
$810(allocableCGS)).............$690
Gross income attributable to non-DPGR ($1,500 (non-DPGR)$810(allocableCGS)) .....
690
Section162sellingexpenses.....................................................600
Interestexpense(notincludedinCGS).............................................
150
(iii)Determination of QPAI.(A)X’s QPAI.Be-
cause the section 199 deduction is determined at the
partner level, X determines its QPAI by aggregat-
ing its distributive share of PRS’s Federal income
tax items with all other such items from all other,
non-PRS-related activities. For 2010, X does not
have any other such items. For 2010, the adjusted ba-
sis of X’s non-PRS assets, all of which are investment
assets, is $10,000. X’s only gross receipts for 2010
are those attributable to the allocation of gross income
from PRS. X allocates and apportions its deductible
items to gross income attributable to DPGR under the
section 861 method of §1.199–4(d). In this case, the
section 162 selling expenses are not included in CGS
and are definitely related to all of PRS’s gross in-
come. Based on the facts and circumstances of this
specific case, apportionment of those expenses be-
tween DPGR and non-DPGR on the basis of PRS’s
gross receipts is appropriate. X elects to apportion
its distributive share of interest expense under the tax
book value method of §1.861–9T(g). X’s QPAI for
2010 is $366, as shown in the following table:
DPGR.......................................................................
$1,500
CGSallocabletoDPGR ........................................................(810)
Section 162 selling expenses ($600 x ($1,500 DPGR/$3,000 total gross receipts)) . . . . . . . . . . .
(300)
Interest expense (not included in CGS) ($150 x ($2,000 (X’s share of PRS’s DPGR assets)/
$12,500 (X’s non-PRS assets ($10,000) + X’s share of PRS assets ($2,500)))) . . . . . . . . . . .
(
24)
X’sQPAI ....................................................................366
(B)Y’s QPAI.(1) For 2010, in addition to the ac-
tivities of PRS, Y engages in production activities
that generate both DPGR and non-DPGR. Y is able
to identify from its books and records CGS allocable
to DPGR and to non-DPGR. For 2010, the adjusted
basis of Y’s non-PRS assets attributable to its produc-
tion activities that generate DPGR is $8,000 and to
other production activities that generate non-DPGR
is $2,000. Y has no other assets. Y has the following
Federal income tax items relating to its non-PRS ac-
tivities:
Gross income attributable to DPGR
($1,500 (DPGR)$900(allocableCGS)).......................................$600
Gross income attributable to non-DPGR ($3,000 (other gross receipts)
$1,620(allocableCGS))......................................................
1,380
Section162sellingexpenses.....................................................
540
Interestexpense(notincludedinCGS).............................................90
(2) Y determines its QPAI in the same general
manner as X. However, because Y has other trade
or business activities outside of PRS, Y must aggre-
gate its distributive share of PRS’s Federal income
tax items with its own such items. Y allocates and
apportions its deductible items to gross income at-
tributable to DPGR under the section 861 method
of §1.199–4(d). In this case, Y’s distributive share
of PRS’s section 162 selling expenses, as well as
those selling expenses from Y’s non-PRS activities,
are definitely related to all of its gross income. Based
on the facts and circumstances of this specific case,
apportionment of those expenses between DPGR and
non-DPGR on the basis of Y’s gross receipts (includ-
ing Y’s share of PRS’s gross receipts) is appropri-
ate. Y elects to apportion its distributive share of in-
terest expense under the tax book value method of
§1.861–9T(g). Y has $1,290 of gross income attrib-
November 27, 20069692006–48 I.R.B.

utable to DPGR ($3,000 DPGR ($1,500 from PRS
and $1,500 from non-PRS activities)
$1,710 CGS
($810 from PRS and $900 from non-PRS activities)). Y’s QPAI for 2010 is $642, as shown in the following
table:
DPGR ($1,500 from PRS and $1,500 from non-PRS activities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3,000
CGS allocable to DPGR ($810 from PRS and $900 from non-PRS activities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1,710)
Section 162 selling expenses
($1,140 ($600 from PRS and $540 from non-PRS activities) x $3,000 ($1,500 PRS
DPGR + $1,500 non-PRS DPGR)/ $7,500 ($3,000 PRS total gross receipts + $4,500
non-PRStotalgrossreceipts)) .................................................
(456)
Interest expense (not included in CGS)
($240 ($150 from PRS and $90 from non-PRS activities) x $10,000
(Y’s non-PRS DPGR assets ($8,000) + Y’s share
of PRS DPGR assets ($2,000))/$12,500
(Y’snon-PRSassets($10,000)+Y’sshareofPRSassets($2,500)))...................
(
192)
Y’sQPAI ....................................................................642
(iv)Determination of section 199 deduction.X’s
tentative section 199 deduction is $33 (.09 x $366,
that is, QPAI determined at the partner level) subject
to the W–2 wage limitation (50% of W–2 wages). Y’s
tentative section 199 deduction is $58 (.09 x $642)
subject to the W–2 wage limitation.
Example 2.Section 861 method with R&E ex-
pense.(i)Partnership Federal income tax items.X
and Y, unrelated United States corporations each of
which is engaged in a trade or business, are partners in
PRS, a partnership that engages in production activ-
ities that generate both DPGR and non-DPGR. Nei-
ther X nor Y is a member of an affiliated group. X
and Y share all items of income, gain, loss, deduction,
and credit equally. All of PRS’s domestic production
activities that generate DPGR are within Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) Industry Group AAA
(SIC AAA). All of PRS’s production activities that
generate non-DPGR are within SIC Industry Group
BBB (SIC BBB). PRS is not able to identify from
its books and records CGS allocable to DPGR and to
non-DPGR. In this case, because CGS is definitely
related under the facts and circumstances to all of
PRS’s gross receipts, apportionment of CGS between
DPGR and non-DPGR based on gross receipts is ap-
propriate. PRS incurs $900 of research and experi-
mentation expenses (R&E) that are deductible under
section 174, $300 of which are performed with re-
spect to SIC AAA and $600 of which are performed
with respect to SIC BBB. None of the R&E is legally
mandated R&E as described in §1.861–17(a)(4) and
none is included in CGS. For 2010, PRS has the fol-
lowing Federal income tax items:
DPGR (all from sales of products within SIC AAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,000
Non-DPGR(allfromsalesofproductswithinSICBBB)...............................3,000
CGS ........................................................................2,400
Section162sellingexpenses.....................................................840
Section174R&E-SICAAA......................................................300
Section174R&E-SICBBB......................................................600
(ii)Allocation of PRS’s Federal income tax items.
X and Y each receive the following distributive share
of PRS’s Federal income tax items, as determined
under the principles of §1.704–1(b)(1)(vii):
Gross income attributable to DPGR ($1,500 (DPGR)
$600(CGS)).....................$900
Gross income attributable to non-DPGR ($1,500 (other gross receipts)$600(CGS)).......
900
Section162sellingexpenses.....................................................420
Section174R&E-SICAAA......................................................
150
Section174R&E-SICBBB......................................................300
(iii)Determination of QPAI.(A)X’s QPAI.Be-
cause the section 199 deduction is determined at the
partner level, X determines its QPAI by aggregat-
ing its distributive share ofPRS’s Federal income tax
items with all other such items from all other, non-
PRS-related activities. For 2010, X does not have
any other such tax items. X’s only gross receipts for
2010 are those attributable to the allocation of gross
income from PRS. As stated, all of PRS’s domestic
production activities that generate DPGR are within
SIC AAA. X allocates and apportions its deductible
items to gross income attributable to DPGR under the
section 861 method of §1.199–4(d). In this case, the
section 162 selling expenses are definitely related to
all of PRS’s gross income. Based on the facts and
circumstances of this specific case, apportionment of
those expenses between DPGR and non-DPGR on
the basis of PRS’s gross receipts is appropriate. For
purposes of apportioning R&E, X elects to use the
sales method as described in §1.861–17(c). Because
X has no direct sales of products, and because all
of PRS’s SIC AAA sales attributable to X’s share
of PRS’s gross income generate DPGR, all of X’s
share of PRS’s section 174 R&E attributable to SIC
AAA is taken into account for purposes of determin-
ingX’sQPAI.Thus,X’stotalQPAIfor2010is$540,
as shown in the following table:
DPGR (all from sales of products within SIC AAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,500
CGS ........................................................................(600)
Section 162 selling expenses ($420 x ($1,500 DPGR/$3,000 total gross receipts)) . . . . . . . . . . .
(210)
Section174R&E-SICAAA .....................................................
(
150)
X’sQPAI ....................................................................
540
(B)Y’s QPAI.(1) For 2010, in addition to the
activities of PRS, Y engages in domestic production
activities that generate both DPGR and non-DPGR.
With respect to those non-PRS activities, Y is not able
to identify from its books and records CGS allocable
to DPGR and to non-DPGR. In this case, because
2006–48 I.R.B.970November 27, 2006

non-PRS CGS is definitely related under the facts and
circumstances to all of Y’s non-PRS gross receipts,
apportionment of non-PRS CGS between DPGR and
non-DPGR based on Y’s non-PRS gross receipts is
appropriate. For 2010, Y has the following non-PRS
Federal income tax items:
DPGR(fromsalesofproductswithinSICAAA) .....................................
$1,500
DPGR (from sales of products within SIC BBB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,500
Non-DPGR (from sales of products within SIC BBB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3,000
CGS(allocatedtoDPGRwithinSICAAA) .........................................
750
CGS (allocated to DPGR within SIC BBB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
750
CGS (allocated to non-DPGR within SIC BBB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,500
Section162sellingexpenses.....................................................
540
Section174R&E-SICAAA......................................................300
Section174R&E-SICBBB......................................................
450
(2) Because Y has DPGR as a result of activities
outside PRS, Y must aggregate its distributive share
of PRS’s Federal income tax items with such items
from all its other, non-PRS-related activities. Y al-
locates and apportions its deductible items to gross
income attributable to DPGR under the section 861
method of §1.199–4(d). In this case, the section 162
selling expenses are definitely related to all of Y’s
gross income. Based on the facts and circumstances
of the specific case, apportionment of such expenses
between DPGR and non-DPGR on the basis of Y’s
gross receipts (including Y’s share of PRS’s gross re-
ceipts) is appropriate. For purposes of apportioning
R&E, Y elects to use the sales method as described in
§1.861–17(c).
(3) With respect to sales that generate DPGR, Y
has gross income of $2,400 ($4,500 DPGR ($1,500
from PRS and $3,000 from non-PRS activities)
$2,100 CGS ($600 from sales of products by PRS and
$1,500 from non-PRS activities)). Because all of the
sales in SIC AAA generate DPGR, all of Y’s share of
PRS’s section 174 R&E attributable to SIC AAA and
the section 174 R&E attributable to SIC AAA that
Y incurs in its non-PRS activities are taken into ac-
count for purposes of determining Y’s QPAI. Because
only a portion of the sales within SIC BBB generate
DPGR, only a portion of the section 174 R&E attrib-
utable to SIC BBB is taken into account in determin-
ing Y’s QPAI. Thus, Y’s QPAI for 2010 is $1,282, as
shown in the following table:
DPGR ($4,500 DPGR ($1,500 from PRS and $3,000 from non-PRS activities)) . . . . . . . . . . . . .$4,500
CGS($600fromsalesofproductsbyPRSand$1,500fromnon-PRSactivities).............
(2,100)
Section 162 selling expenses ($960 ($420 from PRS + $540 from non-PRS activities) x
($4,500DPGR/$9,000totalgrossreceipts)) ......................................
(480)
Section 174 R&E-SIC AAA ($150 from PRS and $300 from non-PRS activities). . . . . . . . . . . .
(450)
Section 174 R&E-SIC BBB ($750 ($300 from PRS + $450 from non-PRS activities) x
($1,500 DPGR/$6,000 total gross receipts allocated to SIC BBB ($1,500
from PRS + $4,500 from non-PRS activities)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(
188)
Y’sQPAI ....................................................................1,282
(iv)Determination of section 199 deduction.X’s
tentative section 199 deduction is $49 (.09 x $540,
th
at is, QPAI determined at the partner level) subject
to the W–2 wage limitation (50% of W–2 wages). Y’s
tentative section 199 deduction is $115 (.09 x $1,282)
s
ubject to the W–2 wage limitation.
Example 3.Partnership with special allocations.
(i)In general. X and Y are unrelated corporate part-
n
ers in PRS and each is engaged in a trade or busi-
ness. PRS is a partnership that engages in a domes-
tic production activity and other activities. In gen-
e
ral, X and Y share all partnership items of income,
gain, loss, deduction, and credit equally, except that
80% of the wage expense of PRS and 20% of PRS’s
other expenses are specially allocated to X. Under
all the facts and circumstances, these special allo-
cations have substantial economic effect under sec-
tion 704(b). In the 2010 taxable year, PRS’s only
wage expense is $2,000 for marketing, which is not
included in CGS. PRS has $8,000 of gross receipts
($6,000 of which is DPGR), $4,000 of CGS ($3,500
of which is allocable to DPGR), and $3,000 of de-
ductions (comprised of $2,000 of wage expense for
marketing and $1,000 of other expenses). X qualifies
for and uses the simplified deduction method under
§1.199–4(e). Y does not qualify to use that method
and, therefore, must use the section 861 method under
§1.199–4(d). In the 2010 taxable year, X has gross
receipts attributable to non-partnership trade or busi-
ness activities of $1,000 and wage expense of $200.
None of X’s non-PRS gross receipts is DPGR. For
purposes of this example, with regard to both X and
PRS, paragraph (e)(1) wages equal wage expense for
th
e 2010 taxable year.
(ii)Allocation and apportionment of costs. Under
the partnership agreement, X’s distributive share of
th
e Federal income tax items of PRS is $1,250 of
gross income attributable to DPGR ($3,000 DPGR
$1,750 allocable CGS), $750 of gross income
a
ttributable to non-DPGR ($1,000 non-DPGR
$250 allocable CGS), and $1,800 of deductions
(comprised of X’s special allocations of $1,600 of
w
age expense ($2,000 x 80%) for marketing and
$200 of other expenses ($1,000 x 20%)). Under the
simplified deduction method, X apportions $1,200
of other deductions to DPGR ($2,000 ($1,800 from
the partnership and $200 from non-partnership activ-
ities) x ($3,000 DPGR/$5,000 total gross receipts)).
Accordingly, X’s QPAI is $50 ($3,000 DPGR
$1,750 CGS$1,200 of deductions). X has $1,800
of paragraph (e)(1) wages($1,600 (X’s 80% share)
from PRS + $200 (X’s own non-PRS paragraph
(e)(1) wages)). To calculate its W–2 wages, X must
determine how much of this $1,800 is properly al-
locable under §1.199–2T(e)(2) to X’s total DPGR
(including X’s share of DPGR from PRS). Thus, X’s
tentative section 199 deduction for the 2010 taxable
year is $5 (.09 x $50), subject to the W–2 wage
limitation (50% of X’s W–2 wages).
Example 4.Partnership with no paragraph (e)(1)
wages.(i)Facts. AandB,bothindividuals,are
partners in PRS. PRS is a partnership that engages
in manufacturing activities that generate both DPGR
and non-DPGR. A and B share all items of income,
ga
in, loss, deduction, and credit equally. For the
2010 taxable year, PRS has total gross receipts of
$2,000 ($1,000 of which is DPGR), CGS of $400
a
nd deductions of $800. PRS has no paragraph
(e)(1) wages. Each partner’s distributive share of
PRS’s Federal income tax items is $500 DPGR, $500
n
on-DPGR, $200 CGS, and $400 of deductions.
A has trade or business activities outside of PRS
(non-PRS activities). With respect to those activities,
A has total gross receipts of $1,000 ($500 of which
is DPGR), CGS of $400 (including $50 of paragraph
(e)(1) wages), and deductions of $200 for the 2010
taxable year. B has no trade or business activities
outside of PRS. A and B each use the small business
simplified overall method under §1.199–4(f).
(ii)A’s QPAI. A’s total CGS and deductions
apportioned to DPGR equal $600 (($1,200 ($200
PRS CGS + $400 non-PRS CGS + $400 PRS deduc-
tions + $200 non-PRS trade or business deductions))
x ($1,000 total DPGR ($500 from PRS + $500
from non-PRS activities)/$2,000 total gross receipts
($1,000 from PRS + $1,000 from non-PRS activ-
ities))). Accordingly, A’s QPAI is $400 ($1,000
DPGR ($500 from PRS + $500 from non-PRS activ-
ities)
$600 CGS and deductions).
(iii)A’s W–2 wages and section 199 deduction.
A has $50 of paragraph (e)(1) wages ($0 from PRS
+ $50 from A’s non-PRS activities). To calculate
A’s W–2 wages, A determines, under a reasonable
November 27, 20069712006–48 I.R.B.

method satisfactory to the Secretary, that $40 of this
$50 is properly allocable under §1.199–2T(e)(2) to
A’s DPGR from PRS and non-PRS activities. A’s
tentative section 199 deduction is $36 (.09 x $400),
subject to the W–2 wage limitation of $20 (50% of
W–2 wages of $40). Thus, A’s section 199 deduction
is $20.
(iv)B’s QPAI and section 199 deduction.B’s
CGS and deductions apportioned to DPGR equal
$300 (($200 PRS CGS + $400 PRS deductions) x
($500 DPGR from PRS/$1,000 total gross receipts
from PRS)). Accordingly, B’s QPAI is $200 ($500
DPGR
$300 CGS and deductions). B’s tentative
section 199 deduction is $18 (.09 x $200), subject to
the W–2 wage limitation. In this case, however, the
limitation is $0, because B has no paragraph (e)(1)
wages. Thus, B’s section 199 deduction is $0.
Example 5.Guaranteed payment.(i)Facts.The
facts are the same as inExample 4, except that in
2010 PRS also makes a guaranteed payment of $200
to A for services rendered by A (see section 707(c)),
and PRS incurs $200 of wage expense for employ-
ees’ salary, which is included within the $400 of CGS
(in this case the wage expense of $200 equals PRS’s
paragraph (e)(1) wages). The guaranteed payment
is taxable to A as ordinary income and is properly
deducted by PRS under section 162. Pursuant to
§1.199–3(p), A may not treat any part of this pay-
ment as DPGR. Accordingly, PRS has total gross re-
ceipts of $2,000 ($1,000 of which is DPGR), CGS of
$400 (including $200 of wage expense) and deduc-
tions of $1,000 (including the $200 guaranteed pay-
ment) for the 2010 taxable year. Each partner’s dis-
tributive share of the items of the partnership is $500
DPGR, $500 non-DPGR, $200 CGS (including $100
of wage expense), and $500 of deductions.
(ii)A’s QPAI and W–2 wages. A’s total CGS and
deductions apportioned to DPGR equal $591 ($1,300
($200 PRS CGS + $400 non-PRS CGS + $500 PRS
deductions + $200 non-PRS trade or business de-
ductions) x ($1,000 total DPGR ($500 from PRS +
$500 from non-PRS activities)/$2,200 total gross re-
ceipts ($1,000 from PRS + $200 guaranteed payment
+ $1,000 from non-PRS activities))). Accordingly,
A’s QPAI is $409 ($1,000 DPGR
$591 CGS and
other deductions). A’s total paragraph (e)(1) wages
are $150 ($100 from PRS + $50 from non-PRS ac-
tivities). To calculate its W–2 wages, A must deter-
mine how much of this $150 is properly allocable un-
der §1.199–2T(e)(2) to A’s total DPGR from PRS and
non-PRS activities. A’s tentative section 199 deduc-
tion is $37 (.09 x $409), subject to the W–2 wage lim-
itation (50% of W–2 wages).
(iii)B’s QPAI and W–2 wages. B’s QPAI is $150
($500 DPGR
$350 CGS and other deductions).
B has $100 of paragraph (e)(1) wages (all from
PRS). To calculate its W–2 wages, B must determine
how much of this $100 is properly allocable under
§1.199–2T(e)(2) to B’s total DPGR. B’s tentative
section 199 deduction is $14 (.09 x $150), subject to
the W–2 wage limitation (50% of B’s W–2 wages).
(c)S corporations—(1)In general—(i)
Determination at shareholder level.The
section 199 deduction with respect to the
qualified production activities of an S cor-
poration is determined at the shareholder
level. As a result, each shareholder must
compute its deduction separately. The sec-
tion 199 deduction has no effect on the ad-
justed basis of a shareholder’s stock in an
S corporation. Except as provided by pub-
lication pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of
this section, for purposes of this section,
each shareholder is allocated, in accor-
dance with section 1366, itspro ratashare
of S corporation items (including items of
income, gain, loss, and deduction), CGS
allocated to such items of income, and
gross receipts included in such items of in-
come, even if the shareholder’s share of
CGS and other deductions and losses ex-
ceeds DPGR. Except as provided by pub-
lication under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this
section, to determine its section 199 deduc-
tion for the taxable year, the shareholder
aggregates itspro ratashare of such items,
to the extent they are not otherwise disal-
lowed by the Code, with those items it in-
curs outside the S corporation (whether di-
rectly or indirectly) for purposes of allocat-
ing and apportioning deductions to DPGR
and computing its QPAI.
(ii)Determination at entity level.
The Secretary may, by publication
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)ofthischapter),per-
mit an S corporation to calculate a share-
holder’s share of QPAI and W–2 wages at
the entity level, instead of allocating to the
shareholder, in accordance with section
1366, the shareholder’spro ratashare of
S corporation items (including items of
income, gain, loss, and deduction) and
paragraph (e)(1) wages. If an S corpo-
ration does calculate QPAI at the entity
level—
(A) Each shareholder is allocated its
share of QPAI (subject to the limitations
of paragraph (c)(2) of this section) and
W–2 wages from the S corporation, which
are combined with the shareholder’s QPAI
and W–2 wages from other sources, if any;
(B) For purposes of computing QPAI
under §§1.199–1 through 1.199–8, a share-
holder does not take into account the items
from the S corporation (for example, a
shareholder does not take into account
items from the S corporation in determin-
ing whether a threshold orde minimisrule
applies or in allocating and apportioning
deductions in calculating its QPAI from
other sources);
(C) A shareholder generally does not
recompute its share of QPAI from the
S corporation using another method; how-
ever, the shareholder might have to adjust
its share of QPAI from the S corporation
to take into account certain disallowed
losses or deductions, or the allowance of
suspended losses or deductions; and
(D) A shareholder’s share of QPAI from
an S corporation may be less than zero.
(2)Disallowed losses or deduc-
tions. Except as provided by publica-
tion in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)ofthischapter),
losses or deductions of the S corporation
are taken into account in computing the
shareholder’s section 199 deduction for a
taxable year only if, and to the extent that,
the shareholder’spro ratashare of the
losses or deductions from all of the S cor-
poration’s activities is not disallowed by
section 465, 469, or 1366(d), or any other
provision of the Code. If only a portion of
the shareholder’s share of the losses or de-
ductions from an S corporation is allowed
for a taxable year, a proportionate share of
those allowable losses or deductions that
are allocated to the Scorporation’s quali-
fied production activities, determined in a
manner consistent with sections 465, 469,
and 1366(d), and any other applicable
provision of the Code, is taken into ac-
count in computing QPAI for that taxable
year. To the extent that any of the disal-
lowed losses or deductions are allowed in
a later taxable year under section 465, 469,
or 704(d), or any other provision of the
Code, the shareholder takes into account
a proportionate share of those allowed
losses or deductions that are allocated to
the S corporation’s qualified production
activities in computing the shareholder’s
QPAI for that later taxable year. Losses
or deductions of the S corporation that
are disallowed for taxable years begin-
ning on or before December 31, 2004, are
not taken into account in a later taxable
year for purposes of computing the share-
holder’s QPAI for that later taxable year,
whether or not the losses or deductions are
allowed for other purposes.
(3)Shareholder’s share of para-
graph (e)(1) wages. Under section
199(d)(1)(A)(iii), an S corporation share-
holder’s share of the paragraph (e)(1)
wages of the S corporation for purposes of
determining the shareholder’s W–2 wage
limitation equals the shareholder’s alloca-
ble share of those wages. Except as pro-
vided by publication in the Internal Rev-
enue Bulletin (see §601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)
of this chapter), the S corporation must
2006–48 I.R.B.972November 27, 2006

allocate the paragraph (e)(1) wages among
the shareholders in the same manner it al-
locates wage expense among those share-
holders. The shareholder then must add its
share of the paragraph (e)(1) wages from
the S corporation to the shareholder’s para-
graph (e)(1) wages from other sources, if
any, and then must determine the portion of
those total paragraph (e)(1) wages alloca-
ble to DPGR to compute the shareholder’s
W–2 wages. See §1.199–2T(e)(2) for the
computation of W–2 wages and for the
proper allocation of such wages to DPGR.
(4)Transition rule for definition of W–2
wages and for W–2 wage limitation.Ifan
S corporation and any of its shareholders
have different taxable years, only one of
which begins on or before May 17, 2006,
the definition of W–2 wages of the S cor-
poration and the section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii)
limitation on W–2 wages from that S cor-
poration is determined under the law ap-
plicable to S corporations based on the be-
ginning date of the S corporation’s taxable
year. Thus, for example, for the short tax-
able year of an S corporation beginning
after May 17, 2006, and ending in 2006,
a shareholder’s share of W–2 wages from
the S corporation is determined under sec-
tion 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) for taxable years be-
ginning after May 17, 2006, even if that
shareholder’s taxable year began on or be-
fore May 17, 2006.
(d)Grantor trusts. To the extent that
the grantor or another person is treated as
owning all or part (the owned portion) of a
trust under sections 671 through 679, such
person (owner) computes its QPAI with re-
spect to the owned portion of the trust as
if that QPAI had been generated by activi-
ties performed directly by the owner. Sim-
ilarly, for purposes of the W–2 wage limi-
tation, the owner of the trust takes into ac-
count the owner’s share of the paragraph
(e)(1) wages of the trust that are attribut-
able to the owned portion of the trust. The
provisions of paragraph (e) of this section
do not apply to the owned portion of a trust.
(e)Non-grantor trusts and estates—(1)
Allocation of costs. The trust or estate cal-
culates each beneficiary’s share (as well
as the trust’s or estate’s own share, if any)
of QPAI and W–2 wages from the trust
or estate at the trust or estate level. The
beneficiary of a trust or estate may not re-
compute its share of QPAI or W–2 wages
from the trust or estate by using another
method to reallocate the trust’s or estate’s
qualified production costs or paragraph
(e)(1) wages, or otherwise. Except as
provided in paragraph (d) of this section,
theQPAIofatrustorestatemustbecom-
puted by allocating expenses described
in section 199(d)(5) in one of two ways,
depending on the classification of those
expenses under §1.652(b)–3. Specifically,
directly attributable expenses within the
meaning of §1.652(b)–3 are allocated pur-
suant to §1.652(b)–3, and expenses not
directly attributable within the meaning of
§1.652(b)–3 (other expenses) are allocated
under the simplified deduction method of
§1.199–4(e) (unless the trust or estate does
notqualifytousethesimplifieddeduc-
tion method, in which case it must use
the section 861 method of §1.199–4(d)
with respect to such other expenses). For
this purpose, depletion and depreciation
deductions described in section 642(e) and
amortization deductions described in sec-
tion 642(f) are treated as other expenses
described in section 199(d)(5). Also for
this purpose, the trust’s or estate’s share of
other expenses from a lower-tier pass-thru
entity is not directlyattributable to any
class of income (whether or not those
other expenses are directly attributable to
the aggregate pass-thru gross income as a
class for purposes other than section 199).
A trust or estate may not use the small
business simplified overall method for
computing its QPAI. See §1.199–4(f)(5).
(2)Allocation among trust or estate and
beneficiaries—(i)In general. The QPAI
of a trust or estate (which will be less
than zero if the CGS and deductions allo-
cated and apportioned to DPGR exceed the
trust’s or estate’s DPGR) and W–2 wages
of a trust or estate are allocated to each
beneficiary and to the trust or estate based
on the relative proportion of the trust’s
or estate’s distributable net income (DNI),
as defined by section 643(a), for the tax-
able year that is distributed or required to
be distributed to the beneficiary or is re-
tained by the trust or estate. To the ex-
tent that the trust or estate has no DNI
for the taxable year, any QPAI and W–2
wages are allocated entirely to the trust or
estate. A trust or estate is allowed the sec-
tion 199 deduction in computing its tax-
able income to the extent that QPAI and
W–2 wages are allocated to the trust or es-
tate. A beneficiary of a trust or estate is
allowed the section 199 deduction in com-
puting its taxable income based on its share
of QPAI and W–2 wages from the trust or
estate, which are aggregated with the bene-
ficiary’s QPAI and W–2 wages from other
sources, if any.
(ii)Treatment of items from a trust or
estate reporting qualified production ac-
tivities income. When, pursuant to this
paragraph (e), a taxpayer must combine
QPAI and W–2 wages from a trust or es-
tate with the taxpayer’s total QPAI and
W–2 wages from other sources, the tax-
payer, when applying §§1.199–1 through
1.199–8 to determine the taxpayer’s to-
tal QPAI and W–2 wages from such other
sources, does not take into account the
items from such trust or estate. Thus, for
example, a beneficiary of an estate that re-
ceives QPAI from the estate does not take
into account the beneficiary’s distributive
share of the estate’s gross receipts, gross
income, or deductions when the benefi-
ciary determines whether a threshold orde
minimisrule applies or when the benefi-
ciary allocates and apportions deductions
in calculating its QPAI from other sources.
Similarly, in determining the portion of the
beneficiary’s paragraph (e)(1) wages from
other sources that is attributable to DPGR
(thus, the W–2 wages from other sources),
the beneficiary does not take into account
DPGR and non-DPGR from the trust or es-
tate.
(3)Transition rule for definition of W–2
wages and for W–2 wage limitation.The
definition of W–2 wages of a trust or estate
and the section 199(d)(1)(A)(iii) limitation
on W–2 wages from that trust or estate, and
thus the beneficiary’s share of W–2 wages
from that trust or estate, is determined un-
der the law applicable to pass-thru entities
based on the beginning date of the taxable
year of the trust or estate, regardless of the
beginning date of the taxable year of the
beneficiary.
(4)Example. The following example
illustrates the application of this paragraph
(e). Assume that the partnership, trust,
and trust beneficiary all are calendar year
taxpayers.
Example.(i)Computation of DNI and inclusion
and deduction amounts.(A)Trust’s distributive
share of partnership items. Trust, a complex trust,
is a partner in PRS, a partnership that engages in
activities that generate DPGR and non-DPGR. In
2010, PRS distributes $10,000 cash to Trust. PRS
properly allocates (in the same manner as wage
expense) paragraph (e)(1) wages of $3,000 to Trust.
Trust’s distributive share of PRS items, which are
properly included in Trust’s DNI, is as follows:
November 27, 20069732006–48 I.R.B.

Gross income attributable to DPGR ($15,000 DPGR$5,000 CGS
(includingwageexpenseof$1,000))............................................ $10,000
Gross income attributable to non-DPGR ($5,000 other gross receipts
$0CGS)............
5,000
Selling expenses attributable to DPGR (includes wage expense of $2,000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,000
Otherexpenses(includeswageexpenseof$1,000)....................................
2,000
(B)Trust’s direct activities. Trust has direct
paragraph (e)(1) wages of $2,000 for the 2010 tax-
able year. In addition to its cash distribution in 2010 from PRS, Trust also directly has the following items
which are properly included in Trust’s DNI:
Dividends....................................................................
$10,000
Tax-exemptinterest ............................................................ 10,000
RentsfromcommercialrealpropertyoperatedbyTrustasabusiness ..................... 10,000
Realestatetaxes...............................................................1,000
Trusteecommissions ...........................................................3,000
Stateincomeandpersonalpropertytaxes ...........................................
5,000
Wageexpenseforrentalbusiness..................................................2,000
Otherbusinessexpenses.........................................................1,000
(C)Allocation of deductions under §1.652(b)–3.
(1)Directly attributable expenses. In computing
Trust’s DNI for the taxable year, the distributive
share of expenses of PRS are directly attributable
under §1.652(b)–3(a) to the distributive share of
income of PRS. Accordingly, the $5,000 of CGS,
$3,000 of selling expenses, and $2,000 of other ex-
penses are subtracted from the gross receipts from
PRS ($20,000), resulting in net income from PRS of
$10,000. With respect to the Trust’s direct expenses,
$1,000 of the trustee commissions, the $1,000 of
real estate taxes, and the $2,000 of wage expense
are directly attributable under §1.652(b)–3(a) to the
rental income.
(2)Non-directly attributable expenses. Under
§1.652(b)–3(b), the trustee must allocate a portion
of the sum of the balance of the trustee commissions
($2,000), state income and personal property taxes
($5,000), and the other business expenses ($1,000) to
the $10,000 of tax-exempt interest. The portion to be
attributed to tax-exempt interest is $2,222 ($8,000 x
($10,000 tax exempt interest/$36,000 gross receipts
net of direct expenses)), resulting in $7,778 ($10,000
$2,222) of net tax-exempt interest. Pursuant to
its authority recognized under §1.652(b)–3(b), the
trustee allocates the entire amount of the remaining
$5,778 of trustee commissions, state income and
personal property taxes, and other business expenses
to the $6,000 of net rental income, resulting in $222
($6,000
$5,778) of net rental income.
(D)Amounts included in taxable income.For
2010, Trust has DNI of $28,000 (net dividend in-
come of $10,000 + net PRS income of $10,000 + net
rental income of $222 + net tax-exempt income of
$7,778). Pursuant to Trust’s governing instrument,
Trustee distributes 50%, or $14,000, of that DNI to
B, an individual who is a discretionary beneficiary of
Trust. Assume that there are no separate shares under
Trust, and no distributions are made to any other ben-
eficiary that year. Consequently, with respect to the
$14,000 distribution B receives from Trust, B prop-
erly includes in B’s gross income $5,000 of income
from PRS, $111 of rents, and $5,000 of dividends,
and properly excludes from B’s gross income $3,889
of tax-exempt interest. Trust includes $20,222 in its
adjusted total income and deducts $10,111 under sec-
tion 661(a) in computing its taxable income.
(ii)Section 199 deduction.(A)Simplified deduc-
tion method. For purposes of computing the section
199 deduction for the taxable year, assume Trust
qualifies for the simplified deduction method under
§1.199–4(e). The determination of Trust’s QPAI un-
der the simplified deduction method requires multiple
steps to allocate costs. First, the Trust’s expenses
directly attributable to DPGR under §1.652(b)–3(a)
are subtracted from the Trust’s DPGR. In this step,
the directly attributable $5,000 of CGS and sell-
ing expenses of $3,000 are subtracted from the
$15,000 of DPGR from PRS. Second, the Trust’s
expenses directly attributable under §1.652(b)–3(a)
to non-DPGR from a trade or business are subtracted
from the Trust’s trade or business non-DPGR. In this
step, $4,000 of Trust expenses directly allocable to
the real property rental activity ($1,000 of real estate
taxes, $1,000 of Trustee commissions, and $2,000
of wages) are subtracted from the $10,000 of rental
income. Third, Trust must identify the portion of its
other expenses that is attributable to Trust’s trade
or business activities, if any, because expenses not
attributable to trade or business activities are not
taken into account in computing QPAI. In this step,
in this example, the portion of the trustee commis-
sions not directly attributable to the rental operation
($2,000) are directly attributable to non-trade or
business activities. In addition, the state income and
personal property taxes are not directly attributable
under §1.652(b)–3(a) to either trade or business
or non-trade or business activities, so the portion
of those taxes not attributable to either the PRS
interests or the rental operation are not trade or busi-
ness expenses and, thus, are not taken into account in
computing QPAI. The portion of the state income and
personal property taxes that is treated as other trade or
business expenses is $3,000 ($5,000 x $30,000 total
trade or business gross receipts/$50,000 total gross
receipts). Fourth, Trust then allocates its other trade
or business expenses (not directly attributable under
§1.652(b)–3(a)) between DPGR and non-DPGR on
the basis of its total gross receipts from the conduct
of a trade or business ($20,000 from PRS + $10,000
rental income). Thus, Trust combines its non-directly
attributable (other) business expenses ($2,000 from
PRS + $4,000 ($1,000 of other business expenses +
$3,000 of income and property taxes allocated to a
trade or business) from its own activities) and then
apportions this total ($6,000) between DPGR and
other receipts on the basis of Trust’s total trade or
business gross receipts ($6,000 of such expenses x
$15,000 DPGR/$30,000 total trade or business gross
receipts = $3,000). Thus,for purposes of comput-
ing Trust’s and B’s section 199 deduction, Trust’s
QPAI is $4,000 ($7,000
$3,000). Because the
distribution of Trust’s DNI to B equals one-half of
Trust’s DNI, Trust and B each has QPAI from PRS
for purposes of the section 199 deduction of $2,000.
B has $1,000 of QPAI from non-Trust activities that
is added to the $2,000 QPAI from Trust for a total of
$3,000 of QPAI.
(B)W–2 wages. For the 2010 taxable year, Trust
chooses to use the wage expense safe harbor under
§1.199–2T(e)(2)(ii) to determine its W–2 wages. For
its taxable year ending December 31, 2010, Trust
has $5,000 of paragraph (e)(1) wages reported on
2010 Forms W–2. Trust’s W–2 wages are $2,917,
as shown in the following table:
2006–48 I.R.B.974November 27, 2006

WageexpenseincludedinCGSdirectlyattributabletoDPGR...........................
$1,000
Wage expense included in selling expense directly attributable to DPGR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,000
Wage expense included in non-directly attributable deductions ($1,000 in wage expense x
($15,000DPGR/$30,000totaltradeorbusinessgrossreceipts)).......................
5
00
WageexpenseallocabletoDPGR .................................................
3,500
W–2 wages (($3,500 of wage expense allocable to DPGR/$6,000 of total wage expense) x $5,000
inparagraph(e)(1)wages)....................................................
$2,917
(C)Section 199 deduction computation.(1)B’s
computation. B is eligible to use the small business
simplified overall method. Assume that B has suf-
ficient adjusted gross income so that the section 199
deduction is not limited under section 199(a)(1)(B).
Because the $14,000 Trust distribution to B equals
one-half of Trust’s DNI, B has W–2 wages from Trust
of $1,459 (50% x $2,917). B has W–2 wages of $100
from non-Trust trade or business activities (computed
without regard to B’s interest in Trust pursuant to
§1.199–2(e)) for a total of $1,559 of W–2 wages. B
has $1,000 of QPAI from non-Trust activities that is
added to the $2,000 QPAI from Trust for a total of
$3,000 of QPAI. B’s tentative deduction is $270 (.09
x $3,000), limited under the W–2 wage limitation to
$780 (50% x $1,559 W–2 wages). Accordingly, B’s
section 199 deduction for 2010 is $270.
(2)Trust’s computation. Trust has sufficient ad-
justed gross income so that the section 199 deduction
is not limited under section 199(a)(1)(B). Because
the $14,000 Trust distribution to B equals one-half of
Trust’s DNI, Trust has W–2 wages of $1,459 (50%
x $2,917). Trust’s tentative deduction is $180 (.09 x
$2,000 QPAI), limited under the W–2 wage limitation
to $730 (50% x $1,459 W–2 wages). Accordingly,
Trust’s section 199 deduction for 2010 is $180.
(f)Gain or loss from the disposition of
an interest in a pass-thru entity.DPGR
generally does not include gain or loss rec-
ognized on the sale, exchange, or other dis-
position of an interest in a pass-thru entity.
However, with respect to a partnership, if
section 751(a) or (b) applies, then gain or
loss attributable to assets of the partnership
giving rise to ordinary income under sec-
tion 751(a) or (b), the sale, exchange, or
other disposition of which would give rise
to DPGR, is taken into account in com-
puting the partner’s section 199 deduc-
tion. Accordingly, to the extent that cash
or property received by a partner in a sale
or exchange of all or part of its partner-
ship interest is attributable to unrealized
receivables or inventory items within the
meaning of section 751(c) or (d), respec-
tively, and the sale or exchange of the unre-
alized receivable or inventory items would
give rise to DPGR if sold, exchanged, or
otherwise disposed of by the partnership,
the cash or property received by the part-
ner is taken into account by the partner
in determining its DPGR for the taxable
year. Likewise, to the extent that a dis-
tribution of property to a partner is treated
under section 751(b) as a sale or exchange
of property between the partnership and
the distributee partner, and any property
deemed sold or exchanged would give rise
to DPGR if sold, exchanged, or otherwise
disposed of by the partnership, the deemed
sale or exchange of the property must be
taken into account in determining the part-
nership’s and distributee partner’s DPGR
to the extent not taken into account under
the qualifying in-kind partnership rules.
See §§1.751–1(b) and 1.199–3T(i)(7).
(g)No attribution of qualified activities.
Except as provided in §1.199–3T(i)(7) re-
garding qualifying in-kind partnerships
and §1.199–3T(i)(8) regarding EAG part-
nerships, an owner of a pass-thru entity
is not treated as conducting the qualified
production activities of the pass-thru en-
tity, and vice versa. For example, if a
partnership manufactures QPP within the
United States, or produces a qualified film
or produces utilities in the United States,
and distributes or leases, rents, licenses,
sells, exchanges, or otherwise disposes of
such property to a partner who then, with-
out performing its own qualifying activity,
leases, rents, licenses, sells, exchanges,
or otherwise disposes of such property,
then the partner’s gross receipts from
this latter lease, rental, license, sale, ex-
change, or other disposition are treated as
non-DPGR. In addition, if a partner man-
ufactures QPP within the United States, or
produces a qualified film or produces util-
ities in the United States, and contributes
or leases, rents, licenses, sells, exchanges,
or otherwise disposes of such property
to a partnership which then, without per-
forming its own qualifying activity, leases,
rents, licenses, sells, exchanges, or other-
wise disposes of such property, then the
partnership’s gross receipts from this latter
disposition are treated as non-DPGR.
Par. 9. Section 1.199–7 is amended
by adding new paragraph (b)(4) to read as
follows:
§1.199–7 Expanded affiliated groups.
*****
(b) * * *
(4)Losses used to reduce taxable
income of expanded affiliated group.
[Reserved]. For further guidance, see
§1.199–7T(b)(4).
*****
Par. 10. Section 1.199–7T is added to
read as follows:
§1.199–7T Expanded affiliated groups
(temporary).
(a) [Reserved]. For further guidance,
see §1.199–7(a).
(b)Computation of expanded affiliated
group’s section 199 deduction.
(1) through (3) [Reserved]. For further
guidance, see §1.199–7(b)(1) through (3).
(4)Losses used to reduce taxable in-
come of expanded affiliated group—(i)In
general. The amount of a net operating
loss (NOL) sustained by any member of
an expanded affiliated group (EAG) (as
defined in §1.199–7) that is used in the
year sustained in determining an EAG’s
taxable income limitation under section
199(a)(1)(B) is not treated as an NOL car-
ryover or NOL carryback to any taxable
year in determining the taxable income
limitation under section 199(a)(1)(B). For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(4), an NOL
is considered to be used if it reduces an
EAG’s aggregate taxable income, regard-
less of whether the use of the NOL actually
reduces the amount of the deduction un-
der §1.199–1(a) (section 199 deduction)
that the EAG would otherwise derive. An
NOL is not considered to be used to the
extent that it reduces an EAG’s aggregate
taxable income to an amount less than
zero. If more than one member of an EAG
has an NOL used in the same taxable year
to reduce the EAG’s taxable income, the
members’ respective NOLs are deemed
used in proportion to the amount of their
NOLs.
November 27, 20069752006–48 I.R.B.

(ii)Examples. The following exam-
ples illustrate the application of this para-
graph (b)(4). For purposes of these exam-
ples, assume that all relevant parties have
sufficient W–2 wages so that the section
199 deduction is not limited under section
199(b)(1).
Example 1.(i)Facts. Corporations A and B are
the only two members of an EAG. A and B are both
calendar year taxpayers and they do not join in the fil-
ing of a consolidated Federal income tax return. Nei-
ther A nor B had taxable income or loss prior to 2010.
In 2010, A has qualified production activities income
(QPAI) (as defined in §1.199–1(c)) and taxable in-
come of $1,000 and B has QPAI of $1,000 and an
NOL of $1,500. In 2011, A has QPAI of $2,000 and
taxable income of $1,000 and B has QPAI of $2,000
and taxable income prior to the NOL deduction al-
lowed under section 172 of $2,000.
(ii)Section 199 deduction for 2010. In determin-
ing the EAG’s section 199 deduction for 2010, A’s
$1,000ofQPAIandB’s$1,000ofQPAIareaggre-
gated, as are A’s $1,000 of taxable income and B’s
$1,500 NOL. Thus, for 2010, the EAG has QPAI of
$2,000 and taxable income of ($500). The EAG’s
section 199 deduction for 2010 is 9% of the lesser of
its QPAI or its taxable income. Because the EAG has
a taxable loss in 2010, the EAG’s section 199 deduc-
tion is $0.
(iii)Section 199 deduction for 2011. In determin-
ing the EAG’s section 199 deduction for 2011, A’s
$2,000ofQPAIandB’s$2,000ofQPAIareaggre-
gated, giving the EAG QPAI of $4,000. Also, $1,000
of B’s NOL from 2010 was used in 2010 to reduce the
EAG’s taxable income to $0. The remaining $500 of
B’s 2010 NOL is not considered to have been used in
2010 because it reduced the EAG’s taxable income
below $0. Accordingly, for purposes of determin-
ing the EAG’s taxable income limitation under sec-
tion 199(a)(1)(B) in 2011, B is deemed to have only a
$500 NOL carryover from 2010 to offset a portion of
its 2011 taxable income. Thus, B’s taxable income in
2011 is $1,500 which is aggregated with A’s $1,000
of taxable income. The EAG’s taxable income limi-
tation in 2011 is $2,500. The EAG’s section 199 de-
duction is 9% of the lesser of its QPAI of $4,000 or
its taxable income of $2,500. Thus, the EAG’s sec-
tion 199 deduction in 2011 is 9% of $2,500, or $225.
The results would be the same if neither A nor B had
QPAI in 2010.
Example 2. The facts are the same as inExample
1except that in 2010 B was not a member of the same
EAG as A, but instead was a member of an EAG with
Corporation X, which had QPAI and taxable income
of $1,000 in 2010, and had neither taxable income nor
loss in any other year. There were no other members
of the EAG in 2010 besides B and X, and B and X did
not file a consolidated Federal income tax return. As
$1,000ofB’sNOLwasusedin2010toreducetheB
and X EAG’s taxable incometo $0, B is considered to
have only a $500 NOL carryover from 2010 to offset a
portion of its 2011 taxable income for purposes of the
taxable income limitation under section 199(a)(1)(B),
just as inExample 1. Accordingly, the results for the
A and B EAG in 2011 are the same as inExample 1.
Example 3. The facts are the same as inExample
1except that B is not a member of any EAG in 2011.
Because $1,000 of B’s NOL was used in 2010 to re-
duce the EAG’s taxable income to $0, B is consid-
ered to have only a $500 NOL carryover from 2010
to offset a portion of its 2011 taxable income for pur-
poses of the taxable income limitation under section
199(a)(1)(B), just as inExample 1. Thus, for pur-
poses of determining B’s taxable income limitation
in 2011, B is considered to have taxable income of
$1,500, and B has a section 199 deduction of 9% of
$1,500, or $135.
Example 4. Corporations A, B, and C are the
only members of an EAG. A, B, and C are all cal-
endar year taxpayers and they do not join in the filing
of a consolidated Federal income tax return. None
of the EAG members (A, B, or C) had taxable in-
come or loss prior to 2010. In 2010, A has QPAI of
$2,000 and taxable income of $1,000, B has QPAI of
$1,000 and an NOL of $1,000, and C has QPAI of
$1,000 and an NOL of $3,000. In 2011, prior to the
NOL deduction allowed under section 172, A and B
each has taxable income of $200 and C has taxable
income of $5,000. In determining the EAG’s sec-
tion 199 deduction for 2010, A’s QPAI of $2,000, B’s
QPAI of $1,000, and C’s QPAI of $1,000 are aggre-
gated, as are A’s taxable income of $1,000, B’s NOL
of $1,000, and C’s NOL of $3,000. Thus, for 2010,
the EAG has QPAI of $4,000 and taxable income of
($3,000). In determining the EAG’s taxable income
limitation under section 199(a)(1)(B) in 2011, $1,000
of B’s and C’s aggregate NOLs in 2010 of $4,000 are
considered to have been used in 2010 to reduce the
EAG’s taxable income to $0, in proportion to their
NOLs. Thus, $250 of B’s NOL from 2010 ($1,000
x $1,000/$4,000) and $750 of C’s NOL from 2010
($1,000 x $3,000/$4,000) are deemed to have been
used in 2010. The remaining $750 of B’s NOL and
the remaining $2,250 of C’s NOL are not deemed to
have been used because so doing would have reduced
the EAG’s taxable income in 2010 below $0. Accord-
ingly, for purposes of determining the EAG’s taxable
income limitation in 2011, B is deemed to have a $750
NOL carryover from 2010 and C is deemed to have
a $2,250 NOL carryover from 2010. Thus, for pur-
poses of determining the EAG’s taxable income lim-
itation, B’s taxable income in 2011 is $0 and C’s tax-
able income in 2011 is $2,750, which are aggregated
with A’s $200 taxable income. B’s unused NOL car-
ryover from 2010 cannot be used to reduce either A’s
or C’s 2011 taxable income. Thus, the EAG’s tax-
able income limitation in 2011 is $2,950, A’s taxable
income of $200 plus B’s taxable income of $0 plus
C’s taxable income of $2,750.
Par. 11. Section 1.199–8 is amended
by adding new paragraphs (i)(5) and (6) to
read as follows:
§1.199–8 Other rules.
*****
(i) * * *
(5)Tax Increase Prevention and Recon-
ciliation Act of 2005. [Reserved]. For fur-
ther guidance, see §1.199–8T(i)(5).
(6)Losses used to reduce taxable
income of expanded affiliated group.
[Reserved]. For further guidance, see
§1.199–8T(i)(6).
Par. 12. Section 1.199–8T is amended
by adding new paragraphs (i)(5) and (6) to
read as follows:
§1.199–8T Other rules (temporary).
*****
(i) * * *
(5)Tax Increase Prevention and
Reconciliation Act of 2005. Sections
1.199–2T(e)(2), 1.199–3T(i)(7) and (8),
and 1.199–5T are applicable for tax-
able years beginning on or after Octo-
ber 19, 2006. A taxpayer may apply
§§1.199–2T(e)(2), 1.199–3T(i)(7) and
(8), and 1.199–5T to taxable years be-
ginning after May 17, 2006, and before
October 19, 2006 regardless of whether
the taxpayer otherwise relied upon No-
tice 2005–14, 2005–1 C.B. 498 (see
§601.601(d)(2) of this chapter), the pro-
visions of REG–105847–05, 2005–47
I.R.B. 987 (see §601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter), or §§1.199–1 through 1.199–8.
The applicability of §§1.199–2T(e)(2),
1.199–3T(i)(7) and (8), and 1.199–5T ex-
pires on October 16, 2009.
(6)Losses used to reduce taxable in-
come of expanded affiliated group. Sec-
tion 1.199–7T(b)(4) is applicable for
taxable years beginning on or after Oc-
tober 19, 2006. A taxpayer may apply
§1.199–7T(b)(4) to taxable years be-
ginning after December 31, 2004, and
before October 19, 2006 regardless of
whether the taxpayer otherwise relied
upon Notice 2005–14, 2005–1 C.B. 498
(see §601.601(d)(2) of this chapter), the
provisions of REG–105847–05, 2005–47
I.R.B. 987 (see §601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter), or §§1.199–1 through 1.199–9.
The applicability of §1.199–7T(b)(4) ex-
pires on October 16, 2009.
Mark E. Matthews,
Deputy Commissioner for
Services and Enforcement.
Approved October 12, 2006.
Eric Solomon,
Acting Deputy Assistant
Secretary of the Treasury.
(Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on October 18,
2006, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal
Register for October 19, 2006, 71 F.R. 61662)
2006–48 I.R.B.976November 27, 2006

Section 213.—Medical,
Dental, etc.,
Expenses
The Service pr
ovides inflation adjustments to the
limitation on
the amount of eligible long-term care
premiums incl
udible in the term “medical care” for
taxable year
s beginning in 2007. See Rev. Proc.
2006-53, pag
e 996.
Section 219.—Retirement
Savings
The Service provides inflation adjustments to
the applicable dollar amounts used to calculate the
amount by which active participants must reduce
the amount allowed as a deduction for qualified
retirement contributions for taxable years beginning
in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 220.—Archer MSAs
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
amounts used to determine whether a health plan is
a “high deductible health plan” for purposes of de-
termining whether an individual is eligible for a de-
duction for cash paid to a medical savings account
for taxable years beginning in 2007. See Rev. Proc.
2006-53, page 996.
Section 221.—Interest on
Education Loans
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
income limitations used to determine the allowable
deduction for interest on education loans for taxable
years beginning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53,
page 996.
Section 223.—Health
Savings Accounts
The Service provides inflation adjustments for cal-
endar year 2007 to the monthly limitations on deduc-
tions under a high deductible plan and to the amounts
used in defining a high deductible plan. See Rev.
Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 401.—Qualified
Pension, Profit-Sharing,
and Stock Bonus Plans
26 CFR 1.401(l)–1: Permitted disparity in employer-
provided contributions or benefits.
2007 covered compensation tables;
permitted disparity.The covered com-
pensation tables under section 401 of the
Code for the year 2007 are provided for
use in determining contributions to defined
benefit plans and permitted disparity.
Rev. Rul. 2006–60
This revenue ruling provides ta-
bles of covered compensation under
§ 401(l)(5)(E) of the Internal Revenue
Code (the “Code”) and the Income Tax
Regulations, thereunder, for the 2007 plan
year.
Section 401(l)(5)(E)(i) defines covered
compensation with respect to an employee,
as the average of the contribution and ben-
efit bases in effect under section 230 of the
Social Security Act (the “Act”) for each
year in the 35-year period ending with the
year in which the employee attains social
security retirement age.
Section 401(l)(5)(E)(ii) of the Code
states that the determination for any year
preceding the year in which the employee
attains social security retirement age shall
be made by assuming that there is no in-
crease in covered compensation after the
determination year and before the em-
ployee attains social security retirement
age.
Section 1.401(l)–1(c)(34) defines the
taxable wage base as the contribution and
benefit base under section 230 of the Act.
Section 1.401(l)–1(c)(7)(i) defines cov-
ered compensation for an employee as the
average (without indexing) of the taxable
wage bases in effect for each calendar year
during the 35-year period ending with the
last day of the calendar year in which the
employee attains (or will attain) social se-
curity retirement age. A 35-year period is
used for all individuals regardless of the
year of birth of the individual. In deter-
mining an employee’s covered compensa-
tion for a plan year, the taxable wage base
for all calendar years beginning after the
first day of the plan year is assumed to be
thesameasthetaxablewagebaseinef-
fect as of the beginning of the plan year.
An employee’s covered compensation for
a plan year beginning after the 35-year pe-
riod applicable under § 1.401(l)–1(c)(7)(i)
is the employee’s covered compensation
for a plan year during which the 35-year
period ends. An employee’s covered com-
pensation for a plan year beginning be-
fore the 35-year period applicable under
§ 1.401(l)–1(c)(7)(i) is the taxable wage
base in effect as of the beginning of the
plan year.
Section 1.401(l)–1(c)(7)(ii) provides
that, for purposes of determining the
amount of an employee’s covered com-
pensation under § 1.401(l)–1(c)(7)(i), a
planmayusetables,providedbytheCom-
missioner, that are developed by rounding
the actual amounts of covered compensa-
tion for different years of birth.
For purposes of determining covered
compensation for the 2007 year the taxable
wage base is $97,500.
The following tables provide covered
compensation for 2007:
2007 C
OVERED COMPENSATION TABLE
CALENDAR YEAR OF BIRTH
CALENDAR YEAR OF SOCIAL
SECURITY RETIREMENT AGE
2007 COVERED
COMPENSATION
TABLE II
19071972
$4,488
190819734,704
190919745,004
191019755,316
191
1
197
6
5,66
4
191219776,060
November 27, 20069772006–48 I.R.B.

2007 COVERED COMPENSATION TABLE
CALENDAR YEAR OF BIRTH
CALENDAR YEAR OF SOCIAL
SECURITY RETIREMENT AGE
2007 COVERED
COMPENSATION
TABLE II
191319786,480
191419797,044
191519807,692
191619818,460
191719829,300
1918198310,236
1919198411,232
1920198512,276
1921198613,368
1922198714,520
1923198815,708
1924198916,968
1925199018,312
1926199119,728
1927199221,192
1928199322,716
1929199424,312
1930199525,920
1931199627,576
1932199729,304
1933199831,128
1934199933,060
1935200035,100
193
6
200
1
37,21
2
1937200239,444
1938200443,992
1939200546,344
1940200648,816
1941200751,348
1
942
2
008
5
3
,
820
1943200956,232
1944201058,608
1945201160,960
1946201263,276
1947201365,556
1948201467,680
1949201569,732
1950201671,664
1951201773,524
1952201875,300
1953201977,004
1954202078,660
1955202281,780
1956202383,280
1957202484,684
1958202586,004
1959202687,264
1960202788,464
1961202889,604
1962202990,660
1963203091,704
2006–48 I.R.B.978November 27, 2006

2007 COVERED COMPENSATION TABLE
CALENDAR YEAR OF BIRTH
CALENDAR YEAR OF SOCIAL
SECURITY RETIREMENT AGE
2007 COVERED
COMPENSATION
TABLE II
1964203192,700
1965203293,612
1966203394,440
1967203495,160
1968203595,760
1969203696,252
1970203796,612
1971203896,912
1972203997,188
1973204097,404
1974 and later204197,500
2007 Roun
ded Covered
Compensa
tion Table
Year of Birth
Covered
Compensation
193739,000
1938 - 193945,000
194048,000
194151,000
194254,000
194357,000
1944 - 194560,000
194663,000
194766,000
1948 - 194969,000
195072,0
00
1951 - 195275,000
1953 - 195478,000
195581,000
1956 - 195784,000
1958 - 196087,000
1
961 - 1962
9
0,000
1963 - 196693,000
1967 - 197096,000
1971 and later97,500
Drafting Information
The principal author of this revenue rul-
ing is Lawrence Isaacs of the Employee
Plans, Tax Exempt and Government Enti-
ties Division. For further information re-
garding this revenue ruling, please contact
the Employee Plans taxpayer assistance
telephone service at 877–829–5500, be-
tween the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.
Eastern time, Monday through Friday (a
toll-free number). Mr. Isaacs’s telephone
number is (202) 283–9710 (not a toll-free
number).
November 27, 20069792006–48 I.R.B.

26 CFR 1.401(a)–21: Rules relating to the use of an
electronic medium to provide applicable notices and
to make participant elections.
T.D. 9294
DEPARTMENT OF
THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1, 35, and 54
Use of Electronic Media
for Providing Employee
Benefit Notices and Making
Employee Benefit Elections
and Consents
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service
(IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulation.
SUMMARY: This document contains fi-
nal regulations setting forth standards for
electronic systems that make use of an
electronic medium to provide a notice to a
recipient, or to make a participant election
or consent, with respect to a retirement
plan, an employee benefit arrangement,
or an individual retirement plan. These
regulations reflect the provisions of the
Electronic Signatures in Global and Na-
tional Commerce Act (E-SIGN). These
final regulations generally affect sponsors
of, and individuals entitled to benefits
under, certain retirement plans, employee
benefit arrangements, and individual re-
tirement plans.
DATES:Effective Date:These regulations
are effective on October 20, 2006.
Applicability Date:These regula-
tions generally applytoapplicableno-
tices provided, and participant elections
made, on or after January 1, 2007. See
§1.401(a)–21(g).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT: Pamela R. Kinard at (202)
622–6060 (not a toll-free number).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Paperwork Reduction Act
The collections of information refer-
enced in these final regulations were pre-
viously reviewed and approved by the Of-
fice of Management and Budget in accor-
dance with the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) under control
number 1545–1632, in conjunction with
the Treasury Decision (T.D. 8873, 2000–1
C.B. 713), relating to New Technologies
in Retirement Plans, published on Febru-
ary8,2000intheFederal Register(65
FR 6001), and control number 1545–1780,
in conjunction with the Treasury Decision
(T.D. 9052, 2003–1 C.B. 879), relating to
Notice of Significant Reduction in the Rate
of Future Benefit Accrual, published on
April9,2003intheFederal Register(68
FR 17277). Responses to these collections
of information are mandatory.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor,
and a person is not required to respond to, a
collection of information unless it displays
a valid control number assigned by the Of-
fice of Management and Budget.
Books or records relating to these col-
lections of information must be retained as
long as their contents may become mate-
rial in the administration of any internal
revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax
return information are confidential, as re-
quired by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Background
This document contains amendments
to 26 CFR parts 1, 35, and 54 under sec-
tion 401 of the Internal Revenue Code
(Code) and other sections of the Code
relating to retirement plans, employee
benefit arrangements, and individual re-
tirement plans. This Treasury Decision
adds §1.401(a)–21 to the Treasury reg-
ulations, which sets forth standards for
the use of an electronic medium to pro-
vide applicable noticesto recipients, or to
make participant elections, with respect
to a retirement plan, an employee benefit
arrangement, or an individual retirement
plan. These final regulations reflect the
applicable provisions of the Electronic
Signatures in Global and National Com-
merce Act, Public Law 106–229 (114 Stat.
464 (2000)) (E-SIGN) as it relates to the
electronic delivery of notices.
The Code and regulations thereunder,
and the parallel provisions of the Em-
ployee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 (ERISA), include a number of rules
that require certain notices, elections, or
consents to be written or in writing. Ex-
amples of notices, elections, or consents
required to be written or in writing in-
clude a section 402(f) notice (describing
rollover rights), a section 411(a)(11) no-
tice (describing a participant’s benefit
commencement rights), a spousal con-
sent under section 417(a)(2), and a section
204(h) notice (notice to participants of sig-
nificant reduction in rate of future benefit
accrual). For a more in-depth description
of retirement plan notices, elections, or
consents that are required to be written or
in writing, see the background section to
the preamble of the 2005 proposed regu-
lations (REG–138362–04, 2005–33 I.R.B.
299 [70 FR 40675]).
E-SIGN
E-SIGN, signed into law on June 30,
2000, generally provides that electronic
records and signatures are given the same
legal effect as their paper counterparts.
Section 101(a) of E-SIGN provides that,
with respect to a transaction in or affecting
interstate or foreign commerce, notwith-
standing any statute, regulation, or rule of
law, a signature, contract, or other record
may not be denied legal effect, validity, or
enforceability solely because it is in elec-
tronic form and a contract relating to such
transaction may not be denied legal effect,
validity, or enforceability solely because
an electronic signature or electronic record
was used in its formation.
1
Section 101(b) of E-SIGN provides that
E-SIGN does not limit, alter, or other-
wise affect any requirement imposed by a
statute, regulation, or rule of law relating
to a person’s rights or obligations under
any statute, regulation, or rule of law ex-
cept with respect to a requirement that con-
tracts or other records be written, signed,
or in non-electronic form, and also pro-
vides that E-SIGN generally does not re-
quire any person to agree to use or accept
electronic signatures or records.
1
The rules of section 101 of E-SIGN do not apply to certain consumer notices.These include consumer notices that are necessary for the protection of a consumer’s health, safety, or shelter
(e.g., cancellation of health benefits or life insuranceand foreclosure on a credit agreement secured by anindividual’s primary residence). See section103(b)(2)(B) and (C) of E-SIGN.
2006–48 I.R.B.980November 27, 2006

Section 101(c) of E-SIGN sets forth
special protectionsthat apply when a
statute, regulation, or other rule of law
requires that information relating to a
transaction be provided or made available
to a consumer
2
in writing. Under section
101(c) of E-SIGN, before the required
information can be provided or made
available electronically, a consumer must
first affirmatively consent to receive the
information electronically and the consent
must be made in a manner that reason-
ably demonstrates the consumer’s ability
to access the information in electronic
form (or, if the consent is not provided
in such a manner, confirmation of the
consent must be made electronically in a
manner that reasonably demonstrates the
consumer’s ability to access the informa-
tion in electronic form). Prior to consent,
the consumer must receive certain spec-
ified disclosures. The disclosures must
include, among other items, the hardware
or software requirements for access to,
and retention of, the electronic records,
the consumer’s right to withdraw his or
her consent to receive the information
electronically (and the consequences that
follow the withdrawal of consent), the pro-
cedures for requesting a paper copy of the
electronic record, and the cost, if any, of
obtaining a paper copy. Section 101(c)(6)
of E-SIGN generally provides that, for
purposes of the consumer consent rules
of section 101(c), anoral communication
or a recording of an oral communication
does not qualify as an electronic record.
Section 101(e) of E-SIGN provides
rulesrelatingtotheelectronic retention
of contracts and other records that are
required to be written or in writing. Sec-
tion 101(e) of E-SIGN provides that if a
statute, regulation, or other rule of law
requires that a contract or other record
relating to a transaction in or affecting in-
terstate or foreign commerce be in writing,
the legal effect, validity, or enforceability
of an electronic record of the contract or
other record may be denied if the contract
or other record is not in a form that is
capable of being retained and accurately
reproduced for later reference by all par-
ties or persons who are entitled to retain
the contract or other record.
Section 104(b)(1) of E-SIGN gener-
ally provides that a Federal regulatory or
State regulatory agency that is responsible
for rulemaking under any other statute
has interpretative authority to issue guid-
ance interpreting section 101 of E-SIGN
with respect to that other statute. How-
ever, as a limitation on that authority,
section 104(b)(2) of E-SIGN prohibits
the issuance of any guidance that is not
consistent with section 101 or that adds to
the requirements of that section. Section
104(b)(2) of E-SIGN also requires that
any agency issuing guidance interpreting
E-SIGN find that there is a substantial
justification for the guidance and that the
methods selected to carry out the pur-
pose of the guidance are substantially
equivalent to the requirements imposed on
records that are not electronic, do not im-
pose unreasonable costs on the acceptance
and use of electronic records, and do not
require or accord greater legal status to a
specific technology.
Section 104(d)(1) of E-SIGN autho-
rizes a Federal regulatory agency to ex-
empt, without condition, a specified cate-
gory or type of record from the consumer
consent requirements in section 101(c).
The exemption may be issued only if the
exemption is necessaryto eliminate a sub-
stantial burden on electronic commerce
and will not increase the material risk of
harm to consumers.
In accordance with section
104(b)(2)(C) of E-SIGN, the Trea-
sury Department and IRS find that there
is substantial justification for these final
regulations, that, for the reasons explained
below, the requirements imposed on
the use of electronic media under these
regulations are substantially equivalent to
those imposed on non-electronic records,
that the requirements will not impose
unreasonable costs on the acceptance
and use of electronic records, and that
these regulations do not require (or accord
greater legal status or effect to) the use of
any specific technology.
Prior Guidance Relating to Electronic
Communications
The Treasury Department and IRS have
issued several items of guidance relating to
the use of electronic media with respect to
retirement plans and individual retirement
plans.
3
Section 1510 of the Taxpayer Re-
lief Act of 1997, Public Law 105–34 (111
Stat. 788, 1068) (TRA ’97), provides for
the Secretary of Treasury to issue guid-
ance designed to interpret the notice, elec-
tion, consent, disclosure, and timing re-
quirements (include related recordkeeping
requirements) under the Code and ERISA
relating to retirement plans as applied to
the use of new technologies by plan spon-
sors and administrators. Section 1510 of
TRA ’97 further provides that the guidance
should maintain the protection of the rights
of participants and beneficiaries.
Final regulations (T.D. 8873) relating
to the use of electronic media for transmis-
sions of participantnotices and consents
under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11), and
3405(e)(10)(B) were published in the
Federal Register(65 FR 6001) on Feb-
ruary 8, 2000 (the 2000 regulations). The
2000 regulations set forth standards for the
electronic transmission of certain notices
and consents that are required in connec-
tion with distributions from retirement
plans.
Those regulations provide that a plan
may provide a notice required under sec-
tion 402(f), 411(a)(11), or 3405(e)(10)(B)
either on a written paper document or
through an electronic medium that is rea-
sonably accessible to the participant. In
addition, the 2000 regulations provide that
any electronic system must be reasonably
designed to provide the notice in a manner
no less understandable to the participant
than a written paper document. Further-
more, the participant must be advised of
the right to request and receive a paper
copy of the written paper document at no
charge, and, upon request, the document
2
Section 106(1) of E-SIGN generally defines a consumer as an individual who obtains products or services used primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.
3
The Treasury Department and IRS have also issued guidance regarding the useof electronic media with respect to tax reporting and other tax requirements with respect to employee benefit
plans. For example, Announcement 99–6, 1999–1 C.B. 352, authorizes payers of pensions, annuities, and other employee benefits to establish a systemfor payees to submit electronically
Forms W–4P,Withholding Certificate for Pension or Annuity Payments,W–4S,Request for Federal Income Tax Withholding From Sick Pay, and W–4V,Voluntary Withholding Request,if
certain requirements, including signature and recordkeeping requirements, are satisfied. In addition, Notice 2004–10, 2004–1 C.B. 433, authorizes the electronic delivery of certain forms
relating to the reporting of contributions and distributions of pensions, simplified employee pensions, traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs, qualified tuition programs, Coverdell education savings
accounts, and Archer Medical Savings Accounts. See also §§31.6051–1(j) and 1.6039–1(f).
November 27, 20069812006–48 I.R.B.

must be provided to the participant with-
out charge.
The 2000 regulations also permit an
electronic system to satisfy the require-
ment of section 411(a)(11) that a partici-
pant provide written consent to a distribu-
tion if certain requirements are satisfied.
First, the electronic medium must be rea-
sonably accessible to the participant. Sec-
ond, the electronic system must be rea-
sonably designed to preclude anyone other
than the participant from giving the con-
sent. Third, the system must provide the
participant with a reasonable opportunity
to review and to confirm, modify, or re-
scind the terms of the consent before it be-
comes effective. Fourth, the system must
provide the participant, within a reason-
able time after the consent is given, a con-
firmation of the terms (including the form)
of the distribution through either a written
paper document or in an electronic format
that satisfies the requirements for provid-
ing applicable notices. Thus, the partici-
pant must be advised of the right to request
and to receive a confirmation copy of the
consent on a written paper document with-
out charge. The 2000 regulations did not
permit the use of electronic media for any
notice or election required under section
417 with respect to a waiver of a qualified
joint and survivor annuity (QJSA).
The Treasury Department and IRS
have issued other guidance applying the
standards set forth in the 2000 regula-
tions to other retirement plan notices and
elections. For example, §1.7476–2(c)(2)
provides that a notice to an interested
party is deemed to be provided in a man-
ner that satisfies the delivery requirements
of §1.7476–2(c)(1) if the notice is deliv-
ered using an electronic medium under a
system that satisfies the requirements of
§1.402(f)–1, Q&A–5. Q&A–7 of Notice
2000–3, 2000–1 C.B. 413, provides that,
until the issuance of further guidance, a
plan is permitted to use electronic media
to provide notices required under sections
401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11) (relating to
safe harbors for section 401(k) and section
401(m) plans) if the employee receives the
notice through an electronic medium that
is reasonably accessible, the system is de-
signed to provide the notice in a manner no
less understandable to the employee than
a written paper document, and, at the time
the notice is provided, the employee is ad-
vised that the employee may request and
receive the notice on a written paper docu-
ment at no charge. Similarly, §1.72(p)–1,
Q&A–3(b), requires a loan from a plan to
a participant to be set forth in a written
paper document, in an electronic medium
that satisfies standards that are the same
as the standards in the 2000 regulations,
or in such other form as may be approved
by the Commissioner. In addition, Notice
99–1, 1999–1 C.B. 269, provides guid-
ance relating to qualified retirement plans
permitting the use of electronic media
for plan participants or beneficiaries con-
ducting account transactions for which
there is no specific writing requirement,
such as plan enrollments, direct rollover
elections, beneficiary designations, in-
vestment change allocations, elective and
after-tax contribution designations, and
general plan or specific account inquiries.
In 2003, final regulations (T.D. 9052)
under section 4980F were published in the
Federal Register(68 FR 17277). Under
Q&A–13 of §54.4980F–1, for a plan to
provide a section 204(h) notice electroni-
cally, the section 204(h) notice must actu-
ally be received by the applicable individ-
ual or the plan administrator must take ap-
propriate and necessary measures reason-
ably calculated to ensure that the method
for providing the section 204(h) notice re-
sults in actual receipt. Further, the plan
administrator must provide the applicable
individual with a clear and conspicuous
statement that the individual has a right
to receive a paper version of the section
204(h) notice without the imposition of
fees and, if the individual requests a paper
copy of the section 204(h) notice, the pa-
per copy must be provided without charge.
The regulations under section 4980F also
provide a safe harbor method for deliver-
ing a section 204(h) notice electronically,
which is substantially the same as the con-
sumer consent rules of E-SIGN.
The Department of Labor (DOL) and
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
(PBGC) have also issued regulations relat-
ing to the use of electronic media to fur-
nish notices, reports, statements, disclo-
sures, and other documents to participants,
beneficiaries, and other individuals under
titles I and IV of ERISA. See 29 CFR
2520.104b–1 and 29 CFR 4000.14.
On July 14, 2005, a notice of proposed
rulemaking (REG–138362–04) under sec-
tion 401 of the Code was published in
theFederal Register(70 FR 40675) (the
2005 proposed regulations). On Novem-
ber 2, 2005, the IRS held a public hear-
ing on the proposed regulations. Written
comments responding to the notice of pro-
posed rulemaking were also received. Al-
though commentators raised issues with
respect to certain provisions in the 2005
proposed regulations, the comments were
generally positive. After consideration of
all the comments, the 2005 proposed reg-
ulations are adopted, as amended by this
Treasury Decision. The significant revi-
sions are discussed below.
Explanation of Provisions
I.Overview.
A.In General.
This Treasury Decision adds
§1.401(a)–21 and modifies a number
of existing regulations (including the
2000 regulations and other regulations
described above). These regulations set
forth the standards by which a retirement
plan, an employee benefit arrangement, or
an individual retirement plan is permitted
to use an electronic medium to provide
applicable notices or for individuals in
such a plan to make participant elections.
For any requirement under the Code or
regulations that an employee benefit notice
or election be in writing or in written form,
the standards set forth in these regulations
are generally the exclusive rules for pro-
viding such communication through the
use of an electronic medium. Thus, for ex-
ample, a retirement plan providing a sec-
tion 402(f) notice through the use of an
electronic medium must satisfy the rules
set forth in these regulations.
For any employee benefit notice or
election that is not required to be in writ-
ing or in written form, the standards set
forth in these regulations function as a
safe harbor. Thus, a retirement plan, an
employee benefit arrangement, or indi-
vidual retirement plan is permitted to
satisfy either these regulations or any
other applicable guidance issued by the
IRS. For example, with respect to creating
an electronic system to accept electronic
transmissions of beneficiary designations,
a retirement plan is permitted to use the
rules under these regulations or continue
to follow the standards set forth in Notice
99–1, which is not affected by E-SIGN.
B.Application of Standards.
2006–48 I.R.B.982November 27, 2006

Like the 2005 proposed regulations,
these regulations apply to any notice, elec-
tion, or similar communication provided
to or made by a participant or beneficiary
in the following retirement plans: a sec-
tion 401(a) plan; a section 403(a) plan; a
section 403(b) plan; a simplified employee
pension (SEP) under section 408(k); a sim-
ple retirement plan under section 408(p);
and an eligible governmental plan under
section 457(b). In response to a comment,
these regulations also provide that they
apply to any notice, election, or similar
communicationprovidedtoormadebyan
individual entitled tobenefitsinanindi-
vidual retirement plan, including a Roth
IRA under section 408A or a deemed IRA
under section 408(q).
In addition, these final regulations ap-
ply to any notice, election, or similar com-
municationprovidedtoormadebyapar-
ticipant or beneficiary under the following
employee benefit arrangements: an acci-
dent or health plan or arrangement under
sections 104(a)(3) or 105; a cafeteria plan
under section 125; an educational assis-
tance program under section 127; a qual-
ified transportation fringe program under
section 132; an Archer MSA under section
220; and a healthsavings account under
section 223.
These regulations do not apply to any
notice, election, consent, disclosure, or
obligation required under the provisions
of title I or IV of ERISA over which
the DOL or the PBGC has interpretative
and enforcement authority.
4
For example,
the rules in 29 CFR 2520.104b–1 of the
Labor Regulations apply with respect to
an employee benefit plan furnishing dis-
closure documents, such as a summary
plan description or a summary annual
report. These regulations also do not ap-
plytoCodesection411(a)(3)(B)(relating
to suspension of benefits), Code section
4980B(f)(6) (relating to an individual’s
COBRA rights), or any other Code pro-
vision over which the DOL or the PBGC
has similar interpretative authority.
In addition, the rules in these regula-
tions apply only with respect to notices and
elections relating to an individual’s rights
under a retirement plan, an employee ben-
efit arrangement, or an individual retire-
ment plan. Thus, these regulations do not
apply with respect to other requirements
under the Code, such as requirements re-
lating to tax reporting, tax records, or sub-
stantiation of expenses.
5
C.Requirements for Using Electronic
Media to Provide Notices and Make Elec-
tions.
These final regulations generally re-
tain from the 2005 proposed regulations
the requirement that any communica-
tion that is provided using an electronic
medium satisfy all the otherwise applica-
ble requirements (including the applicable
timing and content rules) relating to that
communication. Thus, for example, a
section 204(h) notice provided using an
electronic medium must be delivered on
or before the time period required under
Q&A–9 of §54.4980F–1, must satisfy the
content requirements set forth in Q&A–11
of §54.4980F–1, and must satisfy the
delivery requirements under these regula-
tions.
These regulations provide that an elec-
tronic system used to provide a notice or
to make an election must satisfy certain
requirements. First, with respect to the
content of an applicable notice, the elec-
tronic system must be reasonably designed
to provide the information to a recipient in
a manner no less understandable to the re-
cipientthanifprovidedonawrittenpa-
per document. For example, a plan de-
livering a lengthy section 402(f) notice
would not satisfy this requirement if the
plan chose to provide the notice through
a pre-recorded message on an automated
phone system.
6
However, a plan with few
distribution options is permitted to pro-
vide a section 411(a)(11) notice through
the use of a pre-recorded message on an
automated phone system. Second, the reg-
ulations require that the electronic system
be reasonably designed to alert the recipi-
ent, at the time the applicable notice is pro-
vided, to the significance of the informa-
tion in the notice (including the identifica-
tion of the subject matter of the notice), and
provide any instructions needed to access
the notice, in a manner that is as readily
understandable and accessible as an appli-
cable notice provided using a written paper
document. These requirements are neces-
sary in order for the notice to fulfill their
intended purpose, are substantially equiv-
alent to the requirements imposed on non-
electronic notices, and do not impose un-
reasonable costs on the acceptance or use
of electronic records. Moreover, they do
not require or accord greater legal status to
a particular technology since each technol-
ogy must satisfy the same standards with
respect to each notice. Third, the final
regulations clarify that, pursuant to sec-
tion 101(e) of E-SIGN, if an electronic
record of an applicable notice or a partic-
ipant election is not maintained in a form
that is capable of being retained and accu-
rately reproduced for later reference, then
the legal effect, validity, or enforceability
of such electronic record may be denied.
II.Use of an Electronic Medium to
Provide an Applicable Notice.
A.Two Methods for Providing Appli-
cable Notices. These regulations provide
two methods by which a retirement plan,
employee benefit arrangement, or an in-
dividual retirement plan is permitted to
provide an applicable notice to a recipient
through the use of anelectronic medium.
Under the first method, an applicable
notice is permitted to be provided to a
recipient using an electronic medium after
the recipient consents to the electronic de-
livery of the notice (the consumer consent
method). The rules under the consumer
consent method reflect the consumer con-
sent requirements at section 101(c) in
E-SIGN. The Treasury Department and
IRS continue to believe that an individ-
ual entitled to benefits under a retirement
plan, an employee benefit arrangement, or
4
See generallyReorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978 (43 FR 47713). Pursuant to section 101(a) of the Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978, 29 U.S.C. 1001nt, the Secretary of the Treasury has
authority to issue regulations under parts 2 and 3 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA with certain exceptions. Under section 104 of the Reorganization Plan No. 4, the Secretary of Labor retains
enforcementauthoritywithrespectstoparts2and3ofsubtitleBoftitle1of ERISA, but, in exercising that authority, is bound by the regulations issued by the Secretary of Treasury.
5
Code section 6001 provides rules relating to the maintenance of records, statements, and special returns. The IRShas issued guidance on electronic recordkeeping under section 6001. This
guidance applies to retirement plans, employee benefits plans, and individual retirement plans. Rev. Proc. 98–25, 1998–1 C.B. 689, sets forth standards for a taxpayer maintaining records on
an Automated Data Processing system. Under section 3.01 of Rev. Proc. 98–25, those standards apply to employee plans. Rev. Proc. 97–22, 1997–1 C.B. 652, provides guidance to taxpayers
using an electronic storage system to maintain books and records requiredunder section 6001. Under section 3.02of Rev. Proc. 97–22, those requirements apply to employee plans.See also
footnote 3 above.
6
Note that a section 204(h) notice cannot be provided using oral communication or a recording of an oral communication. See §54.4980F–1, A–13(c)(1).
November 27, 20069832006–48 I.R.B.

an individual retirement plan is generally
a consumer, within the meaning of section
106(1) of E-SIGN, when receiving a notice
that could affect the individual’s benefits
or other rights.
7
The second method (the
alternative method) provides rules that are
intended generally to replicate the require-
ments in the 2000 regulations that apply
to notices required under sections 402(f),
411(a)(11), and 3405, and thereby allow
plans to continue to provide these notices
electronically using electronic systems
that satisfy the standards in the 2000 reg-
ulations.
B.Consumer Consent Method for Pro-
viding Applicable Notices.
Under the consumer consent method,
before an applicablenotice is provided to
a recipient using an electronic medium,
the participant must consent to receive the
communication electronically. The con-
sent generally must be made in a manner
that reasonably demonstrates that the par-
ticipant can access the notice in the elec-
tronic form that will be used to provide the
notice. Alternatively, the consent may be
made using a written paper document, but
only if the participant confirms the con-
sent in a manner that reasonably demon-
strates that the participant can access the
notice in the electronic form to be pro-
vided. Prior to consenting, the participant
must receive a disclosure statement that
outlines the scope of the consent, the par-
ticipant’s right to withdraw his or her con-
sent to receive the communication elec-
tronically (including any conditions, con-
sequences, or fees in the event of the with-
drawal), and the right to receive the com-
munication using paper and any fees im-
posed for receiving paper. The disclosure
must also specify the hardware and soft-
ware requirements for accessing the elec-
tronic media and the procedures for updat-
ing information to contact the participant
electronically. In the event the hardware
or software requirements change, new con-
sent must be obtained from the partici-
pant, generally following the rules of sec-
tion 101(c) of E-SIGN. In addition, under
the consumer consent method, the applica-
ble notice cannot be provided through the
use of oral communication or a recording
of an oral communication.
8
Commentators requested several mod-
ifications to the rules under the consumer
consent method in these regulations, in-
cluding requiring plans to give recipients
the opportunity to review their consumer
consent elections every five years and per-
mitting plans to use oral communications
or recordings of oral communications
when providing applicable notices un-
der the consumer consent rules. Other
commentators recommended that the reg-
ulations be revised to provide that, under
the consumer consent method, if a partic-
ipant does not have the effective ability
to access the electronic medium used to
provide an applicable notice or if the par-
ticipant does not consent to receive the
notice through the use of an electronic
medium, such participant would have the
right to a free paper copy of the notice.
The consumer consent method under
these regulations interprets the rules of
section 101(c) of E-SIGN, and section
104(b)(2) of E-SIGN restricts an agency’s
ability to interpret E-SIGN in any manner
that is inconsistent with section 101 of
E-SIGN or that adds to the requirements
of that section. Accordingly, the rules
under the consumer consent method of
these final regulations are retained without
substantive change. However, many of
the issues raised by the commentators are
ameliorated by the availability of the al-
ternative method for providing applicable
notices, as discussed below inAlternative
Method for Providing Applicable Notices.
C.Alternative Method for Providing
Applicable Notices.
These regulations exempt applicable
notices from the consumer consent re-
quirements of E-SIGN and provide an
alternative method of complying with the
requirement that an applicable notice be
in writing or in written form if certain
conditions are satisfied. This alternative
method of compliance, which is based
on the 2000 regulations previously issued
under section 1510 of TRA ’97, satisfies
the requirements of section 104(d)(1) of
E-SIGN, including the requirement that
any exemption from the consumer consent
requirements not increase the material risk
of harm to consumers.
This exemption is based on the judg-
ment that, if the consumer consent method
were the only method available to satisfy
the requirements for providing an appli-
cable notice through the use of an elec-
tronic medium, it would impose a substan-
tial burden on electronic commerce with
respect to retirement plans, employee ben-
efit arrangements, and individual retire-
ment plans, and that the requirements and
safeguards in the 2000 regulations pro-
vide a less burdensome method without in-
creasing the material risk of harm to recip-
ients.
Under the alternative method, at the
time the applicable notice is provided, the
recipient must be advised that he or she
may request and receive the applicable no-
tice in writing on paper at no charge. In
addition, any recipient of the notice must
be “effectively able” to access the elec-
tronic medium used to provide the no-
tice. This is a change in wording from
the 2000 regulations, which required that
the electronic medium be “reasonably ac-
cessible” to the recipient. As explained
in the preamble to the 2005 proposed reg-
ulations, this change is not intended to
reflect a substantive change in the rules,
but rather to avoid confusion with Depart-
ment of Labor Regulations interpreting the
wordsreasonably accessibleas used in
section 101(i)(2)(D) of ERISA, as added
by section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, Public Law 107–204 (116 Stat.
745).
9
One commentator requested that the
regulations provide a rule under which
an e-mail sent to the last known e-mail
address would be deemed to have been
successfully delivered. These regulations
do not include such a rule.
7
See also 12 CFR 202.16, 205.17, 213.6, and 2226.36, treating electronic disclosures in connection with certain credit transactions as consumer information for purposes of E-SIGN.
8
Seesection 101(c)(6) of E-SIGN.
9
Section 101(i) of ERISA sets forth a requirement for a plan administrator tonotify plan participants and beneficiaries of a blackout period with respecttoanindividualaccount plan. Section
101(i)(2)(D) provides that the required blackout notice “shall be in writing, except that such notice may be in electronic or other form to the extent that such form is reasonably accessible
to the recipient.” Section 2520.101–3(b)(3) of the Labor Regulations interpreting this requirement provides for this notice to be in writing and furnished in any manner consistent with the
requirements of section 2520.104b–1 of the Labor Regulations, including the provisions in that section relating to the use of electronic media. Those regulations also deem a notice requirement
to be satisfied if certain measures are taken. Section 1.401(a)–21 of these final regulations only provides rules for satisfying, through the use of electronic media, a requirement that a notice
or election be in writing.
2006–48 I.R.B.984November 27, 2006

III.Use of an Electronic Medium to Make
a Participant Election.
A.In General.
These regulations also set forth the re-
quirements that apply if a consent or elec-
tion is made by a person using an elec-
tronic system. The participant election
rules,whicharealsobasedonthestan-
dards in the 2000 regulations, generally re-
tain the requirements that (1) the partici-
pant be effectively able to access the elec-
tronic medium in order to make the par-
ticipant election, (2) the electronic system
be reasonably designed to preclude any
person other than the appropriate individ-
ual from making a participant election, (3)
the electronic system provide the partici-
pant making a participant election with a
reasonable opportunity to review, confirm,
modify, or rescind the terms of the election
before it becomes effective, and (4) the
individual making a participant election,
within a reasonable time period, receive
a confirmation of the election through ei-
ther a written paper document or an elec-
tronic medium under a system that satisfies
the applicable notice requirements of ei-
ther the consumer consent delivery method
or the alternative delivery method. Section
101(c) of E-SIGN does not apply to partic-
ipant elections.
These regulations require that a partici-
pant be effectively able to access the elec-
tronic medium under an electronic system
used to make a participant election, but,
like the 2000 regulations, do not require
that a plan also permit the election to be
made by paper as an alternative to using
an electronic system that is available to the
participant. However, these regulations do
not apply with respect to a participant who
is not effectively able to access the elec-
tronic medium or media in order to make a
participant election. Accordingly, the plan
must offer each such participant the right to
make an election in another medium that is
accessible to the participant (such as a pa-
per election). A plan that fails to offer pa-
per or an electronic medium that a partic-
ipant is effectively able to access will fail
to comply with the participant election re-
quirements and would likely violate other
qualification requirements, such as the re-
quirements that a plan to operate in ac-
cordance with its terms (by actually mak-
ing available all distribution options pro-
vided by the plan) and the requirements
of §1.401(a)(4)–4 under which benefits,
rights, and features (including the right to
early distribution) must be made available
in a nondiscriminatory manner.
B.Use of Electronic Media for QJSA
Notices and Elections.
The participant election rules in these
regulations extend the use of electronic
media to the notice and election rules ap-
plicable to plans that are subject to the
QJSA requirements of section 417. Ac-
cordingly, a plan subject to the QJSA re-
quirements is permitted to provide the no-
tice required by section 417 to a partici-
pant through the use of electronic media as
long as the plan complies with either of the
two methods described above for provid-
ing electronic notices. Similarly, a partic-
ipant’s consent to a distribution is permit-
ted to be provided through the use of elec-
tronic media if the plan complies with the
standards described below, subject to ob-
taining a valid spousal consent.
Section 417 requires any spousal con-
senttoawaiverofaQJSAtobewit-
nessed by a plan representative or a no-
tary public. In accordance with section
101(g) of E-SIGN, these regulations au-
thorize the use of an electronic acknowl-
edgment or notarization if the standards
of section 101(g) of E-SIGN and State
law applicable to notary publics are sat-
isfied. These regulations retain the re-
quirement from the 2005 proposed regu-
lations that the signature of a spouse be
witnessed in the physical presence of the
plan representative or notary public. Sev-
eral comments were received on the par-
ticipant election rules, particularly as they
relate to spousal consents. The comments
generally fall into two categories: (1) com-
mentators who favored retaining the pen-
and-ink signature and physical presence
requirements for spousal consents; and (2)
commentators who favored extending the
use of electronic media to spousal con-
sents, and eliminating the physical pres-
ence requirement.
Commentators in the first category
raised issues with rules in the 2005 pro-
posed regulations relating to the authen-
tication requirement and the requirement
that a spousal consent of a waiver of a
QJSA be witnessed in the physical pres-
ence of a notary public or a plan repre-
sentative. In general, these commentators
recommended that the regulations be re-
vised to provide additional safeguards for
spousal consents because, unlike other par-
ticipant elections, a spousal consent could
involve a conflict of interest between the
parties involved in the election. With re-
spect to the authentication requirement,
these commentators argued that the au-
thentication requirement would be vague
and not require an evidentiary record. Ac-
cording to the commentators, requiring
a pen-and-ink signature and maintaining
the physical presence requirement would
provide necessary additional safeguards
for spousal consents by creating an evi-
dentiary record for later disputes regarding
the validity of the consent and reducing
the likelihood of fraud.
Commentators who favored extending
the use of electronic media for all partici-
pant elections, including spousal consents,
generally recommended that the final reg-
ulations eliminate the physical presence
requirement for spousal consents. These
commentators argued that protections are
already available to protect a spouse mak-
ing a participant election using electronic
media. For example, a retirement plan
could require a separate PIN for the spouse
to which the participant would not have ac-
cess.
In light of these comments, these reg-
ulations clarify that the determination of
whether an electronic system used in mak-
ing participant elections is reasonably de-
signed to preclude any person other than
the appropriate individual from making a
participant election is based on facts and
circumstances, and that a relevant factor is
whether the participant election has the po-
tential for a conflict of interest between the
individuals involved in the election. See
Example 3in §1.401(a)–21(f) of these reg-
ulations for an illustration of the partici-
pant election rules when a spousal consent
is required. These regulations also clar-
ify that if an applicable notice or partici-
pant election is recorded electronically, the
electronic record must be in a form that is
capable of being reproduced for later ref-
erence (see discussion of the general rules
under the headingRequirements for Using
Electronic Media to Provide Notices and
Make Elections).
The requirement that the signature of
a spouse to be witnessed in the physical
presence of a plan representative or notary
public coordinates with the authentication
requirement because the physical presence
requirement increases the likelihood that
November 27, 20069852006–48 I.R.B.

the electronic system is reasonably de-
signed to preclude any person other than
the appropriate individual from making
the election. In contrast, an electronic sys-
tem that permits the use of a spousal PIN
to sign a spousal consent electronically
creates greater risk that the spousal con-
sent may be fraudulently signed. Because
of the potential risk that two spouses could
share information regarding PINs, the
Treasury Department and IRS believe that
any electronic system that relies solely on
separate PINs would not provide the same
level of safeguards as provided by the
physical presence requirement and would
not be reasonably designed to preclude any
person other than the appropriate individ-
ual from making the election. Accordingly
these regulations do not adopt the sugges-
tion that spousal PINs be permitted in
lieu of the physical presence requirement,
and instead retain from the 2005 proposed
regulations the physical presence require-
ment for electronic notarization of spousal
consents. The Treasury Department and
IRS believe that permitting electronic no-
tarization of spousal consents under the
participant election rules, in conjunction
with the physical presence requirement,
reflects the appropriate interpretation of
section 417 and properly balances mini-
mizing the burden of plan administration
with protecting the rights of spouses.
Technology is constantly evolving and,
at some point in the future, technology
could exist that would provide the same
safeguards as the physical presence re-
quirement. Therefore, in light of the
comments received, these regulations add
a delegation to the Commissioner. Under
this delegation, the Commissioner may
provide that the use of procedures under
an electronic system with respect to an
electronic medium is deemed to satisfy
the physical presence requirement, but
only if those procedures with respect to
theelectronicsystemprovidethesame
safeguards for participant elections as
provided through the physical presence
requirement.
C.Conforming Amendments to Other
Rules in Law.
These regulations modify a number of
existing regulations (including the 2000
regulations) that have previously provided
rules relating to the use of new tech-
nologies in providing applicable notices
or making participant elections that are
required to be in writing or in written
form. These modifications, which merely
add the consumer consent requirements
of E-SIGN, are not expected to affect
adversely the existing administrative prac-
tices of plan sponsors designed to comply
with the 2000 regulations.
In addition, these regulations apply to
categories of applicable notices that were
notpreviouslyaddressedinthe2000reg-
ulations or subsequent regulations. As
such, these regulations apply whenever
there is a requirement that an applicable
notice under one of the covered sections
be provided in written form or in writ-
ing, without regard to whether that other
requirement specifically cross-references
these regulations. Thus, safe harbor no-
tices under sections 401(k)(12)(D) and
401(m)(11), which are required to be in
writing, can be provided electronically if
the requirements of section 1.401(a)–21
of this chapter are satisfied.
Effective Date
The rules provided in §1.401(a)–21 ap-
ply to applicable notices provided, and to
participant elections made, on or after Jan-
uary 1, 2007. However, a retirement plan,
an employee benefit arrangement, or an in-
dividual retirement plan that provides an
applicable notice or makes a participant
election that complies with the require-
ments set forth in these regulations on or
after October 1, 2000, and before January
1, 2007, will not be treated as failing to
provide an applicable notice or to make a
participant election merely because the no-
tice or election was not in writing or writ-
ten form.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this Trea-
sury Decision is not a significant regula-
tory action as defined in Executive Order
12866. Therefore a regulatory assessment
is not required. It has also been determined
that the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 553(b) and
(d) do not apply to this Treasury Decision.
It is hereby certified that the collection of
information in these regulations will not
have a significant impact on a substantial
number of small entities. This certification
is based on the fact that these regulations
only provide guidance on how to satisfy
existing collection of information require-
ments through the use of electronic me-
dia. Accordingly, a Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis is not required. Pursuant to sec-
tion 7805(f) of the Code, the NPRM pre-
ceding this regulation was submitted to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment on
its impact on small business.
Drafting Information
The principal author of these regula-
tions is Pamela R. Kinard of the Office of
Division Counsel/Associate Chief Coun-
sel (Tax Exempt and Government Enti-
ties), Internal Revenue Service. However,
personnel from other offices of the Internal
Revenue Service and Treasury Department
participated in their development.
*****
Adoption of Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1, 35, and
54 are amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for
part 1 is amended by adding an entry in
numerical order to read as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 1.401(a)–21 also issued under
26 U.S.C. 401 and section 104 of the Elec-
tronic Signatures in Global and National
Commerce Act, Public Law 106–229 (114
Stat. 464). * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.72(p)–1, Q&A–3, is
amended by revising the text of paragraph
(b) to read as follows:
§1.72(p)–1 Loans treated as distributions.
*****
A–3. ***
(b)***Aloandoesnotsatisfythe
requirements of this paragraph unless the
loan is evidenced by a legally enforceable
agreement (which may include more than
one document) and the terms of the agree-
ment demonstrate compliance with the re-
quirements of section 72(p)(2) and this
section. Thus, the agreement must spec-
ify the amount and date of the loan and the
repayment schedule. The agreement does
not have to be signed if the agreement is
enforceable under applicable law without
being signed. The agreement must be set
forth either—
2006–48 I.R.B.986November 27, 2006

(1) In a written paper document; or
(2) In a document that is delivered
through an electronic medium under an
electronic system that satisfies the require-
ments of §1.401(a)–21 of this chapter.
*****
Par. 3. Section 1.132–9(b), Q&A–12,
is amended by adding a sentence to the
end of the text in paragraph (b) to read as
follows:
§1.132–9 Qualified transportation fringes.
*****
A–12. * * *
(b)***See§1.401(a)–21ofthischap-
ter for rules permitting the use of electronic
media to make participant elections with
respect to employee benefit arrangements.
*****
Par. 4. Section 1.401(a)–21 is added to
read as follows:
§1.401(a)–21 Rules relating to the
use of an electronic medium to provide
applicable notices and to make participant
elections.
(a)Introduction—(1)In general—(i)
Permission to use an electronic medium.
This section provides rules relating to the
use of an electronic medium to provide
applicable notices and to make partic-
ipant elections as defined in paragraph
(e)(1) and (6) of this section with respect
to retirement plans, employee benefit ar-
rangements, and individual retirement
plans described in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section. The rules in this section reflect
the provisions of the Electronic Signatures
in Global and National Commerce Act,
Public Law 106–229 (114 Stat. 464 (2000)
(E-SIGN)).
(ii)Notices and elections required to
be in writing or in written form—(A)In
general. The rules of this section must
besatisfiedinordertouseanelectronic
medium to provide an applicable notice or
to make a participant election if the notice
orelectionisrequiredtobeinwritingor
in written form under the Internal Revenue
Code, Department of Treasury regulations,
or other guidance issued by the Commis-
sioner.
(B)Rules relating to applicable notices.
An applicable notice that is provided us-
ing an electronic medium is treated as be-
ing provided in writing or in written form if
and only if the requirements of paragraph
(a)(5) of this section are satisfied and ei-
ther the consumer consent requirements of
paragraph (b) of this section or the require-
ments for exemption from the consumer
consent requirements under paragraph (c)
of this section are satisfied. For example,
in order to provide a section 402(f) notice
electronically, a qualified plan must satisfy
either the consumer consent requirements
of paragraph (b) of this section or the re-
quirements for exemption under paragraph
(c) of this section. If a plan fails to satisfy
either of these requirements, the plan must
provide the section 402(f) notice using a
written paper document in order to satisfy
the requirements of section 402(f).
(C)Rules relating to participant elec-
tions. A participant election that is made
using an electronic medium is treated as
being provided in writing or in written
form if and only if the requirements of
paragraphs (a)(5) and (d) of this section are
satisfied.
(iii)Safe harbor method for applicable
notices and participant elections that are
not required to be in writing or written
form. For an applicable notice or a par-
ticipant election that is not required to be
in writing or in written form, the rules of
this section provide a safe harbor method
for using an electronic medium to provide
the applicable notice or to make the partic-
ipant election.
(2)Application of rules—(i)Notices,
elections, or consentsunder retirement
plans. The rules of this section apply to
any applicable notice or any participant
election relating to the following retire-
ment plans: a qualified retirement plan
undersection401(a)or403(a);asection
403(b) plan; a simplified employee pen-
sion (SEP) under section 408(k); a simple
retirement plan under section 408(p); or an
eligible governmental plan under section
457(b).
(ii)Notices, elections, or consents un-
der other employee benefit arrangements.
The rules of this section also apply to any
applicable notice or any participant elec-
tion relating to the following employee
benefit arrangements: an accident and
health plan or arrangement under sections
104(a)(3) and 105; a cafeteria plan un-
der section 125; an educational assistance
program under section 127; a qualified
transportation fringe program under sec-
tion 132; an Archer MSA under section
220; or a health savings account under
section 223.
(iii)Notices, elections, or consents un-
der individual retirement plans.Therules
of this section also apply to any applicable
notice or any participant election relating
to individual retirement plans, including a
Roth IRA under section 408A; or a deemed
IRA under a qualified employer plan de-
scribedinsection408(q).
(3)Limitation on application of
rules—(i)In general.Therulesofthis
section do not apply to any notice, elec-
tion, consent, disclosure, or obligation
required under the provisions of title I
or IV of the Employee Retirement In-
come Security Act of 1974, as amended
(ERISA), over which the Department of
Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation has interpretative and en-
forcement authority. For example, the
rules in 29 CFR 2520.104b–1 of the De-
partment of Labor Regulations apply with
respect to an employee benefit plan pro-
viding disclosure documents, such as a
summary plan description or a summary
annual report. The rules in this section
also do not apply to Internal Revenue
Code section 411(a)(3)(B) (relating to
suspension of benefits), Internal Revenue
Code section 4980B(f)(6) (relating to an
individual’s COBRA rights), or any other
Internal Revenue Code provision over
which Department of Labor or the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation has similar
interpretative authority.
(ii)Recordkeeping and other require-
ments. The rules in this section only ap-
ply with respect to applicable notices and
participant elections relating to an individ-
ual’s rights under a retirement plan, an em-
ployee benefit arrangement, or an individ-
ual retirement plan. Thus, the rules in this
section do not alter the otherwise applica-
ble requirements under the Internal Rev-
enue Code, such as the requirements re-
lating to tax reporting, tax records, or sub-
stantiation of expenses. See section 6001
for rules relating to the maintenance of
records, statements, and special returns.
See also section 101(e) of E-SIGN, which
provides that if an electronic record of an
applicable notice or a participant election
is not maintained in a form that is capa-
ble of being retained and accurately repro-
duced for later reference, then the legal
effect, validity, or enforceability of such
electronic record may be denied.
November 27, 20069872006–48 I.R.B.

(4)General requirements related to
applicable notices and participant elec-
tions. The rules of this section supplement
the general requirements related to each
applicable notice and participant election.
Thus,inadditiontosatisfyingtherules
for timing and content, the rules in this
section must be satisfied.
(5)Requirements related to the design
of an electronic system used to deliver ap-
plicable notices and to make participant
elections—(i)The electronic system must
take into account the content of a notice.
With respect to the content of an applicable
notice, the electronic system must be rea-
sonably designed to provide the informa-
tion in the notice to a recipient in a manner
that is no less understandable to the recip-
ient than a written paper document.
(ii)Identification of the significance of
information in the notice. The electronic
system must be designed to alert the re-
cipient, at the time an applicable notice is
provided, to the significance of the infor-
mation in the notice (including identifica-
tion of the subject matter of the notice), and
provide any instructions needed to access
the notice, in a manner that is readily un-
derstandable.
(b)Consumer consent require-
ments—(1)Requirements. With respect to
an applicable notice,the consumer con-
sent requirements of this paragraph (b) are
satisfied if—
(i) The requirements in paragraphs
(b)(2) through (4) of this section are satis-
fied; and
(ii) In accordance with section
101(c)(6) of E-SIGN, the applicable no-
tice is not provided through the use of oral
communication or a recording of an oral
communication.
(2)Consent—(i)In general. The recipi-
ent must affirmatively consent to the deliv-
ery of the applicable notice using an elec-
tronic medium. This consent must be ei-
ther—
(A) Made electronically in a manner
that reasonably demonstrates that the re-
cipient can access the applicable notice in
the electronic medium in the form that will
be used to provide the notice; or
(B) Made using a written paper docu-
ment (or using another form not described
in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section),
but only if the recipient confirms the con-
sent electronically in a manner that reason-
ably demonstrates that the recipient can ac-
cess the applicable notice in the electronic
medium in the form that will be used to
provide the notice.
(ii)Withdrawal of consumer consent.
The consent to receive electronic delivery
requirement of this paragraph (b)(2) is not
satisfied if the recipient withdraws his or
her consent before the applicable notice is
delivered.
(3)Required disclosure statement.The
recipient, prior to consenting under para-
graph (b)(2)(i) of this section, must be pro-
vided with a clear and conspicuous state-
ment containing the disclosures described
in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (v) of this
section:
(i)Right to receive paper docu-
ment—(A)In general. The statement
informs the recipient of any right to have
the applicable notice be provided using a
written paper document or other nonelec-
tronic form.
(B)Post-consent request for paper
copy. The statement informs the recipient
how, after having provided consent to re-
ceive the applicable notice electronically,
the recipient may, upon request, obtain a
paper copy of the applicable notice and
whetheranyfeewillbechargedforsuch
copy.
(ii)Right to withdraw consumer con-
sent. The statement informs the recipient
of the right to withdraw consent to receive
electronic delivery of an applicable notice
on a prospective basis at any time and ex-
plains the procedures for withdrawing that
consent and any conditions, consequences,
or fees in the event of the withdrawal.
(iii)Scope of the consumer consent.
The statement informs the recipient
whether the consent to receive electronic
delivery of an applicable notice applies
only to the particular transaction that gave
rise to the applicable notice or to other
identified transactions that may be pro-
vided or made available during the course
of the parties’ relationship. For example,
the statement may provide that a recipi-
ent’s consent to receiveelectronic delivery
will apply to all future applicable notices
of the recipient relating to the employee
benefit arrangement until the recipient is
no longer a participant in the employee
benefit arrangement (or withdraws the
consent).
(iv)Description of the contact proce-
dures. The statement describes the proce-
dures to update information needed to con-
tact the recipient electronically.
(v)Hardware or software requirements.
The statement describes the hardware and
software requirements needed to access
and retain the applicable notice.
(4)Post-consent change in hardware or
software requirements. If, after a recipi-
ent provides consent to receive electronic
delivery, there is a change in the hardware
or software requirements needed to access
or retain the applicable notice and such
change creates a material risk that the re-
cipient will not be able to access or re-
tain the applicable notice in electronic for-
mat—
(i) The recipient must receive a state-
ment of—
(A) The revised hardware or software
requirements for access to and retention of
the applicable notice; and
(B) The right to withdraw consent to re-
ceive electronic delivery without the impo-
sition of any fees for the withdrawal and
without the imposition of any condition or
consequence that was not previously dis-
closed in paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
and
(ii) The recipient must reaffirm con-
sent to receive electronic delivery in accor-
dance with the requirements of paragraph
(b)(2) of this section.
(c)Exemption from consumer consent
requirements—(1)In general. This para-
graph (c) is satisfied if the conditions in
paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section are
satisfied. This paragraph (c) constitutes an
exemption from the consumer consent re-
quirements of section 101(c) of E-SIGN
pursuant to the authority granted in section
104(d)(1) of E-SIGN.
(2)Effective ability to access. For pur-
poses of this paragraph (c), the electronic
medium used to provide an applicable no-
tice must be a medium that the recipient
has the effective ability to access.
(3)Free paper copy of applicable no-
tice. At the time the applicable notice is
provided, the recipient must be advised
that he or she may request and receive the
applicable notice in writing on paper at no
charge, and, upon request, that applicable
notice must be provided to the recipient at
no charge.
(d)Special rules for participant elec-
tions—(1)In general. This paragraph (d)
is satisfied if the conditions described in
2006–48 I.R.B.988November 27, 2006

the following paragraphs (d)(2) through
(6) are satisfied:
(2)Effective ability to access. The elec-
tronic medium under an electronic system
used to make a participant election must
be a medium that the person who is eligi-
ble to make the election is effectively able
to access. If the appropriate individual
is not effectively able to access the elec-
tronic medium for making the participant
election, the participant election will not
be treated as made available to that indi-
vidual. Thus, for example, the participant
election will not be treated as made avail-
able to that individual for purposes of the
rules under section 401(a)(4).
(3)Authentication. The electronic sys-
tem used in making participant elections is
reasonably designed to preclude any per-
son other than the appropriate individual
from making the election. Whether this
condition is satisfied is based on facts and
circumstances, including whether the par-
ticipant election has the potential for a con-
flict of interest between the individuals in-
volved in the election. SeeExamples 3,4,
and5of paragraph (f) of this section for
illustrations of electronic systems that sat-
isfy the authentication requirement of this
paragraph (d)(3).
(4)Opportunity to review. The elec-
tronic system used in making participant
elections provides the person making the
participant election with a reasonable op-
portunity to review, confirm, modify, or re-
scind the terms of the election before the
election becomes effective.
(5)Confirmation of action. The person
making the participant election receives,
within a reasonable time, a confirmation of
the effect of the election under the terms
of the plan or arrangement through either
a written paper document or an electronic
medium under a system that satisfies the
requirements of either paragraph (b) or (c)
of this section (as if the confirmation were
an applicable notice).
(6)Participant elections, including
spousal consents, that are required to be
witnessed by a plan representative or a
notary public—(i)In general. In the case
of a participant election which is required
to be witnessed by a plan representative or
a notary public (such as a spousal consent
under section 417), the signature of the
individual making the participant election
is witnessed in the physical presence of a
plan representative or a notary public.
(ii)Electronic notarization permitted.
If the requirements of paragraph (d)(6)(i)
of this section are satisfied, an electronic
notarization acknowledging a signature (in
accordance with section 101(g) of E-SIGN
and state law applicable to notary publics)
will not be denied legal effect if the sig-
nature of the individual is witnessed in the
physical presence of a notary public.
(iii)Delegation to Commissioner.In
guidance published in the Internal Rev-
enue Bulletin, the Commissioner may
provide that the use of procedures under
an electronic system is deemed to satisfy
the physical presence requirement under
paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section, but
only if those procedures with respect to
the electronic system provide the same
safeguards for participant elections as are
provided through the physical presence
requirement. See §601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)of
this chapter.
(e)Definitions. The definitions in this
paragraph (e) apply for purposes of this
section.
(1)Applicable notice.Thetermappli-
cable noticeincludes any notice, report,
statement, or other document required to
be provided to a recipient under a retire-
ment plan, employee benefit arrangement,
or individual retirement plan as described
in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(2)Electronic.Thetermelectronic
means technology having electrical, dig-
ital, magnetic, wireless, optical, electro-
magnetic, voice-recording systems, or
similar capabilities.
(3)Electronic medium.Thetermelec-
tronic mediummeans an electronic method
of communication (e.g., website, elec-
tronic mail, telephonic system, magnetic
disk, and CD-ROM).
(4)Electronic record.Thetermelec-
tronic recordmeans an applicable notice or
a participant election that is created, gen-
erated, sent, communicated, received, or
stored by electronic media.
(5)Electronic system.Thetermelec-
tronic systemmeans a system designed for
creating, generating, sending, receiving,
storing, retrieving, displaying, or process-
ing information that makes use of any elec-
tronic medium.
(6)Participant election.Thetermpar-
ticipant election
includes any consent,
election, request, agreement, or similar
communication made by or from a par-
ticipant, beneficiary, alternate payee, or
an individual entitled to benefits under
a retirement plan, employee benefit ar-
rangement, or individual retirement plan
as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section.
(7)Recipient.Thetermrecipientmeans
a plan participant, beneficiary, employee,
alternate payee, or any other person to
whom an applicable notice is to be pro-
vided.
(f)Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this section.Exam-
ples 1,2,3,and6assume that the require-
ments of paragraph (a)(4) and (5) of this
section are satisfied.
Example 1.(i)Facts involving using the con-
sumer consent requirements to deliver a section
402(f) notice via e-mail. Plan A, a qualified plan,
permits participants to request benefit distributions
from the plan on Plan A’s Internet website. Under
Plan A’s system for such transactions, a participant
must enter his or her account number, personal iden-
tification number (PIN), and his or her e-mail address
to which the notice is to be sent. The participant’s
PIN and account number must match the information
in Plan A’s records in order for the transaction to pro-
ceed. Participant H requests a distribution from Plan
A on Plan A’s website, and, at the time of the request
for distribution, a disclosure statement appears on the
computer screen that explains that Participant H can
consent to receive the section 402(f) notice electroni-
cally. The disclosure statement provides information
relating to the consent, including how to receive a
paper copy of the notice, how to withdraw consent,
the hardware and software requirements, and the
procedures for accessingthe section 402(f) notice,
which is in a file format from a specific spreadsheet
program. After reviewing the disclosure statement,
which satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b)(3)
of this section, Participant H consents to receive
the section 402(f) notice via e-mail by selecting the
consent button at the end of the disclosure statement.
As a part of the consent procedure, an e-mail is sent
to Participant H’s e-mail address in order to demon-
strate that Participant H can access the spreadsheet
program. In the e-mail, Participant H is prompted
to answer a question from the spreadsheet program,
which is in an attachment to the e-mail. Once Par-
ticipant H correctly answers the question, the section
402(f) notice is then delivered to Participant H via
e-mail.
(ii)Conclusion.InthisExample 1, Plan A’s deliv-
ery of the section 402(f) notice to Participant H satis-
fies the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
Example 2.(i)Facts—(A)Facts involving using
the alternative method to deliver a section 411(a)(11)
notice via e-mail. Plan B, a qualified plan, permits
participants to request benefit distributions from the
plan on Plan B’s Internet website. Under Plan B’s
system for such transactions, a participant must enter
his or her account number and personal identification
number (PIN), and his or her e-mail address to which
the notice is to be sent. The participant’s PIN and ac-
count number must match the information in Plan B’s
records in order for the transaction to proceed. After
Participant K, a single employee, requests a distribu-
November 27, 20069892006–48 I.R.B.

tion from Plan B on Plan B’s Internet website, the
plan administrator provides Participant K with a sec-
tion 411(a)(11) notice in an attachment to an e-mail.
Plan B sends the e-mail with a request for a com-
puter generated notification that the message was re-
ceived and opened. The e-mail instructs Participant
K to read the attachment for important information
regarding the request for a distribution. In addition,
the e-mail also states that Participant K may request
the section 411(a)(11) notice on a written paper docu-
ment and that, if Participant K requests the notice on
a written paper document, it will be provided at no
charge. Plan B receives notification indicating that
the e-mail was received andopened by Participant K.
(B)Facts involving making a participant’s con-
sent to a distribution. In order to consent to a distribu-
tion, Plan B requires a participant to enter the partic-
ipant’s account number and PIN in order to preclude
any person other than the participant from making
the election. After the authentication process, Partic-
ipant K completes a distribution request form on the
website. After completing the request form, the web-
site provides a summary of the information entered
on the form and gives Participant K an opportunity
to review or modify the distribution request form be-
fore the transaction is completed. Within a reason-
able period of time after Participant K consents to the
distribution, the plan administrator, by e-mail, sends
confirmation of the terms (including the form) of the
distribution to Participant K and advises Participant
K that, upon request, the confirmation may be pro-
vided to Participant K on a written paper document
at no charge. Plan B retains an electronic copy of the
consent to the distribution in a form that is capable
of being retained and accurately reproduced for later
reference by Participant K.
(ii)Conclusion. In thisExample 2, Plan B’s deliv-
ery of the section 411(a)(11) notice and the electronic
system used to make Participant K’s consent to a dis-
tribution satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (a),
(c), and (d) of this section.
Example 3.(i)Facts involving the transmission
of a spousal consent via electronic notarization.Plan
C, a qualified money purchase pension plan, permits a
married participant to request a plan loan through the
Plan C’s Internet website with the notarized consent
of the spouse. Under Plan C’s system for request-
ing a plan loan, a participant must enter his or her ac-
count number, personal identification number (PIN),
and his or her e-mail address. The information en-
tered by the participant must match the information
inPlanC’srecordsinorderfor the transaction to pro-
ceed. Participant M, a married participant, is effec-
tively able to access the website available to apply for
a plan loan. In order to apply for a loan, Plan C re-
quires a participant to enter the participant’s account
number and PIN in order to preclude any person other
than the participant from making the election. Partic-
ipant M completes the loan application on Plan C’s
website. Within a reasonable period of time after sub-
mitting the plan loan application, the plan administra-
tor, by e-mail, sends Participant M the loan applica-
tion, including all attachments setting forth the terms
of the loan agreement and all other required informa-
tion. In the e-mail, Plan C also notifies Participant M
that, upon request, the loan application may be pro-
vided to Participant M on a written paper document at
no charge. Plan C then instructs Participant M that, in
order for the loan application to proceed, Participant
M must submit to the plan administrator a notarized
spousal consent form. Participant M and M’s spouse
go to a notary public and the notary witnesses Partic-
ipant M’s spouse signing the spousal consent for the
loan agreement on an electronic signature capture pad
with adequate security. After witnessing M’s spouse
signing the spousal consent, the notary public sends
an e-mail with an electronic acknowledgement that is
attached to or logically associated with the signature
of M’s spouse to the plan administrator. The elec-
tronic acknowledgement is in accordance with sec-
tion 101(g) of E-SIGN and the relevant state law ap-
plicable to notary publics. After the plan receives the
e-mail, Plan C sends an e-mail to Participant M, giv-
ing M a reasonable period to review and confirm the
completed loan application and to determine whether
the loan application should be modified or rescinded.
In addition, the e-mail to Participant M also provides
that M may request the completed loan application
on a written paper document and that, if M requests
the written paper document, it will be provided at no
charge. Plan C retains an electronic copy of the loan
agreement, including thespousal consent, in a form
that is capable of being retained and accurately repro-
duced for later reference by all parties.
(ii)Conclusion.InthisExample 3, the transmis-
sion of the plan loan agreement satisfies the require-
ments of paragraphs (a), (c), and (d) of this section.
By requiring that the spouse sign the spousal consent
on an electronic signature capture pad in the physical
presence of a notary public, the electronic system sat-
isfies the requirement that the system be reasonably
designed to preclude any person other than the appro-
priate individual from making the election. Thus, the
electronic notarization of spousal consent satisfies the
requirements of paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section.
Example 4.(i)Facts—(A)Facts involving us-
ing the alternative method of compliance to deliver a
section 411(a)(11) notice via an automated telephone
system. A qualified profit-sharing plan (Plan D) per-
mits participants to request distributions through an
automated telephone system. Under Plan D’s system
for such transactions, a participant must enter his or
her account number and personal identification num-
ber (PIN); this information must match the informa-
tion in Plan D’s records in order for the transaction to
proceed. Plan D provides only the following distri-
bution options: single-sum payment; and annual in-
stallments over 5, 10, or 20 years. Participant N, a
single participant, requests a distribution from Plan
D by following the applicable instructions on the au-
tomated telephone system. After Participant N has
requested the distribution, the automated telephone
system recites the section 411(a)(11) notice over the
phone. The automated telephone system also advises
Participant N that, upon request, the notice may be
provided on a written paper document and that, if Par-
ticipant N so requests, the notice will be provided on
a written paper document at no charge.
(B)Facts involving making a participant’s con-
sent to a distribution via an automated telephone sys-
tem. In order to consent to a distribution, Plan D re-
quires a participant to enter the participant’s account
number and PIN in order to preclude any person other
than the participant from making the election. Partic-
ipant N requests a distribution by entering informa-
tion on the automated telephone system. After com-
pleting the request, the automated telephone system
provides a oral summary of the information entered
and gives Participant N an opportunity to review or
modify the distribution request before the transaction
is completed. Plan D’s automated telephone system
confirms the distribution request to Participant N and
advises Participant N that, upon request, a confirma-
tion may be provided on a written paper document at
no charge. Plan D retains an electronic copy of the
consent to the distribution in a form that is capable
of being retained and accurately reproduced for later
reference by Participant N.
(ii)Conclusion.InthisExample 4, because Plan
D has relatively few and simple distribution op-
tions, the provision of the section 411(a)(11) notice
through the automated telephone system is no less
understandable to the participant than a written paper
notice for purposes of paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this
section. In addition, the automated telephone proce-
dures of Plan D satisfy the applicable requirements
of paragraphs (a), (c), and (d) of this section.
Example 5.(i)Facts. Same facts asExample 4
of this paragraph (f), except that, pursuant to Plan
D’s system for processing such transactions, a partic-
ipant who so requests is transferred to a customer ser-
vice representative whose conversation with the par-
ticipant is recorded. The customer service represen-
tative provides the section 411(a)(11) notice from a
prepared text and processes the participant’s distri-
bution in accordance with the predetermined instruc-
tions from the plan administrator.
(ii)Conclusion.AsinExample 4of this para-
graph (f), because Plan D hasrelatively few and sim-
ple distribution options, the provision of the section
411(a)(11) notice through the automated telephone
system is no less understandable to the participant
than a written paper notice for purposes of paragraph
(a)(4) of this section. Further, in thisExample 5,the
customer service telephone procedures of Plan D sat-
isfy the requirements of paragraphs (a), (c), and (d)
of this section.
Example 6.(i)Facts. Plan E, a qualified plan,
permits participants to request distributions by e-mail
on the employer’s e-mail system. Under this system,
a participant must enter his or her account number,
personal identification number (PIN), and e-mail ad-
dress. This information must match that in Plan E’s
records in order for the transaction to proceed. If a
participant requests a distribution by e-mail, the plan
administrator provides the participant with a section
411(a)(11) notice by e-mail. The plan administrator
also advises the participant by e-mail that he or she
may request the section 411(a)(11) notice on a written
paper document and that, if the participant requests
the notice on a written paper document, it will be pro-
vided at no charge. Participant Q requests a distribu-
tion and receives the section 411(a)(11) notice from
the plan administrator by reply e-mail. However, be-
fore Participant Q elects a distribution, Q terminates
employment. Following termination of employment,
Participant Q no longer has access to the employer’s
e-mail system.
(ii)Conclusion.InthisExample 6,PlanEdoes
not satisfy the participant election requirements under
paragraph (d) of this section because Participant Q is
not effectively able to access the electronic medium
used to make the participant election. Plan E must
provide Participant Q with the opportunity to make
the participant election through a written paper doc-
ument or another system that Participant Q is effec-
tively able to access, such as the automated telephone
2006–48 I.R.B.990November 27, 2006

systems described inExample 4andExample 5of this
paragraph (f).
(g)Effective date.Therulespro-
vided in this section apply to applicable
notices provided, and to participant elec-
tions made, on or after January 1, 2007.
However, a retirement plan, an employee
benefit arrangement, or an individual re-
tirement plan that provides an applicable
notice or makes a participant election that
complies with the requirements set forth
in these regulations on or after October 1,
2000, and before January 1, 2007, will not
be treated as failing to provide an applica-
ble notice or to make a participant election
merely because the notice or election was
not in writing or written form.
Par. 5. Section 1.401(k)–3 is amended
by adding a sentence to the end of the text
of paragraph (d)(1) to read as follows:
§1.401(k)–3 Safe harbor requirements.
*****
(d) * * *
(1)***See§1.401(a)–21ofthischap-
ter for rules permitting the use of electronic
media to provide applicable notices to re-
cipients with respect to retirement plans.
*****
Par. 6. Section 1.402(f)–1 is amended
by:
(1) Revising A–5.
(2) Removing Q&A–6.
The revision reads as follows:
§1.402(f)–1 Required explanation of
eligible rollover distributions; questions
and answers.
*****
A–5. Yes. See §1.401(a)–21 of this
chapter for rules permitting the use of
electronic media toprovide applicable
notices to recipients with respect to retire-
ment plans.
Par. 7. Section 1.411(a)–11 is amended
by:
(1) Revising the text of paragraphs
(f)(1) and (2).
(2) Removing paragraph (g).
The revisions read as follows.
§1.411(a)–11 Restriction and valuation
of distributions.
*****
(f) * * *
(1) * * * The notice of a participant’s
rights described in paragraph (c)(2) of
this section or the summary of that notice
described in paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B)(2)
ofthissectionmustbeprovidedona
written paper document. However, see
§1.401(a)–21 of this chapter for rules
permitting the use of electronic media to
provide applicable notices to recipients
with respect to retirement plans.
(2) * * * The consent described in para-
graphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section must
begivenonawrittenpaperdocument.
However, see §1.401(a)–21 of this chapter
for rules permitting the use of electronic
media to make participant elections with
respect to retirement plans.
Par. 8. Section 1.417(a)(3)–1 is
amended by adding a sentence to the
end of the text of paragraph (a)(3) to read
as follows:
§1.417(a)(3)–1 Required explanation of
qualified joint and survivor annuity and
qualified preretirement survivor annuity.
(a) * * *
(3) * * * But see §1.401(a)–21 of this
chapter for rules permitting the use of elec-
tronic media to provide applicable notices
to recipients with respect to retirement
plans.
*****
Par. 9. Section 1.7476–2 is amended
by revising paragraph (c)(2) to read as fol-
lows:
§1.7476–2 Notice to interested parties.
*****
(c) * * *
(2) If the notice to interested parties
is delivered using an electronic medium
under an electronic system that satisfies
the applicable notice requirements of
§1.401(a)–21 of this chapter, the notice is
deemed to be provided in a manner that
satisfies the requirements of paragraph
(c)(1) of this section.
*****
PART 35—EMPLOYMENT TAX AND
COLLECTION OF INCOME TAX AT
SOURCE REGULATIONS UNDER
THE TAX EQUITY AND FISCAL
RESPONSIBILITY ACT OF 1982
Par. 10. The authority citation for part
35 continues to read, in part, as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 11. Section 35.3405–1 is amended
by:
(1) Revising d–35, A.
(2) Removing d–36, Q&A.
The revision reads as follows:
§35.3405–1 Questions and answers
relating to withholding on pensions,
annuities, and certain other deferred
income.
*****
d–35. * * *
A. A payor may provide the notice
required under section 3405 (including
the abbreviated notice described in d–27
of §35.3405–1T and the annual notice
described in d–31 of §35.3405–1T) to a
payee on a written paper document. How-
ever, see §1.401(a)–21 of this chapter
for rules permitting the use of electronic
media to provide applicable notices to
recipients with respect to retirement plans
and individual retirement plans.
PART 54—PENSION EXCISE TAXES
Par. 12. The authority citation for part
54 continues to read, in part, as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par.13.Section 54.4980F–1,
Q&A–13, is amended as follows:
(1) Revising paragraph A–13 (c)(1)(ii)
and (iii).
(2) Revising the introductory text to
paragraph A–13 (c)(2).
(3) Removing paragraph A–13 (c)(3).
The revisions read as follows:
§54.4980F–1 Notice requirements
for certain pension plan amendments
significantly reducing the rate of future
benefit accrual.
*****
A–13. * * *
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) The section 204(h) notice is deliv-
ered using an electronic medium (other
than an oral communication or a recording
November 27, 20069912006–48 I.R.B.

of an oral communication) under an elec-
tronic system that satisfies the applicable
notice requirements of §1.401(a)–21.
(iii)Special effective date.Forplan
years beginning prior to January 1, 2007,
Q&A–13 of this section, as it appeared in
the April 1, 2006 edition of 26 CFR part 1,
applies.
(2) * * * The following examples illus-
trate the requirement in paragraph (c)(1)(i)
of this Q&A–13. In these examples, it
is assumed that the notice satisfies the re-
quirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) of this
section. The examples are as follows:
*****
Mark E. Matthews,
Deputy Commissioner for
Services and Enforcement.
Approved October 10, 2006.
Eric Solomon,
Acting Deputy Assistant Secretary
oftheTreasury(TaxPolicy).
(Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on October 19,
2006, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal
Register on October 20, 2006, 71 F.R. 61877)
Section408A.—RothIRAs
The Service provides inflation adjustments to
the applicable dollar amounts used to calculate the
amount by which a taxpayer must reduce the maxi-
mum amount allowed as contributions to Roth IRAs
for taxable years beginning the 2007. See Rev. Proc.
2006-53, page 996.
Section 472.—Last-in,
First-out Inventories
26 CFR 1.472–1: Last-in, first-out inventories.
LIFO; price indexes; department
stores.The September 2006 Bureau of
Labor Statistics price indexes are accepted
for use by department stores employing
the retail inventory and last-in, first-out
inventory methods for valuing inventories
for tax years ended on, or with reference
to, September 30, 2006.
Rev. Rul. 2006–59
The following Department Store In-
ventory Price Indexes for September
2006 were issued by the Bureau of La-
bor Statistics. The indexes are accepted
by the Internal Revenue Service, under
§ 1.472–1(k) of theIncome Tax Regula-
tions and Rev. Proc. 86–46, 1986–2 C.B.
739, for appropriate application to inven-
tories of department stores employing the
retail inventory and last-in, first-out in-
ventory methods for tax years ended on,
or with reference to, September 30, 2006.
The Department Store Inventory Price
Indexes are prepared on a national basis
and include (a) 23 major groups of depart-
ments, (b) three special combinations of
the major groups — soft goods, durable
goods, and miscellaneous goods, and (c) a
store total, which covers all departments,
including some not listed separately, ex-
cept for the following: candy, food, liquor,
tobacco, and contract departments.
BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS, DEPARTMENT STORE
INVENTORY PRICE INDEXES BY DEPARTMENT GROUPS
(January 1941 = 100, unless otherwise noted)
GroupsSep 2005Sep 2006
Percent Change
from Sep 2005
to Sep 2006
1
1. PieceGoods .............................................497.3455.4-8.4
2. DomesticsandDraperies..................................514.7493.1-4.2
3. Women’sandChildren’sShoes ............................700.4691.1-1.3
4. Men’sShoes.............................................890.9888.7-0.2
5. Infants’Wear ............................................569.6570.30.1
6. Women’sUnderwear......................................541.1549.51.6
7. Women’sHosiery ........................................338.6347.12.5
8. Women’sandGirls’Accessories ...........................572.2521.2-8.9
9. Women’sOuterwearandGirls’Wear .......................364.0377.03.6
10. Men’sClothing ..........................................532.9526.6-1.2
11. Men’sFurnishings........................................561.0572.02.0
12. Boys’ClothingandFurnishings............................393.1403.02.5
13. Jewelry..................................................882.6906.42.7
14. Notions .................................................807.4818.51.4
15. ToiletArticlesandDrugs..................................996.41008.31.2
16. FurnitureandBedding ....................................596.0598.40.4
17. FloorCoverings..........................................606.7610.80.7
18. Housewares..............................................703.4693.9-1.4
19. MajorAppliances.........................................204.4204.60.1
20. RadioandTelevision......................................38.635.1-9.1
21. Recreation and Education
2
.................................77.476.2-1.6
22. Home Improvements
2
.....................................136.4140.93.3
23. Automotive Accessories
2
..................................116.3121.64.6
2006–48 I.R.B.992November 27, 2006

BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS, DEPARTMENT STORE
INVENTORY PRICE INDEXES BY DEPARTMENT GROUPS
(January 1941 = 100, unless otherwise noted)
GroupsSep 2005Sep 2006
Percent Change
from Sep 2005
to Sep 2006
1
Groups1–15:SoftGoods .......................................559.6563.80.8
Groups16–20:DurableGoods...................................377.0371.4-1.5
Groups 21–23: Misc. Goods
2
....................................92.893.71.0
Store Total
3
..............................................494.5496.20.3
1
Absence of a minus sign before the percentage change in this column signifies a price increase.
2
Indexes on a January 1986 = 100 base.
3
The store t
otal index covers all departments, including some not listed separately, except for the following: candy, food, liquor,
tobacco, an
d contract departments.
DRAFTING INFORMATION
The principal author of this revenue rul-
ingisJohnRomanFaronoftheOffice
of Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax
and Accounting). For further informa-
tion regarding this revenue ruling, con-
tact Mr. Faron at (202) 622–8142 (not a
toll-free call).
Section 512.—Unrelated
Business Taxable Income
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
maximum amount of annual dues that can be paid
to certain agricultural or horticultural organizations
without any portion being treated as unrelated trade
or business income by reason of any benefits or priv-
ileges available to members for taxable years begin-
ning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 513.—Unrelated
Trade or Business
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to
the maximum cost of a “low cost article” for tax-
able years beginning in 2007. Funds raised through
a charity’s distribution of “low cost articles” will not
be treated as unrelated business income to the charity.
See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Sectio
n 685.—Treatment
of Fune
ral Trusts
The Ser
vice provides an inflation adjustment to the
maximu
m amount of contributions that may be made
to a qua
lified funeral trust for contracts entered in
calen
dar year 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page
996.
Section 877.—Expatriation
to Avoid Tax
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to
the amount used for calendar year 2007 to determine
whether an individual’s loss of United States citizen-
ship had the avoidance of United States tax as one of
its principal purposes. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page
996.
Section 911.—Citizens or
Residents of the United
States Living Abroad
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to
the amount of foreign earned income that may be ex-
cluded from gross income for taxable years beginning
in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 2032A.—Valuation
of Certain Farm, etc.,
Real Property
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
maximum amount by which the value of certain farm
and other qualified real property included in a dece-
dent’s gross estate may be decreased for purposes of
valuing the estate of a decedent dying in calendar year
2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 2503.—Taxable
Gifts
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
amount of gifts that may be made to a person in a
calendar year without including the amount in taxable
gifts for calendar year 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53,
page 996.
Section 2523.—Gift to
Spouse
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
amount of gifts that may be made in a calendar year
to a spouse who is not a citizen of the United States
without including the amount in taxable gifts for cal-
endar year 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 4
161.—Imposition
of Tax
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
amount of excise tax imposed for calendar year 2007
on the first sale by a manufacturer, producer, or im-
porter of any shaft of a type used in the manufacture
of certain arrows. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 4261.— Imposition
of Tax
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
amounts of the excise taxes on passenger air trans-
portation beginning or ending in the United States and
for each domestic segment of air transportation for
calendar year 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page
996.
Section 6033.—Returns by
Exempt Organizations
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to
the amount of dues certain exempt organizations with
nondeductible lobbying expenditures can charge and
still be excepted from reporting requirements for tax-
able years beginning in 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-
53, page 996.
November 27, 20069932006–48 I.R.B.

Section 6039F.—Notice of
Large Gifts Received From
Foreign Persons
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
amount of gifts received, in a taxable year from for-
eign persons, that triggers a reporting requirement for
a United States person for taxable years beginning in
2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 6323.—Validity
and Priority Against
Certain Per
sons
The Service
provides inflation adjustments for cal-
endar year 2
007 to (1) the maximum amount of a ca-
sual sale o
f personal property below which a federal
taxlienwi
ll not be valid against a purchaser of the
property a
nd (2) the maximum amount of a contract
for the rep
air or improvement of certain residential
property a
t or below which a federal tax lien will not
be valid a
gainst a mechanic’s lienor. See Rev. Proc.
2006-53,
page 996.
Section 6334.—Property
Exempt From Levy
The Service provides inflation adjustments to the
value of certain property exempt from levy (fuel, pro-
visions, furniture, household personal effects, arms
for personal use, livestock, poultry, and books and
tools of a trade, business, or profession) for calendar
year 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 6601.—Interest
on Underpayment,
Nonpayment, or Extensions
of Time for Payment, of Tax
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to
the amount used to determine the amount of interest
charged on a certain portion of the estate tax payable
in installments for the estate of a decedent dying in
calendar year 2007. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page
996.
Section 7430.— Awarding
of Costs and Certain Fees
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
hourly limit on attorney feesincurred in calendar year
2007 that may be awarded in a judgment or settlement
of an administrative or judicial proceeding concern-
ing the determination, collection, or refund of tax, in-
terest, or penalty. See Rev. Proc. 2006-53, page 996.
Section 7702B.—Treatment
of Qualified Long-Term
Care Insurance
The Service provides an inflation adjustment to the
stated dollar amount for calendar year 2007 of theper
diemlimitation regarding periodic payments received
under a qualified long-term care insurance contract
or periodic payments received under a life insurance
contract that are treated aspaid by reason of the death
of a chronically ill individual. See Rev. Proc. 2006-
53, page 996.
2006–48 I.R.B.994November 27, 2006

Part III. Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous
Weighted Average Interest
Rates Update
Notice 2006–104
This notice provides guidance as to the
corporate bond weighted average interest
rate and the permissible range of interest
rates specified under § 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II)
of the Internal Revenue Code. In addi-
tion, it provides guidance as to the interest
rate on 30-year Treasury securities under
§ 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II).
CORPORATE BOND WEIGHTED
AVERAGE INTEREST RATE
Sections412(b)(5)(B)(ii)and
412(l)(7)(C)(i), as amended by the Pension
Funding Equity Act of 2004 and by the
Pension Protection Act of 2006, provide
that the interest rates used to calculate cur-
rent liability and to determine the required
contribution under § 412(l) for plan years
beginning in 2004 through 2007 must be
within a permissible range based on the
weighted average of the rates of interest on
amounts invested conservatively in long
term investment grade corporate bonds
during the 4-year period ending on the last
day before the beginning of the plan year.
Notice 2004–34, 2004–1 C.B. 848, pro-
vides guidelines for determining the cor-
porate bond weighted average interest rate
and the resulting permissible range of in-
terest rates used to calculate current liabil-
ity. That notice establishes that the corpo-
rate bond weighted average is based on the
monthly composite corporate bond rate de-
rived from designated corporate bond in-
dices. The methodology for determining
the monthly composite corporate bond rate
as set forth in Notice 2004–34 continues to
apply in determining that rate. See Notice
2006–75, 2006–36 I.R.B. 366.
The composite corporate bond rate for
October 2006 is 5.94 percent. Pursuant
to Notice 2004–34, the Service has de-
termined this rate as the average of the
monthly yields for the included corporate
bond indices for that month.
The following corporate bond weighted
average interest rate was determined for
plan years beginning in the month shown
below.
For Plan Years
Corporate
Bond90% to 100%
Beginning in:WeightedPermissible
MonthYearAverageRange
November20065.795.21 to 5.79
30-YEAR TREASURY SECURITIES
INTEREST RATE
Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II) defines
the applicable interest rate, which must
be used for purposes of determining the
minimum present value of a participant’s
benefit under § 417(e)(1) and (2), as the
annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury
securities for the month before the date
of distribution or such other time as the
Secretary may by regulations prescribe.
Section 1.417(e)–1(d)(3) of the Income
Tax Regulations provides that the applica-
ble interest rate for a month is the annual
interest rate on 30-year Treasury securi-
ties as specified by the Commissioner for
that month in revenue rulings, notices or
other guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin.
The rate of interest on 30-year Treasury
securities for October 2006 is 4.85 percent.
The Service has determined this rate as the
monthly average of the daily determina-
tion of yield on the 30-year Treasury bond
maturing in February 2036.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of this notice are
Paul Stern and Tony Montanaro of the Em-
ployee Plans, Tax Exempt and Govern-
ment Entities Division. For further infor-
mation regarding this notice, please con-
tact the Employee Plans’ taxpayer assis-
tance telephone service at 877–829–5500
(a toll-free number), between the hours of
8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern time,
Monday through Friday. Mr. Stern may be
reached at 202–283–9703. Mr. Montanaro
may be reached at 202–283–9714. The
telephone numbers in the preceding sen-
tences are not toll-free.
26 CFR 601.201: Rulings and determination letters.
Rev. Proc. 2006–52
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
The purpose of this revenue procedure
is to inform plan proponents in cases under
chapter 12 of Title 11 of the United States
Code (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank-
ruptcy Code”) of the procedures to be fol-
lowed to request determinations of the in-
come tax effects of proposed plans when
such requests are authorized by the bank-
ruptcy courts.
SECTION 2. BACKGROUND
.01 Chapter 12 of the Bankruptcy Code
provides for the adjustment of debts of a
family farmer or fisherman with regular
annual income and contemplates the filing
of a plan to do so. The income tax effects
of transactions proposed in a chapter 12
plan could affect the feasibility of the plan
in some cases.
.02 The Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention
and Consumer Protection Act of 2005,
Pub. L. No. 109–8, 119 Stat. 23 (2005),
amended 11 U.S.C. § 1231(b) to allow
bankruptcy courts to authorize the pro-
ponents of chapter 12 plans to request
determinations of the federal income tax
effects of proposed plans, limited to ques-
tions of law. In the event of an actual
controversy, the court may declare the tax
effects of a proposed plan after the earlier
of the date on which the governmental unit
November 27, 20069952006–48 I.R.B.

responds to the request, or 270 days after
the request.
SECTION 3. APPLICATION
.01 If a chapter 12 plan proponent is au-
thorized by the bankruptcy court to request
a determination of the income tax effects of
a proposed plan, a written request must be
filed with the Centralized Insolvency Op-
eration, Post Office Box 21126, Philadel-
phia, PA 19114 (marked, “Request for De-
termination of Tax Effects of Chapter 12
Plan”).
.02 A request is processable only if it
contains the information specified in sec-
tion 7.01, paragraphs (1) through (10), of
Revenue Procedure 2006–1, as updated
annually, including a copy of the proposed
chapter 12 plan and a copy of the bank-
ruptcy court order allowing the proponent
to make the request. The request must be
signed by the proponent with the follow-
ing declaration, “Under penalties of per-
jury, I declare that I have examined this
request, including the accompanying doc-
uments, and, to the best of my knowledge
and belief, this requestcontains all relevant
facts relating to the request, and such facts
are true, accurate, and complete.” The Ser-
vice will not treat the request as having
been made until it receives the information
described in this section. The Service will
acknowledge in writing the date it has re-
ceived the request with the information re-
quired by this section. Additional informa-
tion may be requested during the consider-
ation of the request.
03. Within 270 days from receipt of
a processable application, the Examina-
tion Function will notify the plan propo-
nent of the determination. Unless the court
declares otherwise pursuant to 11 U.S.C.
§ 1231(b), a field office examining the tax-
payer’s return will follow the determina-
tion if: (1) a copy of the determination is
attached to the tax return to which it re-
lates, (2), the determination is properly re-
flected in the return, (3) the representations
upon which the determination was made
reflected an accurate statement of the con-
trolling facts, (4) the transactions proposed
in the plan were carried out substantially as
proposed, and (5) there has been no change
in the law that applies to the period during
which the transactions were consummated.
SECTION 4. EFFECTIVE DATE
This revenue procedure is applicable to
Chapter 12 bankruptcy cases commenced
after April 20, 2005.
SECTION 5. DRAFTING
INFORMATION
The principal author of this revenue
procedure is G. William Beard of the
Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Pro-
cedure & Administration). For further
information regarding this revenue pro-
cedure, contact William Beard at (202)
622–3620 (not a toll-free call).
26 CFR 601.602: Tax forms and instructions.
(Also Part I, §§ 1, 23, 24, 25A, 25B, 32, 42, 59, 62, 63, 68, 132, 135, 137, 146, 148, 151, 170, 179, 213, 219, 220, 221, 223, 408A, 512, 513, 685, 877, 911, 2032A,
2503, 2523, 4161, 4261, 6033, 6039F, 6323, 6334, 6601, 7430, 7702B; 1.148–5.)
Rev. Proc. 2006–53
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
SECTION 2. CHANGES
SE
CTION 3. 2007 ADJUSTED ITEMS
C
odeSection
.01TaxRateTables.......................................................................... 1(a)–(e)
.
02UnearnedIncomeofMinorChildrenTaxedasifParent’sIncome(“KiddieTax”)................
1
(g)
.03AdoptionCredit.......................................................................... 23
.04ChildTaxCredit......................................................................... 24
.
05HopeandLifetimeLearningCredits........................................................
2
5A
.06ElectiveDeferralsandIRAContributionsbyCertainIndividuals............................... 25B
.07EarnedIncomeCredit..................................................................... 32
.08Low-IncomeHousingCredit .............................................................. 42(h)
.09AlternativeMinimumTaxExemptionforaChildSubjecttothe“KiddieTax”................... 59(j)
.10 Transportation Mainline Pipeline ConstructionIndustry Optional Expense Substantiation Rules for
PaymentstoEmployeesunderAccountablePlans ............................................... 62(c)
.11StandardDeduction....................................................................... 63
.12OverallLimitationonItemizedDeductions.................................................. 68
2006–48 I.R.B.996November 27, 2006

.13QualifiedTransportationFringe............................................................ 132(f)
.14 Income from United States Savings Bonds for Taxpayers Who Pay Qualified Higher Education
Expenses................................................................................... 135
.15AdoptionAssistancePrograms............................................................. 137
.16PrivateActivityBondsVolumeCap........................................................ 146(d)
.17 Safe Harbor Rules for Broker Commissions on Guaranteed Investment Contracts or Investments
PurchasedforaYieldRestrictedDefeasanceEscrow............................................. 148
.18PersonalExemption...................................................................... 151
.19ElectiontoExpenseCertainDepreciableAssets.............................................. 179
.20EligibleLong-TermCarePremiums........................................................ 213(d)(10)
.21RetirementSavings....................................................................... 219
.22MedicalSavingsAccounts ................................................................ 220
.23InterestonEducationLoans............................................................... 221
.24HealthSavingsAccounts.................................................................. 223
.25RothIRAs............................................................................... 408A
.26TreatmentofDuesPaidtoAgriculturalorHorticulturalOrganizations.......................... 512(d)
.27 Insubstantial Benefit Limitations for Contributions Associated with Charitable Fund-Raising
Campaigns ................................................................................. 513(h)
.28FuneralTrusts ........................................................................... 685
.29ExpatriationtoAvoidTax................................................................. 877
.30ForeignEarnedIncomeExclusion.......................................................... 911
.31 Valuation of Qualified Real Property in Decedent’s Gross Estate............................... 2032A
.32AnnualExclusionforGifts................................................................ 2503&2523
.33TaxonArrowShafts...................................................................... 4161
.34PassengerAirTransportationExciseTax.................................................... 4261
.35 Reporting Exception for Certain Exempt Organizations with Nondeductible Lobbying
Expenditures ............................................................................... 6033(e)(3)
.36 Notice of Large Gifts Received from Foreign Persons........................................ 6039F
.37PersonsAgainstWhomaFederalTaxLienIsNotValid....................................... 6323
.38PropertyExemptfromLevy............................................................... 6334
.39InterestonaCertainPortionoftheEstateTaxPayableinInstallments.......................... 6601(j)
.40AttorneyFeeAwards..................................................................... 7430
.41 Periodic Payments Received under Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance Contracts or under Certain
LifeInsuranceContracts...................................................................... 7702B(d)
SECTION 4. EFFECT ON OTHER DOCUMENTS
SECTION 5. EFFECTIVE DATE
SECTION 6. DRAFTING INFORMATION
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
This revenue procedure sets forth infla-
tion adjusted items for 2007.
SECTION 2. CHANGES
.01 Under § 25B eligible individuals are
allowed a credit against tax equal to the
applicable percentage of qualified retire-
ment savings contributions of the individ-
ual that do not exceed $2,000. Section
833(a) of the Pension Protection Act of
2006, Pub. L. No. 109–280, 120 Stat. 780
(2006) (PPA), added § 25B(b)(3), which
provides that the adjusted gross income
amounts in § 25B(b) used to determine the
applicable percentage for calculating the
November 27, 20069972006–48 I.R.B.

credit are adjusted for inflation. (See sec-
tion 3.06 of this revenue procedure.)
.02 Section 219(a) allows individuals to
deduct qualified retirement contributions
for a taxable year. Section 833(b) of the
PPA added § 219(g)(8), which provides
that the applicable dollar amount under
§ 219(g)(3) used to determine the amount
of reduction for the limitation on deduction
for taxpayers who are active participants
and for spouses who are not active partic-
ipants in certain pension plans is adjusted
for inflation. (See section 3.21 of this rev-
enue procedure.)
.03 Section 408A(c) provides rules for
the tax treatment of contributions made to
Roth IRAs. Section 833(c) of the PPA
added § 408A(c)(3)(C), which provides
that the applicable dollar amount under
§ 408A(c)(3) used to determine the dol-
lar limit, based on modified adjusted gross
income, for the contribution limit to Roth
IRAs is adjusted for inflation. (See section
3.25 of this revenue procedure.)
.04 Q&A 14 of Rev. Proc. 2002–41,
2002–1 C.B. 1098, provides an inflation
adjustment method for the hourly rates
used to determine the amounts deemed
substantiated for payments made by trans-
portation mainline pipeline construction
employers under accountable plans. (See
section 3.10 of this revenue procedure.)
Q&A 14 is modified to read as follows:
Q–14. Will the amount deemed sub-
stantiated under this revenue procedure be
adjusted for inflation?
A–14. Yes. For calendar years after
2006, the hourly rate will be adjusted an-
nually for inflation under § 1(f)(3), except
that the base year for such adjustment will
be calendar year 2002 and any adjustment
will be rounded to the nearest dollar. Any
adjustment to the rates provided in this rev-
enue procedure will be published annually.
SECTION3.2007ADJUSTEDITEMS
.01Tax Rate Tables. For taxable years
beginning in 2007, the tax rate tables under
§1areasfollows:
TABLE 1 — Section 1(a). — Married Individuals Filing Joint Returns and Surviving Spouses
If Taxable Income Is:The Tax Is:
Not Over $15,650
10% of the taxable income
Over $15,650 but not over $63,700$1,565 plus 15% of the excess over $15,650
Over $63,700 but not over $128,500$8,772.50 plus 25% of the excess over $63,700
Over $128,500 but not over $195,850$24,972.50 plus 28% of the excess over $128,500
Over $195,850 but not over $349,700$43,830.50 plus 33% of the excess over $195,850
Over $349,700$94,601 plus 35% of the excess over $349,700
TABLE 2 — Section 1(b). — Heads of Households
If Taxable Income Is:The Tax Is:
Not Over $11,200
10% of the taxable income
Over $11,200 but not over $42,650$1,120 plus 15% of the excess over $11,200
Over $42,650 but not over $110,100$5,837.50 plus 25% of the excess over $42,650
Over $110,100 but not over $178,350$22,700 plus 28% of the excess over $110,100
Over $178,350 but not over $349,700$41,810 plus 33% of the excess over $178,350
Over $349,700$98,355.50 plus 35% of the excess over $349,700
TABLE 3 — Section 1(c). — Unmarried Individuals (other than Surviving Spouses and Heads of Households).
If Taxable Income Is:The Tax Is:
Not Over $7,825
10% of the taxable income
Over $7,825 but not over $31,850$782.50 plus 15% of the excess over $7,825
Over $31,850 but not over $77,100$4,386.25 plus 25% of the excess over $31,850
Over $77,100 but not over $160,850$15,698.75 plus 28% of the excess over $77,100
Over $160,850 but not over $349,700$39,148.75 plus 33% of the excess over $160,850
Over $349,700$101,469.25 plus 35% of the excess over $349,700
2006–48 I.R.B.998November 27, 2006

TABLE 4 — Section 1(d). — Married Individuals Filing Separate Returns
If Taxable Income Is:The Tax Is:
Not Over $7,825
10% of the taxable income
Over $7,825 but not over $31,850$782.50 plus 15% of the excess over $7,825
Over $31,850 but not over $64,250$4,386.25 plus 25% of the excess over $31,850
Over $64,250 but not over $97,925$12,486.25 plus 28% of the excess over $64,250
Over $97,925 but not over $174,850$21,915.25 plus 33% of the excess over $97,925
Over $174,850$47,300.50 plus 35% of the excess over $174,850
TABLE 5 — Section 1(e). — Estates and Trusts
If Taxable Income Is:The Tax Is:
Not Over $2,150
15% of the taxable income
Over $2,150 but not over $5,000$322.50 plus 25% of the excess over $2,150
Over $5,000 but not over $7,650$1,035 plus 28% of the excess over $5,000
Over $7,650 but not over $10,450$1,777 plus 33% of the excess over $7,650
Over $10,450$2,701 plus 35% of the excess over $10,450
.02Unearned Income of Minor Chil-
dren Taxed as if Parent’s Income (the
“Kiddie Tax”).For taxable years
beginning in 2007, the amount in
§ 1(g)(4)(A)(ii)(I), which is used to re-
duce the net unearned income reported
on the child’s return that is subject to the
“kiddie tax,” is $850. This amount is
the same as the $850 standard deduction
amount provided in section 3.11(2) of
this revenue procedure. The same $850
amount is used for purposes of § 1(g)(7)
(that is, to determine whether a parent may
elect to include a child’s gross income in
the parent’s gross income and to calculate
the “kiddie tax”). For example, one of the
requirements for the parental election is
that a child’s gross income is more than the
amount referenced in § 1(g)(4)(A)(ii)(I)
but less than 10 times that amount; thus,
a child’s gross income for 2007 must be
more than $850 but less than $8,500.
.03Adoption Credit. For taxable years
beginning in 2007, under § 23(a)(3) the
credit allowed for an adoption of a child
with special needs is $11,390. For taxable
years beginning in 2007, under § 23(b)(1)
the maximum credit allowed for other
adoptions is the amount of qualified adop-
tion expenses up to $11,390. The available
adoption credit begins to phase out under
§ 23(b)(2)(A) for taxpayers with modi-
fied adjusted gross income in excess of
$170,820 and is completely phased out for
taxpayers with modified adjusted gross
income of $210,820 or more. (See section
3.15 of this revenue procedure for the ad-
justed items relating to adoption assistance
programs.)
.04Child Tax Credit. For taxable
years beginning in 2007, the value used in
§ 24(d)(1)(B)(i) to determine the amount
of credit under § 24 that may be refundable
is $11,750.
.05Hope and Lifetime Learning Cred-
its.
(1) For taxable years beginning in
2007, the Hope Scholarship Credit under
§ 25A(b)(1) is an amount equal to 100
percent of qualified tuition and related
expenses not in excess of $1,100 plus
50 percent of those expenses in excess
of $1,100, but not in excess of $2,200.
Accordingly, the maximum Hope Schol-
arship Credit allowable under § 25A(b)(1)
for taxable years beginning in 2007 is
$1,650.
(2) For taxable years beginning in 2007,
a taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross in-
come in excess of $47,000 ($94,000 for
a joint return) is used to determine the
reduction under § 25A(d)(2)(A)(ii) in the
amount of the Hope Scholarship and Life-
time Learning Credits otherwise allowable
under § 25A(a).
.06Elective Deferrals and IRA Contri-
butions by Certain Individuals.Fortax-
able years beginning in 2007, the appli-
cable percentage under § 25B(b) is deter-
mined based on the following amounts:
November 27, 20069992006–48 I.R.B.

Modified Adjusted Gross Income
Joint ReturnHead of HouseholdAll Other Cases
OverNot OverOverNot OverOverNot Over
Applicable
Percentage
$0$31,000$0$23,250$0$15,500
50%
$31,000$34,000$23,250$25,500$15,500$17,000
20%
$34,000$52,000$25,500$39,000$17,000$26,000
10%
$52,000$39,000$26,000
0%
.07Earned Income Credit.
(1)In general. For taxable years be-
ginning in 2007, the following amounts
are used to determine the earned income
credit under § 32(b). The “earned in-
come amount” is the amount of earned
income at or above which the maximum
amount of the earned income credit is al-
lowed. The “threshold phaseout amount”
is the amount of adjusted gross income
(or, if greater, earned income) above which
the maximum amount of the credit begins
to phase out. The “completed phaseout
amount” is the amount of adjusted gross
income (or, if greater, earned income) at or
above which no credit is allowed.
Number of Qualifying Children
ItemOneTwo or MoreNone
Earned Income Amount
$ 8,390$11,790$ 5,590
Maximum Amount of Credit
$ 2,853$ 4,716$ 428
Threshold Phaseout Amount
(Single, Surviving Spouse, or
Head of Household)
$15,390$15,390$ 7,000
Completed Phaseout Amount
(Single, Surviving Spouse, or
Head of Household)
$33,241$37,783$12,590
Threshold Phaseout Amount
(Married Filing Jointly)
$17,390$17,390$ 9,000
Completed Phaseout Amount
(Married Filing Jointly)
$35,241$39,783$14,590
The instructions for the Form 1040 se-
ries provide tables showing the amount of
the earned income credit for each type of
taxpayer.
(2)Excessive investment income.For
taxable years beginning in 2007, the
earned income tax credit is not allowed
under § 32(i) if the aggregate amount
of certain investment income exceeds
$2,900.
.08Low-Income Housing Credit.For
calendar year 2007, the amounts used un-
der § 42(h)(3)(C)(ii) to calculate the State
housing credit ceiling for the low-income
housing credit is the greater of (1) $1.95
multiplied by the State population, or (2)
$2,275,000.
.09Alternative Minimum Tax Exemp-
tion for a Child Subject to the “Kiddie
Tax.”For taxable years beginning in 2007,
for a child to whom the § 1(g) “kiddie tax”
applies, the exemption amount under §§ 55
and 59(j) for purposes of the alternative
minimum tax under § 55 may not exceed
the sum of (1) the child’s earned income
for the taxable year, plus (2) $6,300.
.10Transportation Mainline Pipeline
Construction Industry Optional Expense
Substantiation Rules for Payments to Em-
ployees under Accountable Plans.For
calendar year 2007, an eligible employer
may pay certain welders and heavy equip-
mentmechanicsanamountofupto$15
per hour for rig-related expenses that is
deemed substantiated under an account-
able plan if paid in accordance with Rev.
Proc. 2002–41. If the employer pro-
vides fuel or otherwise reimburses fuel
expenses, up to $9 per hour is deemed
substantiated if paid under Rev. Proc.
2002–41.
.11Standard Deduction.
(1)In general. For taxable years be-
ginning in 2007, the standard deduction
amounts under § 63(c)(2) are as follows:
2006–48 I.R.B.1000November 27, 2006

Filing StatusStandard Deduction
Married Individuals Filing Joint Returns and Surviving Spouses (§ 1(a))
$10,700
Heads of Households (§ 1(b))
$ 7,850
Unmarried Individuals (other than Surviving Spouses and Heads of
Households) (§ 1(c))
$ 5,350
Married Individuals Filing Separate Returns (§ 1(d))
$ 5,350
(2)Dependent. For taxable years be-
ginning in 2007, the standard deduction
amount under § 63(c)(5) for an individual
who may be claimed as a dependent by an-
other taxpayer cannot exceed the greater of
(1) $850, or (2) the sum of $300 and the in-
dividual’s earned income.
(3)Aged or blind. For taxable years
beginning in 2007, the additional standard
deduction amount under § 63(f) for the
aged or the blind is $1,050. These amounts
are increased to $1,300 if the individual is
also unmarried and not a surviving spouse.
.12Overall Limitation on Itemized De-
ductions. For taxable years beginning in
2007, the “applicable amount” of adjusted
gross income under § 68(b), above which
the amount of otherwise allowable item-
ized deductions is reduced under § 68, is
$156,400 (or $78,200 for a separate return
filed by a married individual).
.13Qualified Transportation Fringe.
For taxable years beginning in 2007, the
monthly limitation under § 132(f)(2)(A),
regarding the aggregate fringe benefit
exclusion amount for transportation in a
commuter highway vehicle and any tran-
sit pass, is $110. The monthly limitation
under § 132(f)(2)(B), regarding the fringe
benefit exclusion amount for qualified
parking, is $215.
.14Income from United States Savings
Bonds for Taxpayers Who Pay Qualified
Higher Education Expenses. For taxable
years beginning in 2007, the exclusion un-
der § 135, regarding income from United
States savings bonds for taxpayers who
pay qualified higher education expenses,
begins to phase out for modified adjusted
gross income above $98,400 for joint
returns and $65,600 for other returns.
The exclusion is completely phased out
for modified adjusted gross income of
$128,400 or more for joint returns and
$80,600 or more for other returns.
.15Adoption Assistance Programs.For
taxable years beginning in 2007, under
§ 137(a)(2) the amount that can be ex-
cluded from an employee’s gross income
for the adoption of a child with special
needs is $11,390. For taxable years be-
ginning in 2007, under § 137(b)(1) the
maximum amount that can be excluded
from an employee’s gross income for the
amounts paid or expenses incurred by an
employer for qualified adoption expenses
furnished pursuant to an adoption assis-
tance program for other adoptions by the
employee is $11,390. The amount exclud-
able from an employee’s gross income be-
gins to phase out under § 137(b)(2)(A) for
taxpayers with modified adjusted gross in-
come in excess of $170,820 and is com-
pletely phased out for taxpayers with mod-
ified adjusted gross income of $210,820 or
more. (See section 3.03 of this revenue
procedure for the adjusted items relating to
the adoption credit.)
.16Private Activity Bonds Volume Cap.
For calendar year 2007, the amounts used
under § 146(d)(1) to calculate the State
ceiling for the volume cap for private
activity bonds are the greater of (1) $85
multiplied by the State population, or (2)
$256,235,000.
.17Safe Harbor Rules for Broker
Commissions on Guaranteed Invest-
ment Contracts or Investments Purchased
for a Yield Restricted Defeasance Es-
crow. For calendar year 2007, under
§ 1.148–5(e)(2)(iii)(B)(1), a broker’s com-
mission or similar feefor the acquisition
of a guaranteed investment contract or in-
vestments purchased for a yield restricted
defeasance escrow is reasonable if (1) the
amount of the fee that the issuer treats as
a qualified administrative cost does not
exceed the lesser of (A) $33,000, and (B)
0.2 percent of the computational base (as
defined in § 1.148–5(e)(2)(iii)(B)(2)) or,
if more, $3,000; and (2) the issuer does
not treat more than $93,000 in brokers’
commissions or similar fees as qualified
administrative costs for all guaranteed
investment contracts and investments for
yield restricted defeasance escrows pur-
chased with gross proceeds of the issue.
.18Personal Exemption.
(1)Exemption amount. For taxable
years beginning in 2007, the personal ex-
emption amount under § 151(d) is $3,400.
The exemption amount for taxpayers with
adjusted gross income in excess of the
maximum phaseout amount is $1,133 for
taxable years beginning in 2007.
(2)Phaseout. For taxable years be-
ginning in 2007, the personal exemption
amount begins to phase out at, and reaches
the maximum phaseout amount after, the
following adjusted gross income amounts:
Filing StatusAGI – Beginning
of Phaseout
AGI – Maximum
Phaseout
Married Individuals Filing Joint Returns and Surviving Spouses (§ 1(a))
$234,600$357,100
Heads of Households (§ 1(b))
$195,500$318,000
Unmarried Individuals (other than Surviving Spouses and
Heads of Households) (§ 1(c))
$156,400$278,900
Married Individuals Filing Separate Returns (§ 1(d))
$117,300$178,550
November 27, 200610012006–48 I.R.B.

.19Election to Expense Certain Depre-
ciable Assets. For taxable years beginning
in 2007, under § 179(b)(1) the aggregate
cost of any § 179 property a taxpayer may
elect to treat as an expense can not exceed
$112,000. Under § 179(b)(2) the $112,000
limitation is reduced (but not below zero)
by the amount by which the cost of § 179
property placed in service during the 2007
taxable year exceeds $450,000.
.20Eligible Long-Term Care Premi-
ums. For taxable years beginning in 2007,
the limitations under § 213(d)(10), re-
garding eligible long-term care premiums
includible in the term “medical care,” are
as follows:
Attained Age Before the Close of the Taxable YearLimitation on Premiums
40 or less
$290
More than 40 but not more than 50
$550
More than 50 but not more than 60
$1,110
More than 60 but not more than 70
$2,950
More than 70
$3,680
.21Retirement Savings.
(1) For taxable years beginning in
2007, the applicable dollar amount under
§ 219(g)(3)(B)(i) for taxpayers filing a
joint return is $83,000. If the taxpayer’s
spouse is not an active participant, the
applicable dollar amount for the spouse
under § 219(g)(3)(B)(i) is $156,000 for
taxable years beginning in 2007.
(2) For taxable years beginning in
2007, the applicable dollar amount under
§ 219(g)(3)(B)(ii) for all other taxpayers
(except for married taxpayers filing sepa-
rately) is $52,000.
(3) The applicable dollar amount under
§ 219(g)(3)(B)(iii) for married taxpayers
filing separately is $0.
.22Medical Savings Accounts.
(1)Self-only coverage. For taxable
years beginning in 2007, the term “high
deductible health plan” as defined in
§ 220(c)(2)(A) means,for self-only cov-
erage, a health plan that has an annual
deductible that is not less than $1,900 and
not more than $2,850, and under which the
annual out-of-pocket expenses required to
be paid (other than for premiums) for cov-
ered benefits does not exceed $3,750.
(2)Family coverage. For taxable years
beginning in 2007, the term “high de-
ductible health plan” means, for family
coverage, a health plan that has an annual
deductible that is not less than $3,750 and
not more than $5,650, and under which the
annual out-of-pocket expenses required to
be paid (other than for premiums) for cov-
ered benefits does not exceed $6,900.
.23Interest on Education Loans.For
taxable years beginning in 2007, the
$2,500 maximum deduction for inter-
est paid on qualified education loans
under § 221 begins to phase out under
§ 221(b)(2)(B) for taxpayers with mod-
ified adjusted gross income in excess of
$55,000 ($110,000 for joint returns), and
is completely phased out for taxpayers
with modified adjusted gross income of
$70,000 or more ($140,000 or more for
joint returns).
.24Health Savings Accounts.
(1)Monthly contribution limitation.
For calendar year 2007, the monthly limi-
tation for any month on deductions under
§ 223(b)(2)(A) for an individual with
self-only coverage under a high deductible
plan as of the first day of the month is 1/12
of the lesser of (1) the annual deductible,
or (2) $2,850. For calendar year 2007,
the monthly limitation for any month on
deductions under § 223(b)(2)(B) for an
individual with family coverage under a
high deductible plan as of the first day of
the month is 1/12 of the lesser of (1) the
annual deductible, or (2) $5,650.
(2)High deductible health plan.
For calendar year 2007, a “high de-
ductible health plan” is defined under
§ 223(c)(2)(A) as a health plan with an an-
nual deductible that is not less than $1,100
for self-only coverage or $2,200 for fam-
ily coverage, and the annual out-of pocket
expenses (deductibles, co-payments, and
other amounts, but not premiums) do not
exceed $5,500 for self-only coverage or
$11,000 for family coverage.
.25Roth IRAs.
(1) For taxable years beginning in
2007, the applicable dollar amount under
§ 408A(c)(3)(C)(ii)(I) for taxpayers filing
a joint return is $156,000.
(2) For taxable years beginning in
2007, the applicable dollar amount under
§ 408A(c)(3)(C)(ii)(II) for all other tax-
payers (except for married taxpayers filing
separately) is $99,000.
(3) The applicable dollar amount under
§ 408A(c)(3)(C)(ii)(III) for married tax-
payers filing separately is $0.
.26Treatment of Dues Paid to Agricul-
tural or Horticultural Organizations.For
taxable years beginning in 2007, the limi-
tation under § 512(d)(1), regarding the ex-
emption of annual dues required to be paid
by a member to an agricultural or horticul-
tural organization, is $136.
.27Insubstantial Benefit Limitations
for Contributions Associated with Chari-
table Fund-Raising Campaigns.
(1)Low cost article. For taxable years
beginning in 2007, the unrelated business
income of certain exempt organizations
under § 513(h)(2) does not include a “low
cost article” of $8.90 or less.
(2)Other insubstantial benefits.For
taxable years beginning in 2007, the $5,
$25, and $50 guidelines in section 3 of
Rev. Proc. 90–12, 1990–1 C.B. 471 (as
amplified by Rev. Proc. 92–49, 1992–1
C.B.987,andmodifiedbyRev. Proc.
92–102, 1992–2 C.B. 579), for disregard-
ing the value of insubstantial benefits
received by a donor in return for a fully
deductible charitable contribution under
§ 170, are $8.90, $44.50, and $89, respec-
tively.
.28Funeral Trusts. For a contract en-
tered into during calendar year 2007 for
a “qualified funeral trust,” as defined in
§ 685, the trust may not accept aggregate
contributions by or for the benefit of an in-
dividual in excess of $8,800.
.29Expatriation to Avoid Tax. For cal-
endar year 2007, an individual with “aver-
2006–48 I.R.B.1002November 27, 2006

age annual net income tax” of more than
$136,000 for the five taxable years ending
before the date of the loss of United States
citizenship under § 877(a)(2)(A) is subject
to tax under § 877(b).
.30Foreign Earned Income Exclusion.
For taxable years beginning in 2007, the
foreign earned income exclusion amount
under § 911(b)(2)(D)(i) is $85,700.
.31Valuation of Qualified Real Prop-
erty in Decedent’s Gross Estate.Foran
estate of a decedent dying in calendar year
2007, if the executor elects to use the spe-
cial use valuation method under § 2032A
for qualified real property, the aggregate
decrease in the value of qualified real prop-
erty resulting from electing to use § 2032A
for purposes of the estate tax can not ex-
ceed $940,000.
.32Annual Exclusion for Gifts.
(1) For calendar year 2007, the first
$12,000 of gifts to any person (other than
gifts of future interests in property) are
not included in the total amount of taxable
gifts under § 2503 made during that year.
(2) For calendar year 2007, the first
$125,000 of gifts to a spouse who is not
a citizen of the United States (other than
gifts of future interests in property) are
not included in the total amount of taxable
gifts under §§ 2503 and 2523(i)(2) made
during that year.
.33Tax on Arrow Shafts. For calen-
dar year 2007, the tax imposed under
§ 4161(b)(2)(A) on the first sale by the
manufacturer, producer, or importer of
any shaft of a type used in the manufac-
ture of certain arrows is $0.42 per shaft.
.34Passenger Air Transportation Ex-
cise Tax. For calendar year 2007, the
tax under § 4261(b) on the amount paid
for each domestic segment of taxable air
transportation is $3.40. For calendar year
2007, the tax under § 4261(c) on any
amount paid (whether within or without
the United States) for any air transporta-
tion, if the transportation begins or ends
in the United States, generally is $15.10.
However, for a domestic segment begin-
ning or ending in Alaska or Hawaii as
described in § 4261(c)(3), the tax applies
only to departures and the rate is $7.50.
.35Reporting Exception for Certain
Exempt Organizations with Nondeductible
Lobbying Expenditures. For taxable years
beginning in 2007, the annual per per-
son, family, or entity dues limitation to
qualify for the reporting exception under
§ 6033(e)(3) (and section 5.05 of Rev.
Proc. 98–19, 1998–1 C.B. 547), regarding
certain exempt organizations with nonde-
ductible lobbying expenditures, is $95 or
less.
.36Notice of Large Gifts Received from
Foreign Persons. For taxable years begin-
ning in 2007, recipients of gifts from cer-
tainforeignpersonsmayberequiredtore-
port these gifts under § 6039F if the ag-
gregate value of gifts received in a taxable
year exceeds $13,258.
.37Persons Against Whom a Federal
Tax Lien Is Not Valid. For calendar year
2007, a federal tax lien is not valid against
(1) certain purchasers under § 6323(b)(4)
who purchased personal property in a
casual sale for less than $1,290, or (2)
a mechanic’s lienor under § 6323(b)(7)
that repaired or improved certain residen-
tial property if the contract price with the
owner is not more than $6,450.
.38Property Exempt from Levy.For
calendar year 2007, the value of property
exempt from levy under § 6334(a)(2) (fuel,
provisions, furniture, and other household
personal effects, as well as arms for per-
sonal use, livestock, and poultry) can not
exceed $7,720. The value of property ex-
empt from levy under § 6334(a)(3) (books
and tools necessary for the trade, business,
or profession of the taxpayer) can not ex-
ceed $3,860.
.39Interest on a Certain Portion of the
Estate Tax Payable in Installments.Foran
estate of a decedent dying in calendar year
2007, the dollar amount used to determine
the “2-percent portion” (for purposes of
calculating interest under § 6601(j)) of the
estate tax extended as provided in § 6166
is $1,250,000.
.40Attorney Fee Awards. For fees
incurred in calendar year 2007, the
attorney fee award limitation under
§ 7430(c)(1)(B)(iii) is $170 per hour.
.41Periodic Payments Received un-
der Qualified Long-Term Care Insurance
Contracts or under Certain Life Insur-
ance Contracts. For calendar year 2007,
the stated dollar amount of theper diem
limitation under § 7702B(d)(4), regarding
periodic payments received under a qual-
ified long-term care insurance contract or
periodic payments received under a life
insurance contract that are treated as paid
by reason of the death of a chronically ill
individual, is $260.
SECTION 4. EFFECT ON OTHER
DOCUMENTS
Rev. Proc. 2002–41 is modified for tax-
able years beginning after December 31,
2006.
SECTION 5. EFFECTIVE DATE
.01General Rule. Except as provided
in section 5.02, this revenue procedure ap-
plies to taxable years beginning in 2007.
.02Calendar Year Rule. This revenue
procedure applies to transactions or events
occurring in calendar year 2007 for pur-
poses of sections 3.08 (low-income hous-
ing credit), 3.10 (pipeline construction
industry optional expense substantiation
rules), 3.16 (private activity bond volume
cap), 3.17 (safe harbor rules for broker
commissions on guaranteed investment
contracts or investments purchased for a
yield restricted defeasance escrow), 3.24
(health savings accounts), 3.28 (funeral
trusts), 3.29 (expatriation to avoid tax),
3.31 (valuation of qualified real property
in decedent’s gross estate), 3.32 (annual
exclusion for gifts), 3.33 (tax on arrow
shafts), 3.34 (passenger air transportation
excise tax), 3.37 (persons against whom a
federal tax lien is not valid), 3.38 (prop-
erty exempt from levy), 3.39 (interest on a
certain portion of the estate tax payable in
installments), 3.40 (attorney fee awards),
and 3.41 (periodic payments received un-
der qualified long-term care insurance
contracts or under certain life insurance
contracts).
SECTION 6. DRAFTING
INFORMATION
The principal author of this revenue
procedure is Marnette M. Myers of
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(Income Tax & Accounting). For fur-
ther information regarding sections 2.04
and 4 of this revenue procedure, contact
Jeanne Royal Singley at (202) 622–0047
(not a toll-free call). For further infor-
mation regarding the remainder of this
revenue procedure, contact Ms. Myers at
(202) 622–4920 (not a toll-free call).
November 27, 200610032006–48 I.R.B.

Part IV. Items of General Interest
Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
Limitations on Transfers of
Built-in Losses
REG–110405–05
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service
(IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
SUMMARY: This document contains pro-
posed regulations under section 362(e)(2)
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
(Code). The proposed regulations reflect
changes made to the law by the Amer-
ican Jobs Creation Act of 2004. These
proposed regulations provide guidance
regarding the determination of the bases
of assets and stock transferred in certain
nonrecognition transactions and will af-
fect corporations and large shareholders of
corporations, including individuals, part-
nerships, corporations, and tax-exempt
entities.
DATES: Written or electronic comments
and requests for a public hearing must be
received by January 22, 2007.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to
CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–110405–05), In-
ternal Revenue Service, PO Box 7604, Ben
Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044.
Submissions may be hand delivered
to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–110405–05),
Courier’s Desk, Internal Revenue Ser-
vice, Crystal Mall 4 Building, 1901
S. Bell St., Arlington, VA. Alternatively,
taxpayers may submit comments electron-
ically directly to the IRS Internet site at
www.irs.gov/regsor Federal e-Rulemak-
ing Portal atwww.regulations.gov(IRS
REG–110405–05).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT: Concerning the proposed
regulations, Jay M. Singer, (202)
622–7530, or concerning submissions
of comments, Richard A. Hurst, (202)
622–7180 (not toll-free numbers) or
Richard.A.Hurst@irscounsel.treas.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Prior to 1999, Congress grew con-
cerned that taxpayers were engaging in
corporate nonrecognition transactions in
order to accelerate and duplicate losses.
See S. Rep. No. 201, 106th Cong., 1st
Sess. 46–48 (1999). Congress was pri-
marily concerned with the acceleration
and duplication of losses through the as-
sumption of liabilities (including liabilities
to which assets transferred in a corporate
nonrecognition transaction were subject).
As a result, in 1999, Congress enacted
section 362(d) of the Code to prevent the
bases of assets transferred to a corporation
from being increased above such assets’
aggregate fair market value as a result
of a liability assumption. In addition, in
2000, Congress enacted section 358(h)
to reduce the basis of stock received in
certain corporate nonrecognition transac-
tions, but not below fair market value, by
the amount of any liabilities assumed in
the transaction.
Following the enactment of sections
362(d) and 358(h), Congress remained
concerned that taxpayers were engaging
in various tax-motivated transactions to
take more than one tax deduction for a
single economic loss. Consequently, in
the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004
(Public Law 108–357, 188 Stat. 1418),
Congress enacted section 362(e), which
limits the ability of taxpayers to duplicate
net built-in loss in certain nonrecognition
transactions.
Section 362(e)(1)(A) provides that if
there would be an importation of a net
built-in loss in a transaction described in
section 362(a) or (b), the basis of cer-
tain property acquired in such a transaction
shall be its fair market value immediately
after the transaction. Section 362(e)(1)(B)
provides that property is described in sec-
tion 362(e)(1) if gain or loss with respect
to such property is not subject to tax in the
hands of the transferor immediately before
the transfer, and gain or loss with respect
to such property is subject to tax in the
hands of the transferee immediately after
the transfer. Further, section 362(e)(1)(C)
provides that there is an importation of net
built-in loss in a transaction if the trans-
feree’s aggregate adjusted basis in such
property would (but for the application
of section 362(e)(1)) exceed the aggregate
fair market value of such property imme-
diately after the transaction.
Section 362(e)(2)(A) provides that if
property is transferredbyatransferorto
a transferee in a transaction described in
section 362(a) and not described in section
362(e)(1), and if the transferee’s aggregate
adjusted basis in the transferred property
would (but for the application of section
362(e)(2)) exceed its aggregate fair market
value immediately after the transfer, then
the transferee’s aggregate adjusted basis in
the transferred property shall not exceed
the fair market value of the property im-
mediately after the transfer. Further, sec-
tion 362(e)(2)(B) provides that this aggre-
gate reduction in the basis of the trans-
ferred property shall be allocated among
the property in proportion to their respec-
tive built-in losses immediately before the
transaction. As an alternative to this re-
duction in the basis of the transferred as-
sets, section 362(e)(2)(C) provides that if
the transferor and the transferee both so
elect, section 362(e)(2)(A) shall not apply,
and the transferor’s basis in the stock of
the transferee received in exchange for the
property that would otherwise be subject to
basis reduction under section 362(e)(2)(A)
shall not exceed its fair market value.
Since the enactment of section
362(e)(2), the IRS and Treasury Depart-
ment have been exploring issues con-
cerning the interpretation, scope, and
application of the section and have pro-
posed these regulations to address these
issues. Additional guidance regarding the
application of section 362(e)(2) to trans-
fers between members of a consolidated
group and the treatment of transactions
that have the effect of importing losses
into the U.S. tax system (to which section
362(e)(1) applies) will be addressed in
separate guidance projects.
Explanation of Provisions
1.General Provisions
In general, these proposed regulations
apply to transfers of net built-in loss prop-
erty within the U.S. tax system in which
the Code otherwise would duplicate the
2006–48 I.R.B.1004November 27, 2006

net built-in asset loss in the stock of the
transferee. Such transfers include ex-
changes subject to section 351, capital
contributions, and transfers of paid-in
surplus. However, these proposed regula-
tions do not apply to a transfer where the
duplicated loss is imported into the U.S.
tax system and the transfer is subject to
section 362(e)(1), which addresses certain
loss importation transactions. Property
is net built-in loss property if the trans-
feree corporation’s aggregate basis in the
property, but for the application of section
362(e)(2), would exceed the aggregate fair
market value of such property immedi-
ately after the transfer.
If section 362(e)(2) applies to a trans-
fer, the transferee corporation receives the
property with an aggregate basis not ex-
ceeding the aggregate fair market value of
the property immediately after the trans-
fer. The transferee allocates the basis re-
duction among the transferred loss proper-
ties in proportion to the amount of loss in
each such property immediately before the
transfer.
Taxpayers have questioned the effect of
any gain taken into account as a result of
the transfer. The IRS and Treasury Depart-
ment have determined that any gain recog-
nized by the transferor that increases the
transferee corporation’s basis in the trans-
ferred property must be taken into account
in order to determine the full amount of
loss duplication. Accordingly, these pro-
posed regulations provide that in determin-
ing whether the transferred property has a
net built-in loss in the hands of the trans-
feree, the bases of such property first must
be increased under section 362(a) or (b) for
any gain recognized bythe transferor on
the transfer of the property.
There also have been questions about
the application of section 362(e)(2) in the
case of multiple transferors. The legisla-
tive history to section 362(e)(2) contains
some potentially conflicting language that
refers to the aggregate adjusted basis of
property contributed by a transferor or a
control group of which the transferor is a
member. See Conf. Rep. No. 108–755,
108th Cong., 2d Sess. 635 (2004). How-
ever, because the basis rules in section 362
and section 358 are applied on a trans-
feror-by-transferor basis, applying section
362(e)(2) to an aggregated group of trans-
ferors would undermine Congress’ intent
to prevent loss duplication. Further, sec-
tion 362(e)(2) specifically refers to prop-
erty “transferred by a transferor.” Accord-
ingly, these proposed regulations clarify
that section 362(e)(2) applies separately to
each transferor. Thus, each transferor’s
transfer is measured separately, and the
determination of whether that transfer is
subject to these provisions is made solely
by reference to the property transferred by
such transferor. Consequently, the treat-
ment of one transferor is unaffected by the
transfer of property by any other transferor
for purposes of section 362(e)(2).
In addition, these proposed regulations
clarify that, even if part of a transaction
is subject to section 362(e)(1), section
362(e)(2) can apply to the portion of the
transaction that is not described in section
362(e)(1).
2.Application of Section 362(e)(2) to
Transfers Outside of the U.S. Tax System
Under general principles of law, the
Code applies to all transactions without re-
gard to whether such application has any
current U.S. tax consequences. In the case
of transfers that are wholly outside the U.S.
tax system, section 362(e)(2) applies but
does not have relevance unless and un-
til the assets transferred or the stock re-
ceived in the exchange enter the U.S. tax
system. Such assets or stock may subse-
quently enter the U.S. tax system either di-
rectly or indirectly. For example, the as-
sets or stock could directly enter the U.S.
tax system through a transfer of all or a por-
tion of such assets or stock to a U.S. per-
son, or as a result of theoriginal transferor
or original transferee becoming a U.S. per-
son. Further, the assets or stock could in-
directly enter the U.S. tax system, for ex-
ample, through a transfer of all or a por-
tion of such assets or stock to a CFC, or as
a result of the original transferor or origi-
nal transferee becoming a CFC. However,
in many cases the U.S. tax treatment of
a transfer that is wholly outside the U.S.
tax system will never become relevant.
The IRS and Treasury Department recog-
nize that, if a transferor does not anticipate
the transfer becoming U.S. tax relevant,
it is not likely to undertake the valuation
and record-keeping that section 362(e)(2)
would generally require. If circumstances
change at some later date, the administra-
tive burden of reconstructing appropriate
records may be substantial.
The IRS and Treasury Department
have determined that relief is appropriate
when transactions are consummated with
no plan or intention to enter the U.S. tax
system. Thus, if assets are transferred in
a transaction that is potentially subject
to section 362(e)(2) more than two years
before entering the U.S. tax system, then,
solely for purposes of section 362(e)(2),
these proposed regulations generally pre-
sume that the aggregate fair market value
of the transferred assets equals their ag-
gregate adjusted basis in the hands of the
transferee immediately after the transfer.
This presumption applies only if neither
the original transfer nor the later entry
of any portion of the assets into the U.S.
tax system was undertaken with a view
to reducing the U.S. tax liability of any
person or duplicating loss by avoiding the
application of section 362(e)(2).
If a transfer subject to section 362(e)(2)
occurs within the two-year period imme-
diately before becoming U.S. tax relevant,
the IRS and Treasury Department do not
believe that relief from the administrative
burden is either necessary or appropriate.
Thus, in such a case, the fair market value
presumption does not apply, and section
362(e)(2) applies to the original transfer.
The proposed regulations provide the rele-
vant parties a means by which to make an
election under section 362(e)(2)(C), if de-
sired, at the time of entry into the U.S. tax
system.
3.General Application of Section
362(e)(2) to Reorganizations
Taxpayers have questioned whether
a transaction described in both sections
362(a) and 362(b) may be subject to sec-
tion 362(e)(2). The IRS and Treasury
Department believe that, if there is a
duplication of loss in a transaction de-
scribed in section 362(a) (and not subject
to section 362(e)(1)), Congressional intent
requires that the transaction be recognized
as described in section 362(a) notwith-
standing that it is also described in section
362(b). The proposed regulations clarify
that section 362(e)(2) can apply to such
transactions.
November 27, 200610052006–48 I.R.B.

4.Exception for Transactions in Which
Net Built-in Loss is Eliminated Without
Recognition
In certain transactions, the transferor’s
duplicated basis in the transferee stock
or securities is eliminated by operation
of statute without recognition or benefit.
For example, in a transaction meeting the
requirements of both sections 351 and
368(a)(1)(D), the transferor ordinarily re-
ceives stock with an aggregate basis equal
to that of the transferred property. As a
result, where the transferred property has a
net built-in loss, but for section 362(e)(2),
the transferor would receive the transferee
stock with an adjusted basis that duplicates
the built-in loss in the transferred prop-
erty. However, if the transferor distributes
the transferee stock pursuant to a section
368(a)(1)(D) acquisitive reorganization or
pursuant to section 355, no taxpayer will
recognize the duplicated loss because the
distributee will determine its basis in the
transferee stock by reference to its basis in
surrendered stock of the transferor.
The IRS and Treasury Department have
concluded that, even if a transaction is de-
scribed in section 362(e)(2), if there is no
duplicated loss that can be recognized, sec-
tion 362(e)(2) should not apply. Accord-
ingly, these proposed regulations provide
that section 362(e)(2) will not apply to
transactions to the extent that loss duplica-
tion is prevented or eliminated where the
transferor distributes the transferee stock
and/or securities received in the transac-
tion without recognizing gain or loss, and,
upon completion of the transaction, no per-
son holds any asset with a basis determined
in whole or in part by reference to the
transferor’s basis in the transferee stock
and/or securities.
5.Application of Section 362(e)(2) to
Transfers in Exchange for Securities
In certain transactions, net built-in loss
also can be duplicated in securities re-
ceived without the recognition of gain
or loss. For example, a U.S. transferor
duplicates a net built-in loss when it trans-
fers property with a net built-in loss to a
U.S. controlled corporation in exchange
for stock and securities and all or part of
the securities are retained following the
distribution of the stock of the controlled
corporation pursuant to section 355. Such
a transaction is described in section 362(a)
but not section 362(e)(1) and, accordingly,
may be subject to section 362(e)(2).
Although the statute is silent about the
treatment of securities received in such a
property transfer, the IRS and Treasury
Department have concluded that Congres-
sional intent would be circumvented if sec-
tion 362(e)(2) were treated as not apply-
ing to both stock and securities received in
transactions to which section 362(e)(2) ap-
plies. Accordingly, these proposed regula-
tions apply section 362(e)(2) to transfers in
exchange for both stock and securities to
the extent necessary to eliminate loss du-
plication.
Because the section applies equally to
transfers in exchange for both stock and
securities, the IRS and Treasury Depart-
ment have concluded that taxpayers must
be allowed to make an election under sec-
tion 362(e)(2)(C) for both stock and secu-
rities. Accordingly, these proposed regula-
tions allow the transferor and transferee to
elect to apply section362(e)(2)(C) to the
transferee stock and securities received in
the exchange.
6.Election to Reduce Stock Basis
Section 362(e)(2)(C) permits transfer-
ors and transferees that engage in trans-
actions to which section 362(e)(2) applies
to elect to reduce the transferor’s basis
in the stock received instead of reduc-
ing the transferee corporation’s basis in
the property transferred. As described
in this preamble, section 362(e)(2)(C)
provides that if the election is made, sec-
tion 362(e)(2)(A) shall not apply, and the
transferor’s basis in the transferee stock
received in the exchange shall not exceed
its fair market value immediately after the
exchange. The statutory language might
be interpreted to require the transferor to
reduce its basis in the stock received by an
amount that is larger than the amount by
which the transferee otherwise would have
been required to reduce its aggregate basis
in the assets under section 362(e)(2)(A).
For example, assume a corporation, P,
contributes a trade or business to a sub-
sidiary, S, in a transaction to which section
351 applies. The assets of the business
have an aggregate adjusted basis of $100
and a value of $90, and the business has
$20 of associated contingent liabilities.
Even if section 358(h)(2)(A) applies to
prevent section 358 from reducing P’s
basis in the S stock by the amount of the
contingent liabilities, section 362(e)(2)(C)
might be interpreted to limit P’s basis in
the S stock to $70 (notwithstanding that
section 362(e)(2)(A) would only require
a $10 reduction in the basis of the as-
sets in the hands of S). Thus, a section
362(e)(2)(C) election might result in a
larger basis reduction in the stock than
would be required in the assets absent an
election.
The IRS and Treasury Department be-
lieve that, because section 362(e)(2) is
intended to prevent the duplication of net
built-in loss in the transferred assets, the
amount of basis reduction resulting from
an election under section 362(e)(2)(C)
should not be any larger than what is
necessary to eliminate the duplication of
loss in the transferred assets. Therefore,
these proposed regulations clarify that
the amount of the reduction in the basis
of the transferee stock (and securities) as
aresultofanelectiontoapplysection
362(e)(2)(C) is equal to the net built-in
loss in the transferred assets in the hands
of the transferee. In other words, under
the proposed regulations, the amount of
the reduction in the basis of the transferee
stock (and securities) resulting from such
an election equals the amount of the reduc-
tion in the basis of the assets required by
section 362(e)(2)(A)absent the election.
These proposed regulations also im-
plement Notice 2005–70, 2005–41 I.R.B.
694, see §601.601(d)(2), which instructs
taxpayers how to elect to apply section
362(e)(2)(C). These proposed regulations
revise and expand upon the procedures in
Notice 2005–70 to provide more methods
and time periods in which to make the sec-
tion 362(e)(2)(C) election. Specifically,
the regulations expand the classifications
of persons who can attach the required
election statement to a tax return (includ-
ing an information return).
The “protective election” referenced in
Notice 2005–70 also is included in the
proposed regulations because the IRS and
Treasury Department anticipate that, at the
time of the transaction, taxpayers may not
always be able to determine with reason-
able certainty whether section 362(e)(2)
applies to a transfer.
The IRS and Treasury Department re-
quest comments on whether the instruc-
tions provided in these proposed regula-
2006–48 I.R.B.1006November 27, 2006

tions adequately address the needs of tax-
payers. In particular, the IRS and Trea-
sury Department invite comments regard-
ing whether, alternatively, a separate form
should be developed and made available
to enable taxpayers to make the section
362(e)(2)(C) election prior to and apart
from filing it with a U.S. return.
The basis tracing provisions in
§1.358–2 apply to certain transfers to
which section 351 and either section 354
or section 356 apply. However, the IRS
and Treasury Department believe that
the basis tracing provisions in §1.358–2
should not apply to a transfer to which sec-
tion 362(e)(2) also applies if the transferor
andtransfereemakeanelectiontoapply
section 362(e)(2)(C). The IRS and Trea-
sury Department believe that the statutory
language in section 362(e)(2)(C) and the
policy of preventing loss duplication pre-
cludes the application of the basis tracing
provisions because basis tracing could al-
low the transferor to hold transferee stock
or securities with a basis in excess of fair
market value even after a reduction under
section 362(e)(2)(C). Accordingly, these
proposed regulations provide that the pro-
visions of §1.358–2(a)(2) will not apply
to a transaction to which section 362(e)(2)
applies if the transferor and transferee
elect to apply section 362(e)(2)(C). The
IRS and Treasury Department request
comments regarding whether this treat-
ment is appropriate.
7.Transfers by Partnerships and
S Corporations
The proposed regulations also provide
that, where the transferor is a partner-
ship and a section 362(e)(2)(C) election
is made, any reduction to the partner-
ship’s basis in the transferee stock re-
ceived is treated as an expenditure of
the partnership, as described in section
705(a)(2)(B). The proposed regulations
provide a similar rule applicable to trans-
fers by S corporations that elect to apply
section 362(e)(2)(C).
The IRS and Treasury Department are
further exploring how the provisions of
section 362(e)(2) apply to partnerships.
The IRS and Treasury Department in-
vite comments on this general issue and
specifically invite comments regarding
the transfer of a partnership interest in
exchange for stock in a section 351 trans-
action to which section 362(e)(2) applies.
For example, individuals A and B con-
tribute cash to form a partnership, PRS.
PRS purchases property that subsequently
decreases in value. A contributes his PRS
interest to a corporation in a transaction
that qualifies under section 351. PRS
does not make an election under section
754. Comments are invited regarding the
interaction of section 362(e)(2) and the
partnership provisions under these and
similar facts.
8.Application of Section 336(d) to
Property Previously Transferred in a
Section 362(e)(2) Transaction
Commentators have questioned how
section 362(e)(2) interacts with other
Code sections. Specifically, some have
asked how section 362(e)(2) applies when
section 336(d) might be implicated. Sec-
tion 336(d) provides various limitations
on a liquidating corporation’s ability to
recognize loss when it distributes prop-
erty acquired in a section 351 transaction
or as a contribution to capital. The IRS
and Treasury Department believe that,
generally, sections 336(d) and 362(e)(2)
are fully compatible where the parties
do not make an election to apply section
362(e)(2)(C). However, where an election
has been made, the two sections may oper-
ate to deny part or all of an economic loss.
The IRS and Treasury Department invite
comments regarding this issue.
9.Application to Section 304 Transactions
In response to inquiries, the proposed
regulations contain an example demon-
strating how section 362(e)(2) applies
to a section 351 transaction treated as
occurring under section 304. The IRS
and Treasury Department are considering
whether the regulations should deem an
election to apply section 362(e)(2)(C) to
have been made in section 304 transac-
tions. The IRS and Treasury Department
invite comments regarding this issue.
Proposed Effective Date
These proposed regulations are pro-
posed to apply to transactions occurring
after the date these regulations are pub-
lished as final regulations in theFederal
Register.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice
of proposed rulemaking is not a signifi-
cant regulatory action as defined in Exec-
utive Order 12866. Therefore, a regula-
tory assessment is not required. It has also
been determined that section 553(b) of the
Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 5) does not apply to these regu-
lations, and, because the regulations do
not impose a collection of information on
small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply.
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code,
this regulation has been submitted to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment on
its impact on small business.
Comments and Requests for a Public
Hearing
Before these proposed regulations are
adopted as final regulations, considera-
tion will be given to any written (a signed
original and eight (8) copies) or electronic
comments that are submitted timely to
the IRS. The IRS and Treasury Depart-
ment request comments on the clarity of
the proposed rules and how they can be
made easier to understand. All comments
will be available for public inspection and
copying. A public hearing may be sched-
uled if requested in writing by any person
who timely submits written comments. If
a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the
date, time, and place of the hearing will be
published in theFederal Register.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these regula-
tions are Jay M. Singer and Filiz A. Serbes
of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(Corporate), IRS. However, other person-
nel from the IRS and Treasury Department
participated in their development.
*****
Proposed Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed
to be amended as follows:
November 27, 200610072006–48 I.R.B.

PART 1— INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for
part 1 is amended by adding an entry in
numerical order to read in part as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Section 1.362–4 also issued under
26 U.S.C. 362. * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.358–2 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(2)(viii) and adding
a new sentence at the end of paragraph (d)
to read as follows:
§1.358–2 Allocation of basis among
nonrecognition property.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(viii) This paragraph (a)(2) shall not
apply to determine the basis of a share
of stock or security received by a share-
holder or security holder in an exchange
describedinbothsection351andeither
section 354 or section 356, if, in connec-
tion with the exchange, the shareholder
or security holder exchanges property
for stock or securities in an exchange to
which neither section 354 nor section 356
applies, the shareholder or security holder
exchanges property for stock or securi-
ties to which it elects to apply section
362(e)(2)(C), or liabilities of the share-
holder or security holder are assumed.
*****
(d) * * * Paragraph (a)(2)(viii) of this
section applies to exchanges and distribu-
tions of stock occurring after the date these
regulations are published as final regula-
tions in theFederal Register.
Par. 3. In §1.362–3, the section heading
is added and reserved to read as follows:
§1.362–3 Limitations on loss importation.
[Reserved].
Par. 4. Section 1.362–4 is added to read
as follows:
§1.362–4 Limitations on built-in loss
duplication.
(a)Purpose and scope. The purpose of
this section is to prevent the duplication of
net built-in loss in transactions described
in section 362(e)(2). Section 362(e)(2)
applies to transfers of net built-in loss
property described in section 362(a) but
only to the extent not described in section
362(e)(1).
(b)Application—(1)In general.If
property is transferred in any transaction
described in section 362(a) but not sec-
tion 362(e)(1), and, in the hands of the
transferee, the transferred property would
otherwise have a net built-in loss immedi-
ately after the transfer, then the transferee
corporation receives such property with
an aggregate adjusted basis not exceeding
the aggregate fair market value of such
property immediately after the transfer. If
multiple built-in loss properties are trans-
ferred, the aggregate reduction in basis
shall be allocated among the built-in loss
properties so transferredinproportionto
the relative amount of built-in loss in each
property.
(2)Multiple transferors.Ifmorethan
one transferor transfers property to a cor-
poration in a transaction described in
section 362(a), whether and the extent to
which this section applies is determined
separately for each transferor.
(3)Transactions described in section
362(e)(1). A transfer of property to a cor-
poration is described in section 362(e)(1)
only if and to the extent that the transferred
property described in section 362(e)(1)(B)
(section 362(e)(1)(B) property) would
otherwise have a net built-in loss in the
hands of the transferee. Thus, if a trans-
feror transfers net built-in loss section
362(e)(1)(B) property together with prop-
erty not described in section 362(e)(1)(B),
the transfer of the net built-in loss sec-
tion 362(e)(1)(B) property is described in
section 362(e)(1). Accordingly, the net
built-in loss section 362(e)(1)(B) property
is not taken into account for purposes of
determining whether section 362(e)(2) ap-
plies to the transfer of the other property.
Alternatively, if a transferor transfers net
built-in gain section 362(e)(1)(B) property
together with property not described in
section 362(e)(1)(B), no portion of the
transfer is described in section 362(e)(1).
(4)Net built-in loss—(i)In general.
Transferred property has a net built-in loss
if its aggregate adjusted basis exceeds its
aggregate fair market value.
(ii)Basis adjustments for gain recog-
nizedonthetransfer. For purposes of de-
termining whether the transferred property
has a net built-in loss in the hands of the
transferee, the bases of such property first
must be increased under section 362(a) or
(b) for any gain recognized by the trans-
feror on the transfer of such property.
(5)Application of section 362(e)(2) to
reorganizations. Section 362(e)(2) can ap-
ply to a transfer regardless of whether the
basis of the property would, but for sec-
tion 362(e)(2), be determined under sec-
tion 362(b).
(6)Exception for transactions in which
net built-in loss is eliminated without
recognition. Section 362(e)(2) does not
apply to a transfer of property to the extent
that—
(i) The transferor distributes, without
recognizing gain or loss, all of the trans-
feree stock received in exchange for the
transferred property; and
(ii) Upon completion of the transac-
tion, no person holds transferee stock or
any other asset with a basis determined in
whole or in part by reference to the trans-
feror’s basis in the transferee stock.
(7)Transfers where neither party is
a U.S. person, a person otherwise re-
quired to file a U.S. return, or a CFC.
If property is transferred in a transaction
described in section 362(a) but not section
362(e)(1), then, solely for purposes of sec-
tion 362(e)(2), the aggregate fair market
value of the transferred property shall be
deemed to equal the aggregate adjusted
basis of such property in the hands of the
transferee immediately after the transfer
if—
(i) Neither party to the transfer was a
United States (U.S.) person (as defined
in section 7701(a)(30)) on the date of the
transfer;
(ii) Neither party to the transfer was re-
quired to file a return of tax under Subtitle
A of the Internal Revenue Code (including
an information return) for the year of the
transfer;
(iii) Neither party to the transfer was a
controlled foreign corporation (CFC), as
defined in section 957, on the date of the
transfer;
(iv) The transfer occurred more than
two years prior to the date on which the
transferor, transferee, or transferred assets
are first described in paragraph (c)(5)(iii)
of this section; and
(v) Neither the transfer nor the later en-
tryintotheU.S.taxsystemwasentered
into with a view to reducing the U.S. Fed-
eral income tax liability of any person or
duplicating loss by avoiding the applica-
tion of section 362(e)(2).
(c)Section 362(e)(2)(C) election to
apply limitation to transferor’s stock ba-
2006–48 I.R.B.1008November 27, 2006

sis—(1)In general. If section 362(e)(2)
applies to a transfer, the transferor and
thetransfereemaymakeajointelection
to reduce the transferor’s basis in the
transferee stock instead of reducing the
transferee’s basis in the property received
under paragraph (b) of this section. Once
made, the election is irrevocable. If the
election is made, the transferor’s basis in
the transferee stock is reduced upon re-
ceipt by the transferor. The transferor and
thetransfereemaymakeaprotectiveelec-
tion under this section, which will have no
effect if section 362(e)(2) does not apply
to the transfer, but which will otherwise
be binding and irrevocable.
(2)Stock and securities to which this
section applies. For purposes of this sec-
tion, the termstockmeans stock and se-
curities received without the recognition
of gain or loss in a transaction to which
section 362(e)(2) applies. See, for ex-
ample, transactions described in sections
368(a)(1)(D) and 355.
(3)Amount of basis reduction.Ifan
election is made pursuant to paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, the amount of the
basis reduction in the transferee stock re-
ceived by the transferor in the transaction
is equal to the total amount by which the
aggregate basis of the transferred property
would have been reduced under paragraph
(b) of this section had such election not
been made.
(4)Allocation of basis reduction.The
transferor shall allocate the amount of the
basis reduction under this paragraph (c)
among all transferee stock received in the
transaction in proportion to fair market
value.
(5)Procedures for making the elec-
tion—(i)In general. To make an election
to apply section 362(e)(2)(C)—
(A) Prior to filing the election state-
ment as described in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) or
(c)(5)(iii) of this section, the transferor and
transferee must execute a written, bind-
ing agreement electing to apply section
362(e)(2)(C); and
(B) An election statement must be
filed pursuant to paragraph (c)(5)(ii) or
(c)(5)(iii) of this section.
(ii)Election statement where the trans-
ferorortransfereeisaU.S.person,aper-
sonotherwiserequiredtofileaU.S.return
fortheyearofthetransfer,oraCFCon
the date of the transfer—(A)Transferor is
a U.S. person or a person otherwise re-
quired to file a U.S. return for the year of
the transfer. If the transferor is a U.S. per-
son on the date of the transfer or a person
otherwise required to make a return of tax
under Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an information return) for
the year of the transfer, the election state-
ment is filed by including the following
statement on or with the transferor’s timely
filed original return (including extensions)
for the taxable year in which the transfer
occurred: “[insert name and tax identifi-
cation number of transferor] certifies that
[insert name and tax identification num-
ber of transferor] and [insert name and tax
identification number, if any, of transferee]
elect to apply section 362(e)(2)(C) with re-
spect to a transfer of property described in
section 362(e)(2)(A) on [insert date(s) of
transfer(s)].”
(B)Transferor is a CFC on the date
of the transfer. If,onthedateofthe
transfer, the transferor is a CFC that is
not required to make a return of tax un-
der Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an information return)
for the year of the transfer, the election
statement is filed by including the fol-
lowing statement on or with the timely
filed original return (including exten-
sions) of each one of the transferor’s
controlling U.S. shareholders, as defined
in §1.964–1(c)(5), for the taxable year
within which the transfer occurred: “[in-
sert name and tax identification number
of controlling U.S. shareholder filing re-
turn] certifies that [insert name and tax
identification number,if any, of transferor
(the CFC)] and [insert name and tax iden-
tification number, ifany, of transferee]
elect to apply section 362(e)(2)(C) with
respect to a transfer of property described
in section 362(e)(2)(A) on [insert date(s)
of transfer(s)]. [insert name(s) and tax
identification number(s) of any other con-
trolling U.S. shareholder(s) of the CFC, or,
if none, state that there are no other con-
trolling U.S. shareholders of the CFC].”
(C)Transferor is not a U.S. person on
the date of the transfer, a person otherwise
required to file a U.S. return for the year
of the transfer, or a CFC on the date of
the transfer, and transferee is a U.S. per-
son on the date of the transfer or a person
otherwise required to file a U.S. return for
the year of the transfer. If the transferor is
not described in paragraph (c)(5)(ii)(A) or
(c)(5)(ii)(B) of this section and the trans-
feree is a U.S. person on the date of the
transfer or otherwise required to make a
return of tax under Subtitle A of the In-
ternal Revenue Code (including an infor-
mation return) for the year of the trans-
fer, the election statement is filed by in-
cluding the following statement on or with
the transferee’s timely filed original re-
turn (including extensions) for the taxable
year in which the transfer occurred: “[in-
sert name and tax identification number of
transferee] certifiesthat [insert name and
tax identification number, if any, of trans-
feror] and [insert name and tax identifi-
cation number of transferee] elect to ap-
ply section 362(e)(2)(C) with respect to a
transfer of property described in section
362(e)(2)(A) on [insert date(s) of trans-
fer(s)].”
(D)Transferor is not a U.S. person on
the date of the transfer, a person otherwise
required to file a U.S. return for the year
of the transfer, or a CFC on the date of
the transfer, and transferee is a CFC on
the date of the transfer. If the transferor
is not described in paragraph (c)(5)(ii)(A)
or (c)(5)(ii)(B) of this section, and, on
the date of the transfer, the transferee is
a CFC that is not required to make a re-
turn of tax under Subtitle A of the Inter-
nal Revenue Code (including an informa-
tion return) for the year of the transfer,
the election statement is filed by includ-
ing the following statement on or with the
timely filed original return (including ex-
tensions) of each one of the transferee’s
controlling U.S. shareholders as defined in
§1.964–1(c)(5) for the taxable year within
which the transfer occurred: “[insert name
and tax identification number of control-
ling U.S. shareholder filing return] certi-
fies that [insert name and tax identifica-
tion number, if any, of transferor] and [in-
sert name and tax identification number, if
any, of transferee (the CFC)] elect to ap-
ply section 362(e)(2)(C) with respect to a
transfer of property described in section
362(e)(2)(A) on [insert date(s) of trans-
fer(s)]. [insert name(s) and tax identifi-
cation number(s) of any other controlling
U.S. shareholder(s) of the CFC, or, if none,
state that there are no other controlling
U.S. shareholders of the CFC].”
(iii)Election where neither the trans-
feror nor the transferee is a U.S. person
on the date of the transfer, a person oth-
erwise required to file a U.S. return for the
year of the transfer, or a CFC on the date
November 27, 200610092006–48 I.R.B.

of the transfer. If the parties to a transfer
to which section 362(e)(2) applies are not
described in any of the classifications set
forth in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section,
then the election statement under this para-
graph (c) is made as described in this para-
graph (c)(5)(iii).
(A)Transferor later becomes a U.S.
person, a person otherwise required to file
a U.S. return, or a CFC. If the transferor
later becomes a U.S. person, a person oth-
erwise required to make a return of tax
under Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an information return), or
a CFC, an election statement under this
paragraph (c) is filed as described in this
paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(A).
(1) If the transferor becomes a U.S. per-
son or a person otherwise required to make
a return of tax under Subtitle A of the In-
ternal Revenue Code (including an infor-
mation return), the election statement is
filed by including the statement described
in paragraph (c)(5)(ii)(A) of this section on
or with the transferor’s timely filed orig-
inal return (including extensions) for the
taxable year in which the transferor first
becomes a U.S. person or a person other-
wise required to make a return.
(2) If the transferor becomes a CFC
that is not required to make a return of tax
under Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an information return),
the election statement is filed by includ-
ing the statement described in paragraph
(c)(5)(ii)(B) of this section on or with the
timely filed original return (including ex-
tensions) of each one of the transferor’s
controlling U.S. shareholders, as defined
in §1.964–1(c)(5), for the taxable year
within which the transferor becomes a
CFC.
(B)Transferee later becomes a U.S.
person, a person otherwise required to file
a U.S. return, or a CFC. If the transferor
is not described in paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(A)
of this section, and the transferee later
becomes a U.S. person, a person oth-
erwise required to make a return of tax
under Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an information return), or
a CFC, an election statement under this
paragraph (c) is filed as described in this
paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(B).
(1) If the transferee becomes a U.S. per-
son or a person otherwise required to make
a return of tax under Subtitle A of the In-
ternal Revenue Code (including an infor-
mation return), the election statement is
filed by including the statement described
in paragraph (c)(5)(ii)(C) of this section on
or with the transferee’s timely filed orig-
inal return (including extensions) for the
taxable year in which the transferee first
becomes required to make a return.
(2) If the transferee becomes a CFC that
is not required to make any return of tax
under Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an information return),
the election statement is filed by includ-
ing the statement described in paragraph
(c)(5)(ii)(D)ofthissectiononorwiththe
timely filed original return (including ex-
tensions) of each one of the transferee’s
controlling U.S. shareholders as defined in
§1.964–1(c)(5) for the taxable year within
which the transferee becomes a CFC.
(C)A U.S. person, a person other-
wise required to file a U.S. return, or a
CFC later acquires the transferred assets
or transferee stock in a transferred ba-
sis transaction. If neither the transferor
nor the transferee is described in para-
graph (c)(5)(iii)(A) or (c)(5)(iii)(B) of this
section and a U.S. person, a person oth-
erwise required to make a return of tax
under Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an information return),
or a CFC not required to make a return
of tax under Subtitle A of the Internal
Revenue Code (including an information
return) later acquires, in a transferred basis
transaction, any portion of the assets that
were transferred in a prior transaction to
which section 362(e)(2) applied (section
362(e)(2) assets) or stock of the transferee
corporation received in such prior trans-
action (section 362(e)(2) stock), then the
election statement under this paragraph
(c) is filed as described in this paragraph
(c)(5)(iii)(C).
(1)IfaU.S.personorapersonother-
wise required to make a return of tax under
Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code
(including an information return) later ac-
quires, in a transferred basis transaction,
any portion of the section 362(e)(2) as-
sets or section 362(e)(2) stock, the elec-
tion statement is filed by including the
following statement on or with such ac-
quiror’s timely filed original return (in-
cluding extensions) for the taxable year in
which the acquiror first acquires any por-
tion of the section 362(e)(2) assets or sec-
tion 362(e)(2) stock: “[insert name and tax
identification number of the acquiror] cer-
tifies that [insert name and tax identifica-
tion number, if any, of transferor] and [in-
sert name and tax identification number, if
any, of transferee] elect to apply section
362(e)(2)(C) with respect to a transfer of
property described in section 362(e)(2)(A)
on [insert date(s) of transfer(s)].”
(2) If no person described in paragraph
(c)(5)(iii)(C)(1) of this section has ac-
quired any portion of the section 362(e)(2)
assets or section 362(e)(2) stock, and a
CFC not required to make a return of tax
under Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue
Code (including an information return)
later acquires, in a transferred basis trans-
action, any portion of the section 362(e)(2)
assets or section 362(e)(2) stock, the elec-
tion statement is filed by including the
following statement on or with each of
the CFC’s controlling U.S. shareholders’
timely filed original returns (including
extensions) for the taxable year within
which the CFC first acquires any portion
of the section 362(e)(2) assets or section
362(e)(2) stock: “[insert name and tax
identification number of controlling U.S.
shareholder filing return] certifies that [in-
sert name and tax identification number,
if any, of transferor] and [insert name and
tax identification number, if any, of trans-
feree] elect to apply section 362(e)(2)(C)
with respect to a transfer of property de-
scribed in section 362(e)(2)(A) on [insert
date(s) of transfer(s)]. [insert name(s)
and tax identification number(s) of any
other controlling U.S. shareholder(s) of
the CFC, or, if none, state that there are no
other controlling U.S. shareholders of the
CFC].”
(6)Transfers by partnerships.Ifthe
transferor is a partnership, for purposes of
applying section 705 (determination of ba-
sis of partner’s interest), any reduction un-
der this section to the transferor’s basis
in the stock received in exchange for the
transferred property is treated as an expen-
diture of the partnership described in sec-
tion 705(a)(2)(B).
(7)Transfers by S corporations.If
the transferor is an S corporation, for
purposes of applying section 1367 (adjust-
ments to basis of stock of shareholders,
etc.), any reduction under this section to
the transferor’s basis in the stock received
in exchange for the transferred property is
treated as an expense of the S corporation
described in section 1367(a)(2)(D).
2006–48 I.R.B.1010November 27, 2006

(d)Examples. The following examples
illustrate paragraphs (a) through (c) of this
section. Unless otherwise indicated, all
transferred property is subject to tax under
Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code
in the hands of the transferor, and, accord-
ingly, section 362(e)(1) does not apply to
the transaction. In addition, all assets are
capital assets in the hands of the transferor
and have been held for more than one year.
Example 1.Property transfer qualifying under
section 351.(i)Facts. Individual A owns Asset 1
with a basis of $90 and a fair market value of $60, and
Asset 2 with a basis of $110 and a fair market value of
$120. In a transaction qualifying under section 351,
A transfers Asset 1 and Asset 2 to newly formed cor-
poration X in exchange for all of the X common stock.
A and X do not elect to apply section 362(e)(2)(C) to
reduce A’s basis in the X stock received.
(ii)Analysis. Under section 362(a), X would oth-
erwise receive Asset 1 and Asset 2 with an aggregate
basis of $200 ($90+$110), which exceeds their ag-
gregate fair market value of $180 ($60+$120). As a
result, the assets have a net built-in loss of $20, and
this section applies to the transfer. Under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, X reduces its basis in Asset 1
by $20 to $70 and, under section 362(a), takes a basis
in Asset 2 of $110. Under section 358(a), A receives
X stock with a basis of $200.
(iii)Election to apply section 362(e)(2)(C).The
facts are the same as in paragraph (i) of thisExam-
ple 1, except that A and X elect to apply section
362(e)(2)(C) to reduce A’s basis in the X stock re-
ceived. Under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, A re-
duces its basis in the X stock received by the amount
X would have been required to reduce its basis in the
transferred assets had the election to apply section
362(e)(2)(C) not been made. Accordingly, A receives
X stock with an aggregate basis of $180, and, under
section 362(a), X receives Asset 1 with a basis of $90
andAsset2withabasisof$110.
Example 2.Property transfer qualifying under
section 351 and described in section 368(a)(1)(B).
(i)Facts. Corporation P owns all of the outstand-
ing stock of corporations S1 and S2. In a transaction
qualifying under section 351 and described in section
368(a)(1)(B), P transfers all 10 shares of its S2 stock
to S1 in exchange for an additional 10 shares of S1
voting stock. At the time of the transfer, each share
of the S2 stock has a basis of $10 and a fair market
value of $7. P and S1 do not elect to apply section
362(e)(2)(C) to reduce P’s basis in its S1 stock.
(ii)Analysis. Under section 362, S1 would oth-
erwise receive the 10 shares of S2 stock with a ba-
sis of $10 per share, which exceeds their fair market
value of $7 per share. As a result, the S2 stock has a
net built-in loss of $30, and this section applies to the
transfer. Under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, S1
reduces its basis in the S2 stock by $30 to $70. Under
section 358(a), P receives the additional 10 shares of
S1 stock with a basis of $10 per share.
(iii)Election under section 362(e)(2)(C).(A)The
facts are the same as in paragraph (i) of thisExam-
ple 2, except that P and S1 elect to apply section
362(e)(2)(C) to reduce P’s basis in its S1 stock re-
ceived. Under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, P re-
duces its basis in the S1 stock received by the amount
S1 would have been required to reduce its basis in
the transferred S2 stock had the election to apply sec-
tion 362(e)(2)(C) not been made. Accordingly, under
paragraph (c)(4) of this section, P receives the addi-
tional 10 shares of S1 stock each with a basis of $7.
Under section 362, S1 receives the 10 shares of S2
stock each with a basis of $10.
(B) The facts are the same as in paragraph (i) of
thisExample 2, except that five shares of the S2 stock
have a basis of $10 each, five shares have a basis of $5
each, and P and S1 elect to apply section 362(e)(2)(C)
to reduce P’s basis in its S1 stock. The $75 ((5 X
$10) + (5 x $5)) aggregate basis in the S2 stock ex-
ceeds the $70 aggregate fair market value of the S2
stock, and this section applies to the transfer. Under
paragraph (c)(3) of this section, P reduces its basis in
the S1 stock received by the amount S1 would have
been required to reduce its basis in the transferred S2
stock had the election to apply section 362(e)(2)(C)
not been made. Accordingly, under paragraph (c)(4)
of this section and §1.358–2(a)(2)(viii), P receives the
additional 10 shares of S1 stock each with a basis of
$7. Under section 362, S1 receives five shares of the
S2 stock with a basis of $10 each and five shares of
the S2 stock with a basis of $5 each.
Example 3.Property transfer qualifying under
section 351 and described in section 368(a)(1)(A).(i)
Facts. Individual A owns all of the outstanding stock
of corporation X and corporation Y, which owns As-
set 1 with an adjusted basis of $250 and a fair market
value of $210. A also owns Asset 2 with an adjusted
basis of $120 and a fair market value of $130. In a
transaction qualifying as a reorganization described
in section 368(a)(1)(A), Y merges with and into X.
Pursuant to the same plan, A transfers Asset 2 to X
in exchange for additional X stock. Y’s transfer of
Asset 1 to X in the merger coupled with A’s transfer
of Asset 2 to X in exchange for X stock qualifies as a
section 351 contribution.
(ii)Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this sec-
tion, the potential application of section 362(e)(2) is
determined separately for each transferor. Y is treated
as having transferred Asset 1 to X in exchange for
X stock, and X would otherwise take Asset 1 with
a basis of $250, which exceeds its fair market value
of $210. As a result, Asset 1 has a built-in loss of
$40. Under paragraph (b)(6) of this section, section
362(e)(2) does not apply to Y’s transfer of property
to X because Y distributes all of the X stock received
in the exchange without recognizing gain or loss pur-
suant to section 361(c), and, upon completion of the
transaction, no person holds X stock or any other as-
set with a basis determined in whole or in part by ref-
erence to Y’s basis in the X stock received in the ex-
change. As a result, under section 362, X receives
Asset 1 with a basis of $250. A’s transfer of Asset 2
to X is not subject to section 362(e)(2) because X re-
ceives Asset 2 with a basis of $120, which is less than
its fair market value of $130.
Example 4.Property transfers qualifying under
section 351 and describedin section 368(a)(1)(D),
followed by a section 355 distribution.(i)Facts.In-
dividual A and individual B each own 50 percent of
corporation X. X owns Asset 1 with an adjusted basis
of $120 and a fair market value of $70, Asset 2 with
an adjusted basis of $160 and a fair market value of
$110, and Asset 3 with an adjusted basis of $220 and
a fair market value of $240. In a transaction quali-
fying under section 351(a) and described in section
368(a)(1)(D), Xtransfers Asset 1, Asset 2, and As-
set 3 to Y, a newly formed corporation, in exchange
for all of the Y stock, and then distributes all of the
Y stock to A in exchange for all of A’s X stock in a
distribution qualifying under section 355. At the time
of the transaction, A has no plan or intention to dis-
pose of his Y stock, and B has no plan or intention to
dispose of his X stock.
(ii)Analysis. The aggregate adjusted basis of the
properties transferred to Y ($120+$160+$220=$500)
exceeds their aggregate fair market value
($70+$110+$240=$420). As a result, the assets have
a total net built-in loss of $80. Under paragraph
(b)(6) of this section, section 362(e)(2) does not ap-
ply to this transfer of property because X distributes
all of the Y stock received in the exchange without
recognizing gain or loss under section 361(c), and,
upon completion of the transaction, no person holds
Y stock or any other asset with a basis determined in
whole or in part by reference to X’s basis in the Y
stock received in the exchange. A’s basis in the Y
stock is determined under section 358 by reference
to his basis in the X stock he surrenders.
(iii)Section 355(e).(A)Thefactsarethesameas
in paragraph (i) of thisExample 4, except that, one
year after the section 355 distribution, Y is acquired
pursuant to a plan, resulting in the application of sec-
tion 355(e) to the transaction. X and Y do not elect to
apply section 362(e)(2)(C).
(B)Analysis. Due to the application of section
355(e), section 361(c) will not apply and X will not
be granted nonrecognition treatment on the distribu-
tion of the Y stock. As a result, paragraph (b)(6) of
this section does not apply, and section 362(e)(2) ap-
plies to X’s transfer of assets to Y. Under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, Y reduces its basis in Asset 1
and Asset 2 by the amount of the net built-in loss in
the transferred assets, or $80 ($500
$420). The $80
basis reduction is allocated between Asset 1 and As-
set 2 in proportion to their respective built-in losses.
Prior to reduction, Asset 1 had a built-in loss of $50
($120
$70), and Asset 2 had a built-in loss of $50
($160
$110). As a result, the basis of Asset 1 is re-
duced by $40 (50/100 x $80), and the basis of Asset
2 is reduced by $40 (50/100 x $80), and Y receives
Asset 1 with a basis of $80 ($120
$40) and Asset 2
with a basis of $120 ($160
$40).
(iv)Retained stock and securities without a sec-
tion 362(e)(2)(C) election. (A) The facts are the same
as in paragraph (i) of thisExample 4,exceptthatX
transfers Asset 1, Asset 2, and Asset 3 to Y in ex-
change for an equal amount of Y stock and Y se-
curities. For a valid business purpose, X retains Y
stock and Y securities each worth 1 percent of the to-
tal consideration. X and Y do not elect to apply sec-
tion 362(e)(2)(C).
(B)Analysis. The aggregate basis of the
properties transferred ($120+$160+$220=$500)
exceeds their aggregate fair market value
($70+$110+$240=$420) by $80 ($500
$420), and
this section applies to the transfer. Under paragraph
(b)(6) of this section, section 362(e)(2) applies to
X’s transfer of assets to Y in exchange for the Y
stock and the Y securities to the extent X does not
distribute the Y stock and Y securities without the
recognition of gain or loss. Accordingly, section
362(e)(2)(A) applies to the extent property was
exchanged for the retained Y stock and Y securities
(2 percent of the total). Under paragraph (b)(1) of
November 27, 200610112006–48 I.R.B.

this section, Y reduces its basis in Asset 1 and in
Asset 2 by 2 percent of the amount of the net built-in
loss in the transferred assets ($80), or $1.60. The
$1.60 basis reduction is allocated between Asset 1
and Asset 2 in proportion to their respective built-in
losses before reduction under paragraph (b)(1) of
this section. Prior to reduction, Asset 1 had a built-in
loss of $50 ($120
$70), and Asset 2 had a built-in
loss of $50 ($160
$110). As a result, the basis of
Asset 1 is reduced by $.80 (50/100 x $1.60), the
basis of Asset 2 is reduced by $.80 (50/100 x $1.60),
and Y receives Asset 1 with a basis of $119.20
($120
$.80) and Asset 2 with a basis of $159.20
($160
$.80).
(v)Retained stock and securities with a section
362(e)(2)(C) election.
(A) The facts are the same as in paragraph (iv)(A)
of thisExample 4,exceptthatXandYelecttoap-
ply section 362(e)(2)(C) to reduce X’s basis in its re-
tained Y stock and retained Y securities.
(B)Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(6) of this sec-
tion, section 362(e)(2) applies to X’s transfer of assets
to Y in exchange for the Y stock and the Y securities
to the extent X does not distribute the Y stock and
Y securities without the recognition of gain or loss.
Under paragraph (c) of this section, the election to ap-
ply section 362(e)(2)(C) applies to both the retained
Y stock and the retained Y securities. Accordingly,
under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, X reduces its
basis in the retained Y stock and the retained Y securi-
ties by the amount Y would have been required to re-
duce its basis in the transferred assets had the election
to apply section 362(e)(2)(C) not been made. As de-
scribed in paragraph (iv)(B) of thisExample 4, under
paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(6) of this section, Y would
have been required to reduce its basis in the trans-
ferred assets by $1.60. Accordingly, X is required to
reduce its basis in the retained Y stock and Y securi-
ties by $1.60, and, under paragraph (c)(4) of this sec-
tion, this $1.60 basis reduction is allocated between
the retained Y stock and Y securities in proportion to
fair market value. Because X retained Y stock and
Y securities with equal values, X holds the retained
Y stock with an adjusted basis of $1.70 ((($500/2) x
.01)
$.80) and the retained Y securities with an ad-
justed basis of $1.70 ((($500/2) x .01)
$.80).
Example 5.Transfer of contingent liabilities sub-
ject to section 358(h)(2)(A) with section 362(e)(2)(C)
election.(i)Facts. Corporation P owns Asset 1 with
a basis of $800 and a fair market value of $700. Asset
1 constitutes a trade or business for purposes of sec-
tion 358(h)(2)(A). Contingent liabilities of $200 are
associated with the Asset 1 business. P transfers As-
set 1 to newly formed corporation S in exchange for
all of the S stock and assumption of the contingent li-
abilities in a transaction qualifying under section 351.
P and S elect to apply section 362(e)(2)(C).
(ii)Analysis. Under section 362(a), S would oth-
erwise receive Asset 1 with a basis of $800, which
exceeds it fair market value of $700. As a result, As-
set 1 has a net built-in loss of $100, and this section
applies to the transfer. Under paragraph (c)(3) of this
section, P reduces its basis in the S stock received
by the amount S would have been required to reduce
its basis in Asset 1 had the election to apply section
362(e)(2)(C) not been made ($100). Accordingly, A
receives S stock with an aggregate basis of $700, and,
under section 362(a), S receives Asset 1 with a basis
of $800.
Example 6.Property transfer qualifying under
section 351 with boot.(i)Facts. Individual A owns
Asset 1 with a basis of $80 and a fair market value of
$100, and Asset 2 with a basis of $30 and a fair mar-
ket value of $25. In a transaction qualifying under
section 351, A transfers Asset 1 and Asset 2 to newly
formed corporation N in exchange for 10 shares of N
stock and $25. A and N do not elect to apply sec-
tion 362(e)(2)(C) to reduce A’s basis in the N stock
received.
(ii)Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this
section, for purposes of determining whether the
transferred property has a net built-in loss in the
hands of the transferee, the transferee’s basis in the
transferred property must be adjusted for any gain
recognized by the transferor on the transfer. Section
351(b) requires transferors in transactions otherwise
qualifying under section 351(a) for nonrecognition
treatment to recognize gain (but not loss) to the ex-
tent the transferor receives other property or money
in addition to the stock permitted to be received.
For purposes of computing the amount of gain rec-
ognized under section 351(b), the consideration is
allocatedpro rataamong the transferred properties
according to their fair market values. As a result,
to compute the amount of gain recognized on the
transfer, A is treated as having received eight shares
of N stock and $20 in exchange for Asset 1, and two
shares of N stock and $5 in exchange for Asset 2.
Under section 351(b), A must recognize $20 of gain
for the cash received in exchange for Asset 1. Thus,
under section 362(a), N would otherwise have a basis
of $100 in Asset 1 and $30 in Asset 2. N’s total
basis in Asset 1 and Asset 2 of $130 ($100 + $30)
would exceed the total fair market value of Asset
1 and Asset 2 of $125 ($100 + $25). As a result,
this section applies to the transfer. Under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, N reduces its basis in Asset 2
by $5 to $25 and, under section 362(a), takes a basis
in Asset 1 of $100. Under section 358(a), A receives
N stock with a basis of $105.
Example 7.Property transfer subject to both sec-
tions 362(e)(1) and 362(e)(2).(i)Facts. Foreign cor-
poration FP transfers Asset 1 and Asset 2 to a domes-
tic corporation DS in a transaction that qualifies un-
der section 351. Asset 1 is not property described in
section 362(e)(1)(B) and has a basis of $80 and a fair
market value of $50. Asset 2 is property described
in section 362(e)(1)(B) and has a basis of $120 and a
value of $110. Section 367(b) does not apply to the
transfer of Asset 1 or Asset 2.
(ii)Analysis. Under paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(3)
of this section, a transfer is described in section
362(e)(1), and thus not subject to this section, only
if and to the extent there is a transfer of property
described in section 362(e)(1)(B) that otherwise
would have a net built-in loss in the hands of the
transferee. Because Asset 2 is property described
in section 362(e)(1)(B) and DS would otherwise
receive Asset 2 with a basis of $120 and a value of
$110, FP’s transfer of property to DS is described in
section 362(e)(1) only to the extent of the transfer of
Asset 2. Asset 1 is not property described in section
362(e)(1)(B), and under section 362(a), DS would
receive Asset 1 with a basis ($80) in excess of its fair
market value ($50). Accordingly, this section applies
solely to the transfer of Asset 1. Under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, DS reduces its basis in Asset 1
by $30 to $50. Under section 358(a), FP receives the
DS stock with a basis of $200.
Example 8.Section 304 sale of built-in loss stock.
(i)Facts. Individual A owns all the stock of corpora-
tion X and corporation Y. A sells all his X stock to Y
for $60. Under section 304, A is treated as though he
transferred the X stock to Y in exchange for Y stock
in a transaction to which section 351 applies. Then,
Y is treated as redeeming the Y stock it was treated
as having issued to A in the section 351 transaction.
At the time of the transaction, A holds X stock with a
basis of $90 and a fair market value of $60. A and Y
do not elect to apply section 362(e)(2)(C) to reduce
A’s basis in the Y stock deemed received.
(ii)Analysis. Under section 362(a), Y would oth-
erwise receive X stock with an aggregate basis of $90,
which exceeds its aggregate fair market value of $60.
As a result, the X stock has a net built-in loss of $30,
and, under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, Y reduces
its basis in the X stock received by $30 to $60. Under
section 358(a), A receives the deemed issued Y stock
with a basis of $90.
(e)Effective date. This section applies
to transactions occurring after the date
these regulations are published as final
regulations in theFederal Register.
Par. 5. Section 1.705–1(a)(9) is added
to read as follows:
§1.705–1 Determination of basis of
partner’s interest.
(a) * * *
(9) For basis adjustments necessary to
coordinate sections 705 and 362(e)(2), see
§1.362–4(c)(6).
*****
Par. 6. In §1.1367–1, a new sentence
is added at the end of paragraph (c)(2) to
read as follows:
§1.1367–1 Adjustments to basis of
shareholder’s stock in an S corporation.
*****
(c) * * *
(2) * * * For basis adjustments nec-
essary to coordinate sections 1367 and
362(e)(2), see §1.362–4(c)(7).
*****
Mark E. Matthews,
Deputy Commissioner for
Services and Enforcement.
(Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on October 20,
2006, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal
Register for October 23, 2006, 71 F.R. 62067)
2006–48 I.R.B.1012November 27, 2006

Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking by
Cross-Reference to
Temporary Regulations
and Notice of Public Hearing
TIPRA Amendments to
Section 199
REG–127819–06
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service
(IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
by cross-reference to temporary regula-
tions and notice of public hearing.
SUMMARY: In this issue of the Bulletin,
the IRS is issuing temporary regulations
(T.D. 9293) concerning the application of
section 199 of the Internal Revenue Code,
which provides a deduction for income at-
tributable to domestic production activi-
ties. The text of those regulations also
serves as the text of these proposed regula-
tions. This document also provides notice
of a public hearing on these proposed reg-
ulations.
DATES: Written or electronic comments
must be received by January 17, 2007.
Outlines of topics to be discussed at the
public hearing scheduled for February 5,
2007, must be received by January 16,
2007.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to:
CC:PA:LPD:PR(REG–127819–06),
room 5203, Internal Revenue Service,
PO Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station,
Washington, DC 20044. Submissions
may be hand delivered Monday through
Friday between the hours of 8:00 a.m.
and 4:00 p.m.to CC:PA:LPD:PR
(REG–127819–06), Internal Revenue
Service, Crystal Mall 4 Building, 1901
S. Bell St., Arlington, VA, or sent elec-
tronically, via the IRS Internet site at
www.irs.gov/regsor via the Federal eRule-
making Portal atwww.regulations.gov
(IRS-REG–127819–06). The public hear-
ing will be held in the auditorium of the
New Carrollton Federal Building, 5000
Ellin Rd., Lanham, Maryland 20706.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT: Concerning the regulations,
Paul Handleman or Lauren Ross Taylor,
(202) 622–3040; concerning submission
of comments, the hearing, and/or to be
placed on the building access list to at-
tend the hearing, Kelly D. Banks, (202)
622–7180 (not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Temporary regulations in this issue of
the Bulletin amend the Income Tax Reg-
ulations (26 CFR Part 1) relating to sec-
tion 199. The temporary regulations pro-
vide guidance concerning the amendments
made by the Tax Increase Prevention and
Reconciliation Act of 2005 to section 199
of the Internal Revenue Code. The text of
those regulations also serves as the text of
these proposed regulations. The preamble
to the temporary regulations explains the
amendments.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice
of proposed rulemaking is not a signifi-
cant regulatory action as defined in Exec-
utive Order 12866. Therefore, a regula-
tory assessment is not required. It also has
been determined that section 553(b) of the
Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 5) does not apply to these reg-
ulations, and because the regulations do
not impose a collection of information on
small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply.
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Inter-
nal Revenue Code, this notice of proposed
rulemaking will be submitted to the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Busi-
ness Administration for comment on their
impact on small business.
Comments and Public Hearing
Before these proposed regulations are
adopted as final regulations, consideration
will be given to any written comments
(a signed original and eight (8) copies)
or electronic comments that are submit-
ted timely to the IRS. Comments are re-
quested on all aspects of the proposed reg-
ulations. In addition, the IRS and Trea-
sury Department specifically request com-
ments on the clarity of the proposed rules
and how they can be made easier to under-
stand. All comments will be available for
public inspection and copying.
A public hearing has been scheduled
for February 5, 2007 at 10:00 a.m., in
the auditorium of the New Carrollton Fed-
eral Building, 5000 Ellin Rd., Lanham,
Maryland 20706. Due to building secu-
rity procedures, visitors must enter at the
main entrance. In addition, all visitors
must present photo identification to enter
the building. Because of access restric-
tions, visitors will not be admitted beyond
the immediate entrance area more than 30
minutes before the hearing starts. For in-
formation about having your name placed
on the building access list to attend the
hearing, see the “FOR FURTHER INFOR-
MATION CONTACT” section of this pre-
amble.
The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3) ap-
ply to the hearing. Persons who wish to
present oral comments at the hearing must
submit electronic or written comments and
an outline of the topics to be discussed
and the time to be devoted to each topic
(a signed original and eight (8) copies) by
January 16, 2007. A period of 10 minutes
will be allotted to each person for making
comments. An agenda showing the sched-
uling of the speakers will be prepared af-
ter the deadline for receiving outlines has
passed. Copies of the agenda will be avail-
able free of charge at the hearing.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these reg-
ulations are Paul Handleman and
Lauren Ross Taylor, Office of Associate
Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special
Industries), IRS. However, other person-
nel from the IRS and Treasury Department
participated in their development.
*****
Proposed Amendments to the
Regulations
Acco
rdingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed
to be
amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for
part 1 continues to read, in part, as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.199–2 is amended to
read as follows:
November 27, 200610132006–48 I.R.B.

§1.199–2 Wage limitation.
[The text of proposed §1.199–2 is the
same as the text of §1.199–2T published
elsewhere in this issue of the Bulletin.]
Par. 3. Section 1.199–3 is amended to
read as follows:
§1.199–3 Domestic production gross
receipts.
[The text of proposed §1.199–3 is the
same as the text of §1.199–3T published
elsewhere in this issue of the Bulletin.]
Par. 4. Section 1.199–5 is amended to
read as follows:
§1.199–5 Application of section 199
to pass-thru entities for taxable years
beginning after May 17, 2006, the
enactment date of the Tax Increase
Prevention and Reconciliation Act of
2005.
[The text of proposed §1.199–5 is the
same as the text of §1.199–5T published
elsewhere in this issue of the Bulletin.]
Par. 5. Section 1.199–7 is amended to
read as follows:
§1.199–7 Expanded affiliated groups.
[The text of proposed §1.199–7 is the
same as the text of §1.199–7T published
elsewhere in this issue of the Bulletin.]
Par. 6. Section 1.199–8 is amended to
read as follows:
§1.199–8 Other rules.
[The text of proposed §1.199–8 is the
same as the text of §1.199–8T published
elsewhere in this issue of the Bulletin.]
Mark E. Matthews,
Deputy Commissioner for
Services and Enforcement.
(Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on October 18,
2006, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal
Register for October 19, 2006, 71 F.R. 61692)
Foundations Status of Certain
Organizations
Announcement 2006–92
The following organizations have failed
to establish or have been unable to main-
tain their status as public charities or as op-
erating foundations. Accordingly, grantors
and contributors may not, after this date,
rely on previous rulings or designations
in the Cumulative List of Organizations
(Publication 78), or on the presumption
arising from the filing of notices under sec-
tion 508(b) of the Code. This listing does
notindicate that the organizations have lost
their status as organizations described in
section 501(c)(3), eligible to receive de-
ductible contributions.
Former Public Charities.The follow-
ing organizations (which have been treated
as organizations thatare not private foun-
dations described in section 509(a) of the
Code) are now classified as private foun-
dations:
ABA Diocesan Seminarians Support
Group, Inc., Rosedale, NY
Advance Cellular Technology,
Scottsdale, AZ
African Cultural Center, Incorporated,
Silver Spring, MD
Agape Community Outreach, Inc.,
Flint, MI
AGAPE Home Development Corporation,
Broken Arrow, OK
Aids Vaccine Research Institute,
Glemont, NY
Alice Hawthorne Education and
Development Fund, Inc., Sarasota, FL
Alliance for Citizens Rights, Suitland, MD
Alliance for Mental Health Consumers
Rights, San Antonio, TX
Amateur International Sports Educational
Federation, Inc., Albuquerque, NM
Ambassadors for Children’s Health, Inc.,
Johnson City, TN
America Sevens Foundation, Inc.,
Miami Beach, FL
American Institute of Regeneration,
Los Angeles, CA
American Students Leadership Institute,
Inc., Rockville, MD
Andiens, Inc., Houston, TX
Antioch Community Development
Corporation, Memphis, TN
Ark-Tex Housing Corporation,
Texarkana, TX
Arks Foundation, Inc., Watchung, NJ
Armanis House, Houston, TX
Armenian International Sports
Foundation, Woodside, NY
Association of Consumers and Tax Payers
Foundation, Washington, DC
Association of Mexico – US Binational
Organizations, Ramsey, NJ
Audio Recording Museum of Science,
Inc., South Hadley, MA
Back Together Again, Inc.,
Greensboro, NC
Barnes Retirement Living Center,
Barnes, WI
Bay Side Oyster Nursery, Inc.,
Lockport, LA
Bemodet International, Inc.,
Bowling Green, OH
Bessie Lang Ministries, St. Louis, MO
BGA Industries Community Development
Corporation, Jacksonville, FL
Biomedical Research Institute,
Scarsdale, NY
Bolinas Lagoon Watershed Team,
Bolinas, CA
Bossier Housing Corporation, Inc.,
Shreveport, LA
Brrothers Helping Others, Inc.,
Orange Park, FL
Business Cares International,
Lawrenceville, GA
Business in Development, Inc.,
Indianapolis, IN
CA & J Economic Development, Inc.,
Montgomery, AL
California Watershed Conservancy,
Sacramento, CA
Carlson Family Foundation, Inc.,
Brunswick, OH
Carsan Publishing Co., Inc., Atlanta, GA
Caselli Ensemble, Corte Madera, CA
Cassius Clay Foundation, Inc.,
Richmond, KY
Center for International Theatre
Development, Inc., Baltimore, MD
Center of Excellence in Geriatrics
Foundation, Inc., Charlotte, NC
Cents–A–Page, Inc., Aurora, CO
CFS Health Resource Alliance,
Minneapolis, MN
Chadakoin Gateway Environmental
Development Group, Inc.,
Jamestown, NY
Childrens Day Care, Riverdale, IL
Choosing Hope Ministries, Inc.,
Falls Church, VA
Christian Counseling International,
San Juan, PR
Claremont Homes Tenant Council,
Baltimore, MD
Clear Vision, Inc., Cordova, TN
Club Recovery, Inc., West Palm Beach, FL
Community & Business Resource
Development Corp., Homewood, IL
Community Contributions for Kids,
McAllen, TX
2006–48 I.R.B.1014November 27, 2006

Community Health Access Project, Inc.,
Hawthorne, CA
Coree Indian Tribe, Inc., Atlantic, NC
Covenant Ministries Community
Development, Inc., Richmond, VA
Creative Christian Solutions, Cary, NC
Crescendo the International Center for
Program Innovation, Bellevue, WA
Deliverance Temple Child Development
Center, Inc., Memphis, TN
Destined for Greatness Foundation, Inc.,
St. Paul, MN
Disabled Water Skiers Association, Inc.,
Melbourne, FL
Disaster Relief Ministries,
Gladewater, TX
Diverse Renaissance Project,
Los Angeles, CA
Double Praise Ministries, Inc.,
Cheltenham, PA
Dual Diagnosis Institute, Inc.,
La Crosse, WI
Dubois-Garvey Foundation,
Merchantville, NJ
E Makamae O Na Keiki O Hawaii,
Hilo, HI
Earthrise International, Portland, OR
East Gate Entrepreneurs, Inc.,
Medford, NY
Education Partnerships, Inc., Fairfield, CT
Elden Hotel Care Corporation,
San Juan, PR
Employment Assistance Training
Services, Inc., Cherry Hill, NJ
Energy Conservation Finance Institute,
San Francisco, CA
Engine 27, Inc., New York, NY
Ensemble Adriatico, Inc., Boston, MA
Esparza Foundation, Inc., Inglewood, CA
Eternal Light Community Center,
Maywood, IL
Evangelist Community Organization
Center, Hot Springs, AR
Family Life Global Resource Center,
South Holland, IL
Father’s Heart Ministry, Denison, TX
First Community Academy, Inc.,
Houston, TX
For Him Outreach Ministries, Inc.,
Milwaukee, WI
Foundation for Educational Renewal,
Inc., Charlotte, VT
Foundation for International
Space Commerce and Law, Inc.,
New Smyrna Beach , FL
Foundation for Research, Education,
and Excellance (FREE), Inc.,
Washington, DC
Foundation Service Center, Inc.,
Leominster, MA
Foundation Up, Inc., Pennington, NJ
Friends of the Universiteit Van
Amsterdam, Inc., New York, NY
Fund for Late Vocations, St. Louis, MO
GA Community Development, Inc.,
Miami, FL
GAIA Foundation, Calabasas, CA
Gary Wright Ministries, Saginaw, TX
Georgia Learning Center, Riverdale, GA
Get Outta Debt Now, Inc.,
Granada Hills, CA
Gods Beloved Dove Ministries, Inc.,
West Los Angeles, CA
God’s Economy, Baltimore, MD
Goldfield Fairlord, Inc., Denver, CO
Grady Scholars, Inc., Brooklyn, NY
Green Strategies, Seattle, WA
Haitian Pentecostal Community
Development Corp., South Orange, NJ
Halt, Rockland, ME
Hammarskjold Legacy, Inc.,
Fond du Lac, WI
Harvest Time Evangelistic Assn.,
Batavia, IL
Hawaii County Medical Society
Scholarship Fund, Honolulu, HI
Hells on Fire Productions,
Los Angeles, CA
Hillman Memorial Scholarship Fund,
Fremont, CA
Home Network Center, Columbus, OH
Hopelab Foundation, Inc., Palo Alto, CA
Hosana Charities, Inc.,
New Brunswick, NJ
Human Rights Protection Project,
Forestville, CA
Huntington Beach Employment Council,
Huntington Beach, CA
I Corinthians 13 Outreach Ministry, Inc.,
Atlanta, GA
Institute for Family Development (FID),
Inc., Marblehead, MA
Interfaith Missionary Movement,
Philadelphia, PA
International Foundation for Applied
Research in the Natural Sciences,
Newport Beach, CA
Jade Kinder Care & Ministry,
Washington, DC
Jeradnellys Corp., Carolina, PR
Jersey City Firefighters Memorial, Inc.,
Jersey City, NJ
Joe Hewitt Ministries, Rockwall, TX
Juneteenth Productions, Inc., Chicago, IL
Jungle Animal Wildlife Sanctuary,
Julian, CA
Just Say Y.E.S. (Youth Empowerment
Supporters) Youth Services,
Memphis, TN
Kent Ministries, Inc., Forsyth, IL
Kiddie Academy, Inc., Houston, TX
Kids R’ Smart, Las Vegas, NV
King of Glory Ministries Jesus is the
Answer, Bartow, FL
Kiwanis Club of Sterling Foundation,
Sterling, IL
Kiwanis Club of Third District
Foundation, Inc., New Orleans, LA
La Alborada De Los Angeles, Inc.,
Yauco, PR
Lancaster Community Housing, Inc.,
Lancaster, SC
Le W. E. Learning Center, Chicago, IL
Leading By Example, Inc., Sanford, FL
Learning Excellence Achieving Purpose,
Inc., Detroit, MI
Leon Educational Fund a Nonprofit
Corporation, New Orleans, LA
Lifetime Solutions, Inc., Indianapolis, IN
Light of Hope Evangelistic Ministries,
Kansas City, MO
Lighthouse Sabbath Ministries, Inc.,
Doddridge, AR
Lodi FFA Foundation, Lodi, CA
Lottie House of House, Inc.,
Bridgeport, CT
Manalapan Englishtown Education
Association Philanthropic Fund, Inc.,
Spotswood, NJ
Maranatha World Ministries, Inc.,
Beaumont, TX
Marin People Care, Petaluma, CA
Mariner Foundation, Inc., Ketchikan, AK
Massillon Area Charity and Scholarship
Fund, Massillon, OH
Mc Mullen Ministries, Inc., Peoria, AZ
Meade School District 46–1 Charitable
Trust, Sturgis, SD
Means of Access, Inc., Bronx, NY
Mercadien Foundation, Inc., Hamilton, NJ
Miami Valley Golf Foundation,
Dayton, OH
Miccio Foundation, Iowa City, IA
Midway Heritage Foundation,
Midway, UT
Military Heritage Foundation, Eureka, CA
Moms Mission, Pontiac, MI
Murad Foundation, Houston, TX
Musicians, Iron Mountain, MI
Na Hoaloha O Kaaina, Ltd., Lahaina, HI
Napa Valley Express Softball Club,
Napa, CA
National Community Relations
Foundation, Richton Park, IL
November 27, 200610152006–48 I.R.B.

Native American Life Alternative, Inc.,
Copperas Cove, TX
New Birth Community Services,
Ft. Lauderdale, FL
New Braintree Historical Society,
New Braintree, MA
New Life X S A Group, Inc., Newark, NJ
New Pathway Institute, Inc.,
Boca Raton, FL
Next Step Foundation, Belleville, MI
Nichiren Shoshu Buddhist Learning
Center, Russellville, AR
Non Profit Auto Tech, Inc., Houston, TX
North American Foundation, Littleton, CO
North East Regional American Indian
Movement, Inc., Shirley, NY
Oak Creek Crime Stoppers,
Oak Creek, WI
Old Farm Museum, Inc., Manti, UT
Oliver Van Foundation for the Needy,
Chicago, IL
Open Planning Project, Inc.,
New York, NY
Opera House, Pittsburgh, PA
Our Fathers House, Redford, MI
Panoramic Viewpoints, Oxnard, CA
Parents United for Child Care, Inc.,
Augusta, GA
Peak Foundation, Inverness, IL
Pineywoods Youth Football Association,
Nacogdoches, TX
PlusTime USA, Chichester, NH
Police AthleticLeague of North
Huntingdon Umpire School, Inc.,
North Huntingdon, PA
Potters House of Victory, Lilburn, GA
Power of One — International Aids
Relief, Phoenix, AZ
Prayer Praise & Peace International
Incorporation, Rockford, IL
Prayer Time Ministries, Atlanta, GA
Princess Lee Foundation for Child Abuse
and Neglect, Las Vegas, NV
Project Wave, Inc., Houston, TX
Project Youth Care, Inc., Gainesville, FL
R M N R, Inc., Ontario, CA
Raoul Wallenberg Humanitarian Institute,
Chicago, IL
Resource Roundup Research Fund,
Hulett, WY
Richland Social Services Center, Inc.,
Mansfield, OH
Rising Farmworker Dream Fund,
Live Oak, CA
Robert Duncan Ministries,
Wilkesboro, NC
Rocking R Ranch, Trona, CA
Russian American Rule of Law
Consortium, Inc., Burlington, VT
Safe Kids International, Inc.,
Richmond, VA
Sahmas Hope, Inc., Atlanta, GA
Sail Sport Med, Inc., Wilmington, NC
San Francisco Filipino Cultural Center,
San Francisco, CA
Sawyer Economic Development Fund,
Inc., Memphis, TN
SCF Charitable Giving Fund, Canton, OH
Second Chance Int’l Housing,
Incorporated, Gary, IN
Seeds of Hope Foundation, Inc.,
East Bridgewater, MA
SHA-LA-DAI Economic Development
Corporation, Los Angeles, CA
Share Our Vision Ministries,
Chattanooga, TN
Sharing Caring Mission of Love, Inc.,
Los Angeles, CA
Silverlake Dog Park Association,
Los Angeles, CA
Sisters Keeper Resource Center, Inc.,
Temple Hills, MD
Small Wonders Daycare and Learning
Centers, Inc., Detroit, MI
Society of Young-Porterfield Descendants,
Columbia, SC
Soho Arts Council, Inc., New York, NY
SouthDavidsonCommunityChest,
Denton, NC
Space Age Evangelism International, Inc.,
Hesperia, CA
Stillwell’s Community, Inc., Lithonia, GA
Stinger Foundation, Murfreesboro, TN
Synergistic Healing, Inc., Sheboygan, WI
Synergistic Youth Enterprises, Inc.,
Fairburn, GA
Tarheel Regional Community
Development Corporation,
Henderson, NC
This Time Around, Inc., Dallas, TX
Tidd Home, Woburn, MA
To Know Jesus Ministries, Inc.,
Cloves, NM
Total Woman, Inc., Montalba, TX
Touch Support Services, Inc.,
Winston-Salem, NC
Training Office & Professional Services,
Dayton, OH
Transition House an Arkansas/Non Profit,
Little Rock, AR
Tri-State Liver Transplant Support Group,
Cincinnati, OH
Triangle Developmental Boxing
Association, Inc., Durham, NC
TSS Cosmetology Tutorial Services,
St. Louis, MO
United States Colored Troops Institute of
Suffolk County, Amityville, NY
United We Stand, Inc., Morrow, GA
Uplifting You, Inc., Los Angeles, CA
Usher’s New Look, Inc., Larenceville, GA
Utopia Community Home Care &
Transportation, Chicago, IL
V & C Childrens Ranch, Houston, TX
Verve Entertainment, Lake Elsinore, CA
Vidalia Economic Housing Association,
Inc., Vidalia, GA
Vietnamese Women Mutual Assistance
Association of San Francisco,
San Francisco, CA
Vision From Education to Success,
Detroit, MI
Vision Health Institute, Alexandria, VA
Vision Theatrical Foundation, Inc.,
Las Vegas, NV
Walter R. Behrens Foundation,
Neotsu, OR
We All Win, Inc., Springfield, OR
Westchester Center, Inc., Thornwood, NY
Whitehead Foundation, Inc., Silsbee, TX
Wisconsin Motor Carriers Association
Foundation, Inc., Madison, WI
WOCO, Inc., Wilmington, DE
World Mystery Research Center, Niles, IL
World to Come Foundation, Inc.,
Buford, GA
Youth of America, Suffolk, VA
If an organization listed above submits
information that warrants the renewal of
its classification as a public charity or as
a private operating foundation, the Inter-
nalRevenueServicewillissuearulingor
determinationletterwiththerevisedclas-
sification as to foundation status. Grantors
and contributors may thereafter rely upon
such ruling or determination letter as pro-
videdinsection1.509(a)–7oftheIncome
Tax Regulations. It is not the practice of
the Service to announce such revised clas-
sification of foundation status in the Inter-
nal Revenue Bulletin.
2006–48 I.R.B.1016November 27, 2006

Procedures for 501(c)(3)
Tax-Exempt Organizations
to Change Public Charity
Classification
Announcement 2006–93
The Pension Protection Act of 2006
permits specified individuals to make con-
tributions from their Individual Retirement
Accounts (“IRA”) to certain public chari-
ties without including the amounts in the
contributor’s income. In addition, the Act
restricts private foundations from making
distributions to certain public charities. In
both cases, the new provisions relate to
the recipient organization’s classification
as a public charity under section 509(a).
Public charities include churches,
schools, hospitals,and charities that
receive public support as described in
section 509(a)(1) and (2), as well as or-
ganizations that are described in section
509(a)(3) that support one or more spec-
ified organizations described in sections
509(a)(1) or (2). Organizations described
in section 509(a)(3) also are known as
supporting organizations.
Under the Pension Protection Act of
2006, distributions from IRAs to support-
ing organizations, as described in section
509(a)(3), are not excludable from the IRA
holder’s income. In addition, distributions
from private foundations to certain sup-
porting organizations described in section
509(a)(3) are not qualifying distributions
and may be taxable expenditures for the
private foundation.For this reason, orga-
nizations currently classified as support-
ing organizations, as described in section
509(a)(3), may wish to seek reclassifica-
tion under section 509(a)(1) or (2).
Process to Request Change in Public
Charity Classification Related to
Pension Protection Act
A section 501(c)(3) tax-exempt or-
ganization seeking to change its pub-
lic charity classification for reasons re-
lated to changes made by the Pension
Protection Act has to submit a written
request for reclassification from sec-
tion 509(a)(3) to the Internal Revenue
Service pursuant to Revenue Procedure
2006–4, 2006–1 I.R.B. 132 (available at
www.irs.gov/pub/irs-tege/rp2006–4.pdf).
This request has to include the following:
1. A statement requesting reclassifica-
tion from section 509(a)(3) to another
public charity status under 509(a)(1)
or (2); and,
2. Either,
a. Page one and the signature page
of most recently filed Form 990
or Form 990–EZ, and pages 2 and
3 (Parts IV and IV–A) of Sched-
ule A related to the organization’s
most recently filed Form 990 or
990–EZ; or
b. Form 8734,Support Schedule for
Advance Ruling Period
The organization has to write at the top
of the request, “509(a)(3) Pension Protec-
tion Act”, and mail or fax the complete re-
quest for reclassification to:
Mail:
IRS-TEGE
Attn: Adjustments Unit, Room 4024
P.O. Box 2508
Cincinnati, OH 45201
Fax:
IRS-TEGE
Attn: Adjustments Unit, Room 4024
Fax number: (513) 263–3522
If an organization previously submit-
ted a regular request for reclassification re-
lated to changes made by the Pension Pro-
tection Act, the organization should mail
or fax a statement notifying us that a re-
quest for reclassification was submitted.
Organizations will receive a determina-
tion letter indicating whether the change
in public charity classification has been
made. There is no user fee for this deter-
mination letter.
For Further Information
Contact Customer Account Services,
1–877–829–5500.
Announcement of Disciplinary Actions Involving
Attorneys, Certified Public Accountants, Enrolled Agents,
and Enrolled Actuaries — Suspensions, Censures,
Disbarments, and Resignations
Announcement 2006-94
Under Title 31, Code of Federal Regu-
lations, Part 10, attorneys, certified public
accountants, enrolled agents, and enrolled
actuaries may not accept assistance from,
or assist, any person who is under disbar-
ment or suspension from practice before
the Internal Revenue Service if the assis-
tance relates to a matter constituting prac-
tice before the Internal Revenue Service
and may not knowingly aid or abet another
person to practice before the Internal Rev-
enue Service during a period of suspen-
sion, disbarment, or ineligibility of such
other person.
To enable attorneys, certified public
accountants, enrolled agents, and enrolled
actuaries to identify persons to whom
these restrictions apply, the Director, Of-
fice of Professional Responsibility, will
announce in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
their names, their city and state, their pro-
fessional designation, the effective date
of disciplinary action, and the period of
suspension. This announcement will ap-
pear in the weekly Bulletin at the earliest
practicable date after such action and will
continue to appear in the weekly Bulletins
for five successive weeks.
November 27, 200610172006–48 I.R.B.

Consent Suspensions From Practice Before the Internal
Revenue Service
Under Title 31, Code of Federal Regu-
lations, Part 10, an attorney, certified pub-
lic accountant, enrolled agent, or enrolled
actuary, in order to avoid the institution
or conclusion of a proceeding for his or
her disbarment or suspension from prac-
tice before the Internal Revenue Service,
may offer his or her consent to suspension
from such practice. The Director, Office
of Professional Responsibility, in his dis-
cretion, may suspend an attorney, certified
public accountant, enrolled agent, or en-
rolled actuary in accordance with the con-
sent offered.
The following individuals have been
placed under consent suspension from
practice before the Internal Revenue Ser-
vice:
NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Tomasulo, Maria V.Wantagh, NYCPAIndefinite
from
August 7, 2006
Maloy, Jr., Robert J.Galion, OHCPAIndefinite
from
August 15, 2006
Pate, Janet M.Broadview, NMCPAIndefinite
from
August 15, 2006
Scott, HowardMiami, FLAttorneyIndefinite
from
August 15, 2006
Adamic, Jonathan E.San Lorenzo, CACPAIndefinite
from
August 18, 2006
Becker, Ira S.Wilmette, ILCPAAugust 22, 2006
to
August 21, 2008
Snigur, Virginia IaquintaWarwick, NYAttorneyIndefinite
from
August 31, 2006
Galpern, Joel G.North Miami, FLCPAIndefinite
from
September 1, 2006
DiSiena, Frank E.Katonah, NYCPAIndefinite
from
September 4, 2006
Carusona, Thomas M.Huntington, NYAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 15, 2006
Shaikh, Firoz A.Melville, NYCPAIndefinite
from
September 15, 2006
Wickline, Ella L.Ronceverte, WVEnrolled AgentIndefinite
from
September 15, 2006
2006–48 I.R.B.1018November 27, 2006

NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Smith, Daniel B.Garden City, NYCPAIndefinite
from
September 18, 2006
Carlin, Charles R.South Bend, INCPAIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Devine, Daniel M.Boca Raton, FLCPAIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Dupont, Hewitt, J.Daytona Beach, FLCPAIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Farrell, Raymond J.Matawan, NJAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Kelligrew, John R.White Plains, NYAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Klein, Robert B.Bardonia, NYEnrolled AgentIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Long, Gregory S.Hutchinson, KSAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Moore, Ronald L.Cayce, SCCPAIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Schaffer, Robert J.Calverton, NYCPAIndefinite
from
October 1, 2006
Berlin, StanleyErie, PAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
Briscoe, JackDrexel Hill, PAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
Buzzeo, Michael V.New Canaan, CTCPAIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
Sacco, John M.Pound Ridge, NYCPAIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
Sheiman, Alan P.Sherman Oaks,CAEnrolled AgentIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
November 27, 200610192006–48 I.R.B.

NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Tourin, MarkMiami, FLCPAIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
Burns, William J.Randolph, MAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 16, 2006
Webb, Norman R.Daphne, ALCPAIndefinite
from
October 16, 2006
Brown, Guia EPHobe Sound, FLEnrolled AgentOctober 20, 2006
to
April 19, 2008
Gram, John A.Gainesville, GAAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 1, 2006
Herzog, Samuel A.Jericho, NYCPAIndefinite
from
November 1, 2006
Kellicker, John F.Cleveland, OHCPAIndefinite
from
November 1, 2006
Krieger, Robert M.Hampton, NHCPAIndefinite
from
November 1, 2006
Minsky, Neil J.Randolph, NJCPAIndefinite
from
November 1, 2006
O’Brien, TimothyNewton Center, MAAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 1, 2006
Sukenik, MartinKew Gardens, NYAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 1, 2006
Savoy, CassandraEast Orange, NJAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 7, 2006
Bonner, Charles B.Athens, GACPAIndefinite
from
November 15, 2006
Levine, Barton P.New York, NYAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 15, 2006
Taves, Joseph G.Provincetown, MACPAIndefinite
from
November 15, 2006
Young, RonaldFairfield, CTCPAIndefinite
from
November 16, 2006
2006–48 I.R.B.1020November 27, 2006

NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Brush, Charles, H.Southbury, CTCPAIndefinite
from
December 1, 2006
Jacob, Robert T.Tucson, AZCPAIndefinite
from
December 15, 2006
Expedited Suspensions From Practice Before the Internal
Revenue Service
Under Title 31, Code of Federal Regu-
lations, Part 10, the Director, Office of Pro-
fessional Responsibility, is authorized to
immediately suspend from practice before
the Internal RevenueService any practi-
tioner who, within five years from the date
the expedited proceeding is instituted (1)
has had a license to practice as an attor-
ney, certified public accountant, or actuary
suspended or revoked for cause or (2) has
been convicted of certain crimes.
The following individuals have been
placed under suspension from practice be-
fore the Internal Revenue Service by virtue
of the expedited proceeding provisions:
NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Williams, Donna M.York, PACPAIndefinite
from
July 25, 2006
Foushee, Wayne H.Winston-Salem, NCAttorneyIndefinite
from
August 3, 2006
Kronegold, Sheldon H.Englewood, NJAttorneyIndefinite
from
August 3, 2006
Norman, ClarenceBrooklyn, NYAttorneyIndefinite
from
August 3, 2006
Chin, ArnoldSan Francisco, CAAttorneyIndefinite
from
August 31, 2006
McCann, ThomasDes Moines, IAAttorneyIndefinite
from
August 31, 2006
Whaley, Daniel P.Hood, CAAttorneyIndefinite
from
August 31, 2006
Chukumba, Stephen C.Montclair, NJAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 12, 2006
Katz, Edward C.New York, NYAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 12, 2006
November 27, 200610212006–48 I.R.B.

NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Kadunce, Darrell L.Butler,PAAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 18, 2006
Allen, Robert W.Torrance, CACPAIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Brown, Davin W.Raleigh, NCCPAIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Cunningham, R. ScottDalton, GAAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Eilers, Tom D.Raleigh, NCCPAIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Gerdes, Roger A.Carpinteria, CAAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Kurth, Richard FrederickDanville, ILAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Mitchell, McArthur D.Charlotte, NCCPAIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Ragusa, Patricia A.Spring, TXCPAIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Wulfsberg, David E.Murrieta, CAAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 21, 2006
Cox, Brian J.Plymouth, MICPAIndefinite
from
September 25, 2006
Mandelman, Michael D.Mequon, WIAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 25, 2006
Miller, Steven L.Canal Winchester, OHAttorneyIndefinite
from
September 25, 2006
Felli, Jay A.Mequon, WIAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 2, 2006
Schoch V, Arch K.High Point, NCAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 2, 2006
2006–48 I.R.B.1022November 27, 2006

NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Andre, Patrick F.Manchester, MOAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Brill, Kevin MichaelDowners Grove, ILAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Day, Richard G.Largo, FLAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Dull, Kay E.Miami Shores, FLAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Frank, Arthur J.Chicago, ILAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Gackle, Thomas E.Plymouth, MIAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Hamilton, Howard D.Fort Dodge, IAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Hodge, Robert M.Lafayette, LAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Lesyshen, Donna P.Waterloo, IAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Peiss, John H.Downers Grove, ILAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Petty, James E.Austin, TXCPAIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Ruffin-Hudson, Linda C.Saint Louis, MOAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Schaefer, James E.St. LouisPark, MNAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Schmitt, Martha G.Minneapolis, MNAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Shannon, Terrance J.Mission Viejo, CAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Smith, Matthew S.Denver, COAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
November 27, 200610232006–48 I.R.B.

NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Swanson, RichardWest Chicago, ILCPAIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Thomas, Kenneth A.Farmers Branch, TXAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Tomasa, Ryan H.Honolulu, HIAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Williams, Jr., Harry D.San Antonio, TXAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Wilson, Jr., Robert N.Ayer, MAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Yum, Chris ChulhoWoodbridge, VAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 12, 2006
Dunham, Richard G.Irvine, CAEnrolled AgentIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
Housman, DavidAlbuquerque, NMAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
Malitz, Charles P.Beachwood, OHCPAIndefinite
from
October 15, 2006
Emig, Robert W.Houston, TXCPAIndefinite
from
October 24, 2006
Freese, Scott D.Norfolk, NEAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 24, 2006
Rambo, Byron L.Sanford, FLEAIndefinite
from
October 24, 2006
Ask, Ronald W.Riverside, CAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Berry, Richard S.Tempe, AZAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Burkhardt, William R.Canyon Lake, TXCPAIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Callaway, Jr., Paul F.Greensboro, NCCPAIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
2006–48 I.R.B.1024November 27, 2006

NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Doyle, David W.Arvada,COAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Elmore, III, VirgilBirmingham, ALAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Grandt, Lawrence E.Gurnee, ILCPAIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Hanson, Steven G.Lodi, CAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Omodele, BoluwajiHouston, TXCPAIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Rahden, Horst R.Fort Wayne, INCPAIndefinite
from
October 30, 2006
Censoprano, SalvatoreFoster City, CACPAIndefinite
from
October 31, 2006
Powell, James S.Lakewood, COAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 31, 2006
Allen, Leonard G.Mesa, AZCPAIndefinite
from
November 1, 2006
Parker, Donald A.Benson, NCAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 6, 2006
Rogers, James M.Tulsa, OKAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 6, 2006
Coopet, Michael W.Saint Paul, MNAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 8, 2006
Day, Jr., John TaylorHingham, MAAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 8, 2006
Grella, Paul J.Canton, MAAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 8, 2006
Meggers, Theodore M.Des Moines, IAAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 8, 2006
November 27, 200610252006–48 I.R.B.

NameAddressDesignationDate of Suspension
Tolbert, James L.Los Angeles, CAAttorneyIndefinite
from
November 8, 2006
Suspensions From Practice Before the Internal Revenue
Service After Notice and an Opportunity for a Proceeding
Under Title 31, Code of Federal Reg-
ulations, Part 10, after notice and an op-
portunity for a proceeding before an ad-
ministrative law judge, the following indi-
viduals have been placed under suspension
from practice before the Internal Revenue
Service:
NameAddressDesignationEffective Date
Lazaro, CharlesVisalia, CAAttorneyJuly 20, 2006
to
January 19, 2010
Wasilowski, RonaldNatrona Heights, PACPAJuly 21, 2006
to
July 20, 2011
Wellbery, William J.Deerfield Beach, FLCPAOctober 12, 2006
to
October 11, 2008
Clapper, Gary L.La Mesa, CAEnrolled AgentNovember 2, 2006
to
November 1, 2008
Consent Disbarments From Practice Before the Internal
Revenue Service
Under Title 31, Code of Federal Regu-
lations, Part 10, an attorney, certified pub-
lic accountant, enrolled agent, or enrolled
actuary, in order to avoid the institution
or conclusion of a proceeding for his or
her disbarment or suspension from prac-
tice before the Internal Revenue Service,
may offer his or her consent to disbarment
from such practice. The Director, Office of
Professional Responsibility, in his discre-
tion, may disbar an attorney, certified pub-
lic accountant, enrolled agent, or enrolled
actuary in accordance with the consent of-
fered.
The following individuals have been
placed under consent disbarment from
practice before the Internal Revenue Ser-
vice:
NameAddressDesignationDate of Disbarment
Grossman, Robert S.Ardmore, PAAttorneyIndefinite
from
October 4, 2006
2006–48 I.R.B.1026November 27, 2006

Disbarments From Practice Before the Internal Revenue
Service After Notice and an Opportunity for a Proceeding
Under Title 31, Code of Federal Regu-
lations, Part 10, after notice and an oppor-
tunity for a proceeding before an adminis-
trative law judge, the following individu-
als have been disbarred from practice be-
fore the Internal Revenue Service:
NameAddressDesignationEffective Date
Hubbard, MurphySpringfield, MOCPASeptember 20, 2006
Kardos, Sandra E.Van Nuys, CACPAOctober 2, 2006
Jewett, Jerry A.Fremont, OHEnrolled AgentNovember 2, 2006
Censure Issued by Consent
Under Title 31, Code of Federal Reg-
ulations, Part 10, in lieu of a proceeding
being instituted or continued, an attorney,
certified public accountant, enrolled agent,
or enrolled actuary, may offer his or her
consent to the issuance of a censure. Cen-
sure is a public reprimand.
The following individuals have con-
sented to the issuance of a Censure:
NameAddressDesignationDate of Censure
Applegate, William F.Madison, NJCPASeptember 12, 2006
Vigliotti, Anthony J.East Haven, CTEnrolled AgentSeptember 12, 2006
Bolgiani, Janette A.Brooklyn, NYEnrolled AgentSeptember 14, 2006
Cheney, James E.Phelps, NYCPASeptember 18, 2006
Dollinger, DouglasMiddletown, NYAttorneyOctober 2, 2006
Reeves, Zak E.Denver, COEnrolled AgentOctober 2, 2006
Castiglione, JohnPittsfield, MAAttorneyOctober 4, 2006
Shannon, James P.Rochester, NHAttorneyOctober 4, 2006
Kuller, Mark A.Bethesda, MDAttorneyOctober 6, 2006
Resignations of Enrolled Agents
Under Title 31, Code of Federal Regu-
lations, Part 10, an enrolled agent, in or-
der to avoid the institution or conclusion
of a proceeding for his or her disbarment
or suspension from practice before the In-
ternal Revenue Service, may offer his or
her resignation as an enrolled agent. The
Director, Office of Professional Responsi-
bility, in his discretion, may accept the of-
fered resignation.
The Director, Office of Professional
Responsibility, has accepted offers of res-
ignation as an enrolled agent from the
following individuals:
NameAddressDate of Resignation
Schwartz, JudyLas Vegas, NVOctober 13, 2006
November 27, 200610272006–48 I.R.B.

Definition of Terms
Revenue rulings and revenue procedures
(hereinafter referred to as “rulings”) that
have an effect on previous rulings use the
following defined terms to describe the ef-
fect:
Amplifieddescribes a situation where
no change is being made in a prior pub-
lished position, but the prior position is be-
ingextendedtoapplytoavariationofthe
fact situation set forth therein. Thus, if
an earlier ruling held that a principle ap-
plied to A, and the new ruling holds that the
same principle also applies to B, the earlier
ruling is amplified. (Compare withmodi-
fied,below).
Clarifiedis used in those instances
where the language in a prior ruling is be-
ing made clear because the language has
caused, or may cause, some confusion.
It is not used where a position in a prior
ruling is being changed.
Distinguisheddescribes a situation
where a ruling mentions a previously pub-
lished ruling and points out an essential
difference between them.
Modifiedis used where the substance
of a previously published position is being
changed. Thus, if a prior ruling held that a
principle applied to A but not to B, and the
new ruling holds that it applies to both A
and B, the prior ruling is modified because
it corrects a published position. (Compare
withamplifiedandclarified, above).
Obsoleteddescribes a previously pub-
lished ruling that is not considered deter-
minative with respect to future transac-
tions. This term is most commonly used in
a ruling that lists previously published rul-
ings that are obsoleted because of changes
in laws or regulations. A ruling may also
be obsoleted because the substance has
been included in regulations subsequently
adopted.
Revokeddescribes situations where the
position in the previously published ruling
is not correct and the correct position is
beingstatedinanewruling.
Supersededdescribes a situation where
the new ruling does nothing more than re-
state the substance and situation of a previ-
ously published ruling (or rulings). Thus,
the term is used to republish under the
1986 Code and regulations the same po-
sition published under the 1939 Code and
regulations. The term is also used when
it is desired to republish in a single rul-
ing a series of situations, names, etc., that
were previously published over a period of
time in separate rulings. If the new rul-
ing does more than restate the substance
of a prior ruling, a combination of terms
is used. For example,modifiedandsu-
persededdescribes a situation where the
substance of a previously published ruling
is being changed in part and is continued
without change in part and it is desired to
restate the valid portion of the previously
published ruling in a new ruling that is self
contained. In this case, the previously pub-
lished ruling is first modified and then, as
modified, is superseded.
Supplementedis used in situations in
which a list, such as a list of the names of
countries, is published in a ruling and that
list is expanded by adding further names in
subsequent rulings. After the original rul-
ing has been supplemented several times, a
new ruling may be published that includes
the list in the original ruling and the ad-
ditions, and supersedes all prior rulings in
the series.
Suspendedis used in rare situations
to show that the previous published rul-
ings will not be applied pending some
future action such as the issuance of new
or amended regulations, the outcome of
cases in litigation, or the outcome of a
Service study.
Abbreviations
The fol
lowing abbreviations in current use
and for
merly used will appear in material
publis
hedintheBulletin.
A—Individual.
Acq.—A
cquiescence.
B—Individual.
BE—Beneficiary.
BK—Bank
.
B.T.A.—Board of Tax Appeals.
C—Individual.
C.B.—Cu
mulative Bulletin.
CFR—Code of Federal Regulations.
CI—City.
COOP—Coo
perative.
Ct.D.—Court Decision.
CY—County.
D—Decede
nt.
DC—Dummy Corporation.
DE—Donee.
Del. Order
—Delegation Order.
DISC—Domestic International Sales Corporation.
DR—Donor.
E—Estate.
EE—Employee.
E.O.—Executive Order.
ER—Emp
loyer.
ERISA—Employee Retirement Income Security Act.
EX—Executor.
F—Fiduc
iary.
FC—Foreign Country.
FICA—Federal Insurance Contributions Act.
FISC—Fo
reign International Sales Company.
FPH—Foreign Personal Holding Company.
F.R.—Federal Register.
FUTA—Fed
eral Unemployment Tax Act.
FX—Foreign corporation.
G.C.M.—Chief Counsel’s Memorandum.
GE—Grante
e.
GP—General Partner.
GR—Grantor.
IC—Insura
nce Company.
I.R.B.—Internal Revenue Bulletin.
LE—Lessee.
LP—Limited
Partner.
LR—Lessor.
M—Minor.
Nonacq.—No
nacquiescence.
O—Organization.
P—Parent Corporation.
PHC—Persona
l Holding Company.
PO—Possession of the U.S.
PR—Partner.
PRS—Pa
rtnership.
PTE—Prohibited Transaction Exemption.
Pub. L.—Public Law.
REIT—Re
al Estate Investment Trust.
Rev. Proc.—Revenue Procedure.
Rev. Rul.—Revenue Ruling.
S—Subsi
diary.
S.P.R.—Statement of Procedural Rules.
Stat.—Statutes at Large.
T—Target
Corporation.
T.C.—Tax Court.
T.D.—Treasury Decision.
TFE—Trans
feree.
TFR—Transferor.
T.I.R.—Technical Information Release.
TP—Taxpay
er.
TR—Trust.
TT—Trustee.
U.S.C.—Uni
ted States Code.
X—Corporation.
Y—Corporation.
Z—Corporat
ion.
2006–48 I.R.B.iNovember 27, 2006

Numerical Finding List
1
Bulletins 2006–27 through 2006–48
Announcements:
2006-42, 2006-27 I.R.B.48
2006-43, 2006-27 I.R.B.48
2006-44, 2006-27 I.R.B.49
2006-45, 2006-31 I.R.B.121
2006-46, 2006-28 I.R.B.76
2006-47, 2006-28 I.R.B.78
2006-48, 2006-31 I.R.B.135
2006-49, 2006-29 I.R.B.89
2006-50, 2006-34 I.R.B.321
2006-51, 2006-32 I.R.B.222
2006-52, 2006-33 I.R.B.254
2006-53, 2006-33 I.R.B.254
2006-54, 2006-33 I.R.B.254
2006-55, 2006-35 I.R.B.342
2006-56, 2006-35 I.R.B.342
2006-57, 2006-35 I.R.B.343
2006-58, 2006-36 I.R.B.388
2006-59, 2006-36 I.R.B.388
2006-60, 2006-36 I.R.B.389
2006-61, 2006-36 I.R.B.390
2006-62, 2006-37 I.R.B.444
2006-63, 2006-37 I.R.B.445
2006-64, 2006-37 I.R.B.447
2006-65, 2006-37 I.R.B.447
2006-66, 2006-37 I.R.B.448
2006-67, 2006-38 I.R.B.509
2006-68, 2006-38 I.R.B.510
2006-69, 2006-37 I.R.B.449
2006-70, 2006-40 I.R.B.629
2006-71, 2006-40 I.R.B.630
2006-72, 2006-40 I.R.B.630
2006-73, 2006-42 I.R.B.745
2006-74, 2006-42 I.R.B.746
2006-75, 2006-42 I.R.B.746
2006-76, 2006-42 I.R.B.746
2006-77, 2006-42 I.R.B.748
2006-78, 2006-42 I.R.B.748
2006-79, 2006-43 I.R.B.792
2006-80, 2006-45 I.R.B.840
2006-81, 2006-44 I.R.B.821
2006-82, 2006-44 I.R.B.821
2006-83, 2006-44 I.R.B.822
2006-84, 2006-45 I.R.B.873
2006-85, 2006-45 I.R.B.873
2006-86, 2006-45 I.R.B.842
2006-87, 2006-44 I.R.B.822
2006-88, 2006-46 I.R.B.910
2006-89, 2006-44 I.R.B.826
2006-90, 2006-47 I.R.B.953
2006-91, 2006-47 I.R.B.953
2006-92, 2006-48 I.R.B.
1014
2006-93, 2006-48 I.R.B.1017
Announcements— Continued:
2006-94, 2006-48 I.R.B.1017
Notices:
2006-56, 2006-28 I.R.B.58
2006-57, 2006-27 I.R.B.13
2006-58, 2006-28 I.R.B.59
2006-59, 2006-28 I.R.B.60
2006-60, 2006-29 I.R.B.82
2006-61, 2006-29 I.R.B.85
2006-62, 2006-29 I.R.B.86
2006-63, 2006-29 I.R.B.87
2006-64, 2006-29 I.R.B.88
2006-65, 2006-31 I.R.B.102
2006-66, 2006-30 I.R.B.99
2006-67, 2006-33 I.R.B.248
2006-68, 2006-31 I.R.B.105
2006-69, 2006-31 I.R.B.107
2006-70, 2006-33 I.R.B.252
2006-71, 2006-34 I.R.B.316
2006-72, 2006-36 I.R.B.363
2006-73, 2006-35 I.R.B.339
2006-74, 2006-35 I.R.B.339
2006-75, 2006-36 I.R.B.366
2006-76, 2006-38 I.R.B.459
2006-77, 2006-40 I.R.B.590
2006-78, 2006-41 I.R.B.675
2006-79, 2006-43 I.R.B.763
2006-80, 2006-40 I.R.B.594
2006-81, 2006-40 I.R.B.595
2006-82, 2006-39 I.R.B.529
2006-83, 2006-40 I.R.B.596
2006-84, 2006-41 I.R.B.677
2006-85, 2006-41 I.R.B.677
2006-86, 2006-41 I.R.B.680
2006-87, 2006-43 I.R.B.766
2006-88, 2006-42 I.R.B.686
2006-89, 2006-43 I.R.B.772
2006-90, 2006-42 I.R.B.688
2006-91, 2006-42 I.R.B.688
2006-92, 2006-43 I.R.B.774
2006-93, 2006-44 I.R.B.798
2006-94, 2006-43 I.R.B.777
2006-95, 2006-45 I.R.B.848
2006-96, 2006-46 I.R.B.902
2006-97, 2006-46 I.R.B.904
2006-98, 2006-46 I.R.B.906
2006-99, 2006-46 I.R.B.907
2006-101, 2006-47 I.R.B.930
2006-102, 2006-46 I.R.B.909
2006-103, 2006-47 I.R.B.931
2006-104, 2006-48 I.R.B.995
Proposed Regulations:
REG-208270-86, 2006-42 I.R.B.698
REG-121509-00, 2006-40 I.R.B.602
Proposed Regulations— Continued:
REG-135866-02, 2006-27 I.R.B.34
REG-140379-02, 2006-44 I.R.B.808
REG-142599-02, 2006-44 I.R.B.808
REG-146893-02, 2006-34 I.R.B.317
REG-159929-02, 2006-35 I.R.B.341
REG-148864-03, 2006-34 I.R.B.320
REG-168745-03, 2006-39 I.R.B.532
REG-105248-04, 2006-43 I.R.B.787
REG-109512-05, 2006-30 I.R.B.100
REG-110405-05, 2006-48 I.R.B.1004
REG-141901-05, 2006-47 I.R.B.947
REG-142270-05, 2006-43 I.R.B.791
REG-145154-05, 2006-39 I.R.B.567
REG-148576-05, 2006-40 I.R.B.627
REG-109367-06, 2006-41 I.R.B.683
REG-112994-06, 2006-27 I.R.B.47
REG-118775-06, 2006-28 I.R.B.73
REG-118897-06, 2006-31 I.R.B.120
REG-120509-06, 2006-39 I.R.B.570
REG-124152-06, 2006-36 I.R.B.368
REG-125071-06, 2006-36 I.R.B.375
REG-127819-06, 2006-48 I.R.B.1013
REG-136806-06, 2006-47 I.R.B.950
Revenue Procedures:
2006-29, 2006-27 I.R.B.13
2006-30, 2006-31 I.R.B.110
2006-31, 2006-27 I.R.B.32
2006-32, 2006-28 I.R.B.61
2006-33, 2006-32 I.R.B.140
2006-34, 2006-38 I.R.B.460
2006-35, 2006-37 I.R.B.434
2006-36, 2006-38 I.R.B.498
2006-37, 2006-38 I.R.B.499
2006-38, 2006-39 I.R.B.530
2006-39, 2006-40 I.R.B.600
2006-40, 2006-42 I.R.B.694
2006-41, 2006-43 I.R.B.777
2006-42, 2006-47 I.R.B.931
2006-43, 2006-45 I.R.B.849
2006-44, 2006-44 I.R.B.800
2006-45, 2006-45 I.R.B.851
2006-46, 2006-45 I.R.B.859
2006-47, 2006-45 I.R.B.869
2006-48, 2006-47 I.R.B.934
2006-49, 2006-47 I.R.B.936
2006-50, 2006-47 I.R.B.944
2006-51, 2006-47 I.R.B.945
2006-52, 2006-48 I.R.B.995
2006-53, 2006-48 I.R.B.996
Revenue Rulings:
2006-35, 2006-28 I.R.B.50
2006-36, 2006-36 I.R.B.353
2006-37, 2006-30 I.R.B.91
1
A cumulative list of all revenue rulings, revenueprocedures, Treasury decisions, etc., publishedin Internal Revenue Bulletins 2006–1 through 2006–26 is in Internal Revenue Bulletin
2006–26, dated June 26, 2006.
November 27, 2006ii2006–48 I.R.B.

Revenue Rulings— Continued:
2006-38, 2006-29 I.R.B.80
2006-39, 2006-32 I.R.B.137
2006-40, 2006-32 I.R.B.136
2006-41, 2006-35 I.R.B.331
2006-42, 2006-35 I.R.B.337
2006-43, 2006-35 I.R.B.329
2006-44, 2006-36 I.R.B.361
2006-45, 2006-37 I.R.B.423
2006-46, 2006-39 I.R.B.511
2006-47, 2006-39 I.R.B.511
2006-48, 2006-39 I.R.B.516
2006-49, 2006-40 I.R.B.584
2006-50, 2006-41 I.R.B.672
2006-51, 2006-41 I.R.B.632
2006-52, 2006-43 I.R.B.761
2006-53, 2006-44 I.R.B.796
2006-54, 2006-45 I.R.B.834
2006-55, 2006-45 I.R.B.837
2006-56, 2006-46 I.R.B.874
2006-57, 2006-47 I.R.B.911
2006-58, 2006-46 I.R.B.876
2006-59, 2006-48 I.R.B.992
2006-60, 2006-48 I.R.B.977
Social Security Contribution and Benefit
Base; Domestic Employee Coverage
Threshold:
2006-102, 2006-46 I.R.B.909
Tax Conventions:
2006-80, 2006-45 I.R.B.840
2006-86, 2006-45 I.R.B.842
Treasury Decisions:
9265, 2006-27 I.R.B.1
9266, 2006-28 I.R.B.52
9267, 2006-34 I.R.B.313
9268, 2006-30 I.R.B.94
9269, 2006-30 I.R.B.92
9270, 2006-33 I.R.B.237
9271, 2006-33 I.R.B.224
9272, 2006-35 I.R.B.332
9273, 2006-37 I.R.B.394
9274, 2006-33 I.R.B.244
9275, 2006-35 I.R.B.327
9276, 2006-37 I.R.B.424
9277, 2006-33 I.R.B.226
9278, 2006-34 I.R.B.256
9279, 2006-36 I.R.B.355
9280, 2006-38 I.R.B.450
9281, 2006-39 I.R.B.517
9282, 2006-39 I.R.B.512
9283, 2006-41 I.R.B.633
9284, 2006-40 I.R.B.582
9285, 2006-41 I.R.B.656
9286, 2006-43 I.R.B.750
9287, 2006-46 I.R.B.896
9288, 2006-44 I.R.B.794
Treasury Decisions— Continued:
9289, 2006-45 I.R.B.827
9290, 2006-46 I.R.B.879
9291, 2006-46 I.R.B.887
9292, 2006-47 I.R.B.914
9293, 2006-48 I.R.B.957
9294, 2006-48 I.R.B.980
2006–48 I.R.B.iiiNovember 27, 2006

Finding List of Current Actions on
Previously Published Items
1
Bulletins 2006–27 through 2006–48
Announcements:
2005-59
Updated and superseded by
Ann. 2006-45, 2006-31 I.R.B.121
Notices:
88-128
Supplemented by
Notice 2006-95, 2006-45 I.R.B.848
2002-45
Amplified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-36, 2006-36 I.R.B.353
2003-69
Amplified and superseded by
Notice 2006-101, 2006-47 I.R.B.930
2004-61
Modified and superseded by
Notice 2006-95, 2006-45 I.R.B.848
2006-20
Supplemented and modified by
Notice 2006-56, 2006-28 I.R.B.58
2006-27
Modified by
Ann. 2006-88, 2006-46 I.R.B.910
2006-28
Modified by
Ann. 2006-88, 2006-46 I.R.B.910
2006-53
Modified by
Notice 2006-71, 2006-34 I.R.B.316
2006-67
Modified and superseded by
Notice 2006-77, 2006-40 I.R.B.590
Proposed Regulations:
REG-135866-02
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-64, 2006-37 I.R.B.447
Ann. 2006-65, 2006-37 I.R.B.447
REG-124152-06
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-90, 2006-47 I.R.B.953
REG-134317-05
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-47, 2006-28 I.R.B.78
REG-112994-06
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-79, 2006-43 I.R.B.792
Proposed Regulations— Continued:
REG-118775-06
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-71, 2006-40 I.R.B.630
Revenue Procedures:
99-35
Modified and superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-40, 2006-42 I.R.B.694
2002-41
Modified by
Rev. Proc. 2006-53, 2006-48 I.R.B.996
2002-9
Modified and amplified by
Notice 2006-67, 2006-33 I.R.B.248
Notice 2006-77, 2006-40 I.R.B.590
Rev. Proc. 2006-43, 2006-45 I.R.B.849
2002-37
Clarified, modified, amplified, and superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-45, 2006-45 I.R.B.851
2002-38
Clarified, modified, amplified, and superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-46, 2006-45 I.R.B.859
2004-63
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-34, 2006-38 I.R.B.460
2005-41
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-29, 2006-27 I.R.B.13
2005-49
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-33, 2006-32 I.R.B.140
2005-67
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-41, 2006-43 I.R.B.777
2005-70
Amplified by
Rev. Proc. 2006-51, 2006-47 I.R.B.945
2005-78
Superseded by
Rev. Proc. 2006-49, 2006-47 I.R.B.936
2006-12
Modified by
Rev. Proc. 2006-37, 2006-38 I.R.B.499
2006-33
Updated and clarified by
Ann. 2006-73, 2006-42 I.R.B.745
2006-35
Modified by
Notice 2006-90, 2006-42 I.R.B.688
Revenue Rulings:
72-238
Obsoleted by
REG-109367-06, 2006-41 I.R.B.683
73-558
Obsoleted by
REG-109367-06, 2006-41 I.R.B.683
75-296
Distinguished by
Rev. Rul. 2006-52, 2006-43 I.R.B.761
80-31
Distinguished by
Rev. Rul. 2006-52, 2006-43 I.R.B.761
81-35
Amplified and modified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-43, 2006-35 I.R.B.329
81-36
Amplified and modified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-43, 2006-35 I.R.B.329
87-10
Amplified and modified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-43, 2006-35 I.R.B.329
2002-41
Amplified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-36, 2006-36 I.R.B.353
2003-43
Amplified by
Notice 2006-69, 2006-31 I.R.B.107
2005-24
Amplified by
Rev. Rul. 2006-36, 2006-36 I.R.B.353
Treasury Decisions:
9244
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-91, 2006-47 I.R.B.953
9254
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-44, 2006-27 I.R.B.49
Ann. 2006-66, 2006-37 I.R.B.448
9258
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-46, 2006-28 I.R.B.76
9260
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-67, 2006-38 I.R.B.509
9262
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-56, 2006-35 I.R.B.342
1
A cumulative list of current actions on previously published items in Internal Revenue Bulletins 2006–1 through 2006–26 is in Internal Revenue Bulletin 2006–26, dated June 26, 2006.
November 27, 2006iv2006–48 I.R.B.

Treasury Decisions— Continued:
9264
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-46, 2006-28 I.R.B.76
9272
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-68, 2006-38 I.R.B.510
9274
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-89, 2006-44 I.R.B.826
9276
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-83, 2006-44 I.R.B.822
Ann. 2006-85, 2006-45 I.R.B.873
9277
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-72, 2006-40 I.R.B.630
9280
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-78, 2006-42 I.R.B.748
9281
Corrected by
Ann. 2006-82, 2006-44 I.R.B.821
Ann. 2006-84, 2006-45 I.R.B.873
2006–48 I.R.B.vNovember 27, 2006

INDEX
Internal Revenue Bulletins 2006–27 through
2006–48
The abbreviation and number in parenthesis following the index entry
refer to the specific item; numbers in roman and italic type following
the parenthesis refers to the Internal Revenue Bulletin in which the item
may be found and the page number on which it appears.
Key to Abbreviations:
AnnAnnouncement
CDCourt Decision
DODelegation Order
EOExecutive Order
PLPublic Law
PTEProhibited Transaction Exemption
RPRevenue Procedure
RRRevenue Ruling
SPRStatement of Procedural Rules
TCTax Convention
TDTreasury Decision
TDOTreasury Department Order
EMPLOYEE PLANS
Anti-cutback rules, section 411(d)(6) protected benefits (TD
9280) 38,450;correction(Ann78)42,748
Disaster relief, additional postponement under section 7508A for
filing certain 2004 and 2005 individual tax returns by certain
taxpayers affected by Hurricane Katrina (Notice 56) 28,58
Electronic media use for providing employee benefit notices and
making employee benefit elections and consents (TD 9294) 48,
980
Employee stock ownership plan (ESOP), disallowance of deduc-
tion for reacquisition payments (TD 9282) 39,512
Exempt organization employees, minimum coverage require-
mentsofsection410(b)(TD9275)35,327
Full funding limitations, weighted average interest rate:
For July 2006 (Notice 66) 30,99
For August 2006 (Notice 74) 35,339
For September 2006 (Notice 80) 40,594
For October 2006 (Notice 94) 43,777
For November 2006 (Notice 104) 48,995
Pension Protection Act of 2006 modifications (Notice 75) 36,
366
Indian tribal government, Pension Protection Act of 2006 (Notice
89) 43,772
Minimum funding standards, alternative funding schedule (Ann
70) 40,629
Nonbank trustee and nonbank custodian, approval list (Ann 45)
31,122
Qualified retirement plans:
Covered compensation tables for 2007, permitted disparity
(RR 60) 48,977
Government pick-up plans, employer contributions (RR 43)
35,329
EMPLOYEE PLANS—Cont.
Limitations on benefits and contributions, cost-of-living ad-
justments, 2007 (Notice 98) 46,906
Prohibited transaction excise tax, amount involved in elective
deferral (RR 38) 29,80
Regulations:
26 CFR 1.72(p)–1, revised; 1.132–9(b), amended;
1.401(a)–21, added; 1.401(k)–3, amended; 1.402(f)–1,
amended; 1.411(a)–11, amended; 1.417(a)(3)–1, amended;
1.7476–2, amended; 35.3405–1, amended; 54.4980F–1,
amended; use of electronic media for providing employee
benefit notices and making employee benefit elections and
consents (TD 9294) 48,980
26 CFR 1.410(b)–0, –6, –10, amended; exclusion of employ-
ees of 501(c)(3) organizations in 401(k) and 401(m) plans
(TD 9275) 35,327
26 CFR 1.411(a)–8, amended; 1.411(d)–3, amended; section
411(d)(6) protected benefits (TD 9280) 38,450; correction
(Ann 78) 42,748
26 CFR 1.162(k)–1, added; 1.404(k)–3, added; dividends
paid deduction for stock held in employee stock ownership
plan (TD 9282) 39,512
Roth IRAs, distributions of designated Roth contributions, public
hearing on REG–146459–05 (Ann 42) 27,48
Transition relief under section 409A, additional relief (Notice 79)
43,763
EMPLOYMENT TAX
Bankruptcy estate in chapter 11 cases filed on or after October 17,
2005, post-petition income of individual debtor (Notice 83) 40,
596
Collection:
Clarification of the way due process hearings are conducted:
Federal tax lien (TD 9290) 46,879
Prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
Controlled services transactions under section 482, treatment, al-
location of income and deductions from intangibles, and stew-
ardship expense (TD 9278) 34,256; (REG–146893–02) 34,
317
Disaster relief:
Additional postponement under section 7508A for filing cer-
tain 2004 and 2005 individual tax returns by certain taxpay-
ers affected by Hurricane Katrina (Notice 56) 28,58
Leave-sharing plans (Notice 59) 28,60
Disclosure of return information, Bureau of Economic Analysis
(TD 9267) 34,313; (REG–148864–03) 34,320
Excess per diem allowances (RR 56) 46,874
Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA), application to pay-
ments made for certain services (TD 9266) 28,52
Offers in compromise, nonrefundable down payments required
(Notice 68) 31,105
Proposed Regulations:
26 CFR 31.3121(s)–1, amended; treatment of services under
section 482, allocation of income and deductions from in-
tangibles, stewardship expense (REG–146893–02) 34,317
November 27, 2006vi2006–48 I.R.B.

EMPLOYMENT TAX—Cont.
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; disclosure of re-
turn information to the Bureau of Economic Analysis
(REG–148864–03) 34,320
Regulations:
26 CFR 31.3102–1, amended; 31.3121(a)–2, (a)(7)–1,
(a)(8)–1, (i)–1, amended; 31.3121(a)(10)–1, revised; ap-
plication of the Federal Insurance Contributions Act to
payments made for certain services (TD 9266) 28,52
26 CFR 31.3121(s)–1, amended; 31.3121(s)–1T, added; treat-
ment of services under section 482, allocation of income
and deductions from intangibles, stewardship expense (TD
9278) 34,256
26 CFR 31.3401(a)–1, –4, amended; 31.3402(g)–1, amended;
31.3402(j)–1, amended; 31.3402(n)–1, revised; flat rate
supplemental wage withholding (TD 9276) 37,423;cor-
rection (Ann 83) 44,822; additional correction (Ann 85)
45,873
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; 301.6103(j)(1)–1T,
added; disclosure of return information to the Bureau of
Economic Analysis (TD 9267) 34,313
26 CFR 301.6320–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing upon filing of notice of federal tax lien
(TD 9290) 46,879
26 CFR 301.6330–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
Smartcards and debit cards used toprovide qualified transporta-
tion fringes under section 132(f) (RR 57) 47,911
Social security contribution andbenefit base, domestic employee
coverage threshold, 2007 (Notice 102) 46,909
Supplemental wages, withholding (TD 9276) 37,423; correction
(Ann 83) 44,822; additional correction (Ann 85) 45,873
Tax effects of proposed chapter 12 plans (RP 52) 48,995
Tip reporting, Attributed Tip Income Program (ATIP) (RP 30)
31,110
ESTATE TAX
Collection:
Clarification of the way due process hearings are conducted:
Federal tax lien (TD 9290) 46,879
Prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
Cost-of-living adjustments for inflation for 2007 (RP 53) 48,996
Disaster relief, additional postponement under section 7508A for
filing certain 2004 and 2005 individual tax returns by certain
taxpayers affected by Hurricane Katrina (Notice 56) 28,58
Disclosure of return information, Bureau of Economic Analysis
(TD 9267) 34,313; (REG–148864–03) 34,320
Offers in compromise, nonrefundable down payments required
(Notice 68) 31,105
Proposed Regulations:
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; disclosure of re-
turn information to the Bureau of Economic Analysis
(REG–148864–03) 34,320
ESTATE TAX—Cont.
Regulations:
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; 301.6103(j)(1)–1T,
added; disclosure of return information to the Bureau of
Economic Analysis (TD 9267) 34,313
26 CFR 301.6320–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing upon filing of notice of federal tax lien
(TD 9290) 46,879
26 CFR 301.6330–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
EXCISE TAX
Alternative fuel and alternative fuel mixtures claims, exemptions
for blood collector organizations (Notice 92) 43,774
Collection:
Clarification of the way due process hearings are conducted:
Federal tax lien (TD 9290) 46,879
Prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
Cost-of-living adjustments for inflation for 2007 (RP 53) 48,996
Disaster relief, additional postponement under section 7508A for
filing certain 2004 and 2005 individual tax returns by certain
taxpayers affected by Hurricane Katrina (Notice 56) 28,58
Disclosure of return information, Bureau of Economic Analysis
(TD 9267) 34,313; (REG–148864–03) 34,320
Disclosure requirements with respect to prohibited tax shelter
transactions to which tax-exempt entities are parties (Notice
65) 31,102
Excise taxes with respect to prohibited tax shelter transactions to
which tax-exempt entities are parties (Notice 65) 31,102
Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) under section 4980G, em-
ployer comparable contributions (TD 9277) 33,226
Offers in compromise, nonrefundable down payments required
(Notice 68) 31,105
Proposed Regulations:
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; disclosure of re-
turn information to the Bureau of Economic Analysis
(REG–148864–03) 34,320
Regulations:
26 CFR 54.4980G–0 thru –5, added; employer comparable
contributions to Health Savings Accounts under section
4980G (TD 9277) 33,226
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; 301.6103(j)(1)–1T,
added; disclosure of return information to the Bureau of
Economic Analysis (TD 9267) 34,313
26 CFR 301.6320–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing upon filing of notice of federal tax lien
(TD 9290) 46,879
26 CFR 301.6330–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
Tax effects of proposed chapter 12 plans (RP 52) 48,995
2006–48 I.R.B.viiNovember 27, 2006

EXCISE TAX—Cont.
Tickets for taxable transportation purchased from third party in-
termediaries, determination of tax base on amounts paid (RR
52) 43,761
EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS
Disaster relief, additional postponement under section 7508A for
filing certain 2004 and 2005 individual tax returns by certain
taxpayers affected by Hurricane Katrina (Notice 56) 28,58
Disclosure requirements with respect to prohibited tax shelter
transactions to which tax-exempt entities are parties (Notice
65) 31,102
Excise taxes with respect to prohibited tax shelter transactions to
which tax-exempt entities are parties (Notice 65) 31,102
List of organizations classifiedas private foundations (Ann 51)
32,222; (Ann 76) 42,746; (Ann 92) 48,1014
Private foundation status procedures (Ann 93) 48,1017
Real estate investment trusts (REITs):
Allocation and reporting of excess inclusion income by REITs
and other pass-through entities (Notice 97) 46,904
Excess inclusion income allocable to charitable remainder
trust, unrelated business taxable income under section
860E(b) (RR 58) 46,876
Revocations (Ann 48) 31,136; (Ann 54) 33,254;(Ann55)35,
342; (Ann 60) 36,389;(Ann69)37,449;(Ann75)42,746;
(Ann 81) 44,821
GIFT TAX
Collection:
Clarification of the way due process hearings are conducted:
Federal tax lien (TD 9290) 46,879
Prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
Cost-of-living adjustments for inflation for 2007 (RP 53) 48,996
Disaster relief, additional postponement under section 7508A for
filing certain 2004 and 2005 individual tax returns by certain
taxpayers affected by Hurricane Katrina (Notice 56) 28,58
Disclosure of return information, Bureau of Economic Analysis
(TD 9267) 34,313; (REG–148864–03) 34,320
Offers in compromise, nonrefundable down payments required
(Notice 68) 31,105
Proposed Regulations:
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; disclosure of re-
turn information to the Bureau of Economic Analysis
(REG–148864–03) 34,320
Regulations:
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; 301.6103(j)(1)–1T,
added; disclosure of return information to the Bureau of
Economic Analysis (TD 9267) 34,313
26 CFR 301.6320–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing upon filing of notice of federal tax lien
(TD 9290) 46,879
GIFT TAX—Cont.
26 CFR 301.6330–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
INCOME TAX
Accounting methods:
Accounting period change:
For corporations (RP 45) 45,851
For certain pass-through entities (RP 46) 45,859
Advance consent to change procedures (RP 37) 38,499
Final bonus depreciation regulations (RP 43) 45,849
Nonaccrual-experience method (TD 9285) 41,656
Revised instructions for Form 3115, Application for Change
inAccountingMethod(Ann52)33,254
Accounts and notes receivable, section 1221(a)(4) capital asset
exclusion (REG–109367–06) 41,683
Allocation and accounting regulations under section 141, general
(REG–140379–02; REG–142599–02) 44,808
Annuities, exchanges of property for an annuity contract
(REG–141901–05) 47,947
Appeals arbitration program, establishment (RP 44) 44,800
Attained age for life insurance contract qualification (TD 9287)
46,896
Automatic approval to changecertain section 861 methods of
apportioning expenses (RP 42) 47,931
Bankruptcy estate in chapter 11 cases filed on or after October 17,
2005, post-petition income of individual debtor (Notice 83) 40,
596
Base period T-bill rate, 2006 (RR 54) 45,834
Bond issue, administrative appeal of proposed adverse determi-
nation of tax-exempt status (RP 40) 42,694
Book-entry systems, foreign targeted registered bonds, interest
when no tax imposed (Notice 99) 46,907
Capitalization of amounts paid to acquire, produce, or improve
tangible property (REG–168745–03) 39,532
Charitable contributions, appraisal requirements (Notice 96) 46,
902
Collection:
Clarification of the way due process hearings are conducted:
Federal tax lien (TD 9290) 46,879
Prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
IRS’s use of private collection agencies (PCAs) in 2006 (Ann
63) 37,445
Computer software, domestic production activities deduction un-
der section 199(c)(5)(B):
Change in hearing location for REG–111578–06 (Ann 53) 33,
254
Correction to TD 9262 (Ann 56) 35,342
Conservation Security Program (CSP), cost-share payments (RR
46) 39,511
Consolidated returns, basis reallocation, loss suspension, and ex-
piration of losses on certain stock dispositions, correction to
TD 9254 (Ann 44) 27,49; correction (Ann 66) 37,448
November 27, 2006viii2006–48 I.R.B.

INCOME TAX—Cont.
Controlled services cost methodunder section 482 regulations,
identification of specified eligible covered services (Ann 50)
34,321
Controlled services transactionsunder section 482, treatment, al-
location of income and deductions from intangibles, and stew-
ardship expense (TD 9278) 34,256; (REG–146893–02) 34,
317
Corporations:
Attribution of earnings and profits to stock of controlled
foreign corporations (REG–135866–02) 27,34; correction
(Ann 64) 37,447; additional corrections (Ann 65) 37,447
Basis of built-in loss assets transferred and stock received in
exchange for such assets in certain nonrecognition transac-
tions (REG–110405–05) 48,1004
Distributions of interests in a loss corporation from qualified
trusts (TD 9269) 30,92
Elections, spin-offs, corporate distributions, section
355(b)(3)(C) elections, corporate reorganizations (No-
tice 81) 40,595
Exclusion from gross income ofpreviously taxed earnings and
profits and related basis adjustments (REG–121509–00) 40,
602
Foreign corporation interest expense allocations, branch prof-
its tax election, branch profits tax liability reduction (TD
9281) 39,517; correction (Ann 82) 44,821; additional cor-
rections (Ann 84) 45,873; (REG–120509–06) 39,570
Information returns required with respect to certain foreign
corporations and certain foreign-owned domestic corpora-
tions (TD 9268) 30,94; (REG–109512–05) 30,100
Inversions, surrogate foreign corporations (Notice 70) 33,252
Look-through treatment of dividends from noncontrolled sec-
tion 902 corporations, correction to TD 9260 (Ann 67) 38,
509
Property used to purchase parent stock in certain triangular
reorganizations involving foreign corporations (Notice 85)
41,677
Surrogate foreign corporation status for purposes of section
7874 (TD 9265) 27,1; (REG–112994–06) 27,47; correc-
tion (Ann 79) 43,792
Cost-of-living adjustments for inflation for 2007 (RP 53) 48,996
Credits:
Alternative fuel motor vehicle credit (Notice 78) 41,675
Electricity produced from certain renewable resources, open-
loop biomass (Notice 88) 42,686
Enhanced oil recovery credit, 2006 inflation adjustment (No-
tice 62) 29,86
For income, war profits, excess profits taxes paid to foreign
country or U.S. possession (REG–124152–06) 36,368;cor-
rection(Ann90)47,953
Low-income housing credit:
Carryovers to qualified states, 2006 National Pool (RP 38)
39,530
Satisfactory bond, “bond factor” amounts for the period:
January through September 2006 (RR 37) 30,91
January through December 2006 (RR 51) 41,632
INCOME TAX—Cont.
New energy efficient home credit, taxpayers may use either
RESNET Publication No. 05–001 or No. 06–001 to deter-
mine whether a dwelling unit qualifies (Ann 88) 46,910
New markets tax credit, low-income community business
(Notice 60) 29,82
Nonbusiness energy property, siding not component specifi-
cally and primarily designedto reduce heat loss or gain of
dwelling (Notice 71) 34,316
Railroad track maintenance credit (TD 9286) 43,750;
(REG–142270–05) 43,791
Work opportunity and welfare-to-work tax credits (Ann 49)
29,89
Debit cards used to reimburse participants in self-insured medical
reimbursement plans and dependent care assistance programs
(Notice 69) 31,107
Depreciation, additional first year depreciation deduction (TD
9283) 41,633
Disaster relief:
Additional postponement under section 7508A for filing cer-
tain 2004 and 2005 individual tax returns by certain taxpay-
ers affected by Hurricane Katrina (Notice 56) 28,58
Casualty and theft loss deductions attributable to Hurricanes
Katrina, Rita, and Wilma, safe harbor methods for individ-
uals, personal-use residential real property and certain per-
sonal belongings (RP 32) 28,61
Depreciation, Gulf Opportunity(GO) Zone additional first
year depreciation deduction (Notice 67) 33,248; modified
and superseded (Notice 77) 40,590
Leave-sharing plans (Notice 59) 28,60
Disciplinary actionsinvolving attorneys,certified public accoun-
tants, enrolled agents, and enrolled actuaries (Ann 57) 35,343;
(Ann 94) 48,1017
Disclosure of return information:
Bureau of Economic Analysis (TD 9267) 34,313;
(REG–148864–03) 34,320
By certain officers and employees for investigative purposes
(TD 9274) 33,244; correction (Ann 89) 44,826
Disregarded entities under section 752, treatment (TD 9289) 45,
827
E-file:
Guidance necessary to facilitatebusiness electronic filing and
burden reduction, correction to TD 9264 (Ann 46) 28,76;
correction to REG–134317–05 (Ann 47) 28,78
Request for applications to participate in the 2007 IRS Indi-
vidual e-file Partnership Program (Ann 87) 44,822
Effect of elections in certain multi-step transactions (TD 9271)
33,224
Employee stock ownership plan (ESOP), disallowance of deduc-
tion for reacquisitionpayments (TD 9282) 39,512
Exempt organization employees, minimum coverage require-
ments of section 410(b) (TD 9275) 35,327
Fast Track Settlement (FTS) for SB/SE taxpayers to expedite
case resolution (Ann 61) 36,390
2006–48 I.R.B.ixNovember 27, 2006

INCOME TAX—Cont.
Forms:
1042-S, Foreign Person’s U.S. Source Income Subject to
Withholding, specificationsfor filing electronically or
magnetically (RP 34) 38,460
1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G, requirements for filing electron-
ically or magnetically (revised 8-2006) (RP 33) 32,140;
update to Publication 1220 affecting tax year 2006 filing of
information returns (Ann 73) 42,745
3115, Application for Change in Accounting Method, instruc-
tions revised May 2006 (Ann 52) 33,254
8027, Employer’s Annual Information Return of Tip Income
and Allocated Tips, specifications for filing electronically
or magnetically (RP 29) 27,13
8802, Application for United States Residency Certification,
user fees for processing (RP 35) 37,434
8830, Enhanced Oil Recovery Credit, credit phased out for
2006 (Ann 62) 37,444
8840, Closer Connection Exception Statement for Aliens, re-
vision (Notice 73) 35,339
8898, Statement for Individuals Who Begin or End Bona Fide
Residence in a U.S. Possession, postponement of filing date
for tax years 2001 through 2005 (Notice 57) 27,13;revision
(Notice 73) 35,339
Health reimbursement arrangements, taxable benefits of benefi-
ciaries (RR 36) 36,353
Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) under section 4980G, em-
ployer comparable contributions (TD 9277) 33,226; correc-
tion (Ann 72) 40,630
Housing cost amount eligible for exclusion or deduction, deter-
mination (Notice 87) 43,766
Income and currency gain or loss with respect to a section 987
qualified business unit (QBU) (REG–208270–86) 42,698
Income earned from a restricted country (Notice 84) 41,677
Indian tribal governments, limitation on issuance of tax-ex-
empt bonds, advance notice of proposed rulemaking
(REG–118788–06) (Ann 59) 36,388
Inflation adjustments, foreign earned income exclusion amount
(RP 51) 47,945
Information reporting:
For payments to attorneys, reporting of gross proceeds pay-
ments (TD 9270) 33,237
Requirements for:
Payments of interest on tax-exempt bonds (Notice 93) 44,
798
Qualified tuition and related expenses (Notice 72) 36,363
Installment agreement user fees (REG–148576–05) 40,627
Institute on Current Issues in International Taxation (Ann 77) 42,
748
Insurance companies:
Life-nonlife tacking rule, correction to TD 9258 (Ann 46) 28,
76
Net investment income included by foreign insurance com-
pany on U.S. income tax return, guidance regarding com-
putation of amount (RP 39) 40,600
Recomputed differential earnings rate for 2004 (RR 45) 37,
423
INCOME TAX—Cont.
Interest:
Investment:
Federal short-term, mid-term, and long-term rates for:
July 2006 (RR 35) 28,50
August 2006 (RR 39) 32,137
September 2006 (RR 44) 36,361
October 2006 (RR 50) 41,672
November 2006 (RR 55) 45,837
Portfolio interest rules as appliedtopaymentsmadetopart-
nerships and simple or grantor trusts (REG–118775–06) 28,
73; hearing rescheduled (Ann 58) 36,388; hearing can-
celled (Ann 71) 40,630
Rates:
Underpayments and overpayments, quarter beginning:
October 1, 2006 (RR 49) 40,584
Inventory:
LIFO, price indexes used by department stores for:
May 2006 (RR 40) 32,136
June 2006 (RR 41) 35,331
July 2006 (RR 48) 39,516
August 2006 (RR 53) 44,796
September 2006 (RR 59) 48,992
Involuntary conversions, livestock sold on account of drought:
Extension of replacement period (Notice 82) 39,529
List of affected counties, extension of replacement period
(Notice 91) 42,688
Levy, use of superpriority lien arguments as a defense to (RR 42)
35,337
Marginal production rates, 2006 (Notice 61) 29,85
Mortality table used for reasonable mortality charges (Notice 95)
45,848
Native Alaskan whaling captains, substantiation of expenses (RP
50) 47,944
Nonqualified deferred compensation, permitted accelerated pay-
ment (Notice 64) 29,88
Offers in compromise, nonrefundable down payments required
(Notice 68) 31,105
Optional standard mileage rates, 2007 (RP 49) 47,936
Partnerships:
Allocation of creditable foreign taxes (TD 9292) 47,914
Portfolio interest rules as appliedtopaymentsmadetopart-
nerships and simple or grantor trusts (REG–118775–06) 28,
73
Patriots’ Day 2007, extension of time to file (Notice 103) 47,931
Penalties, substantial understatement, preparer penalty (RP 48)
47,934
Per diem allowances (RP 41) 43,777
Postponement of filing date forForm 8898, Statement for Indi-
viduals Who Begin or End Bona Fide Residence in a U.S. Pos-
session, for tax years 2001 through 2005 (Notice 57) 27,13
Private foundations, organizations now classified as (Ann 51) 32,
222;(Ann76)42,746;(Ann92)48,1014
Procedures for requesting specialstatistical studies and compila-
tions involving return information (RP 36) 38,498
November 27, 2006x2006–48 I.R.B.

INCOME TAX—Cont.
Proposed Regulations:
26 CFR 1.45G–0, –1, added; railroad track maintenance credit
(REG–142270–05) 43,791
26 CFR 1.72–6(e), added; 1.1001–1(h), (i), (j), added; ex-
changes of property for an annuity (REG–141901–05) 47,
947
26 CFR 1.141–0, –1, –13, –15, amended; 1.141–6, re-
vised; 1.145–2, amended; general allocation and account-
ing regulations under section 141 (REG–140379–02;
REG–142599–02) 44,808
26 CFR 1.141–4, revised; 1.141–15, amended; treat-
ment of payments in lieu of taxes under section 141
(REG–136806–06) 47,950
26 CFR 1.162–4, revised; 1.263(a)–0, amended; 1.263(a)–1
thru –3, revised; guidance regarding deduction and cap-
italization of expenditures related to tangible property
(REG–168745–03) 39,532
26 CFR 1.199–2, –3, –5, –7, –8, amended; TIPRA amend-
ments to section 199 (REG–127819–06) 48,1013
26 CFR 1.358–2, amended; 1.362–3, –4, added; 1.367–1,
amended; 1.705–1, amended; limitations on transfers of
built-in losses (REG–110405–05) 48,1004
26 CFR 1.367(b)–2, –4, revised; 1.1248–1, –2, –3, –7, re-
vised; 1.1248–8, added; section 1248 attribution principles
(REG–135866–02) 27,34; correction (Ann 64) 37,447;ad-
ditional corrections (Ann 65) 37,447
26 CFR 1.482–0, –1, –2, –4, –6, –8, amended; 1.482–9,
added; 1.861–8, amended; 1.6038A–3(a)(3), amended;
1.6662–6, amended; treatment of services under section
482, allocation of income and deductions from intangibles,
stewardship expense (REG–146893–02) 34,317
26 CFR 1.671–5, amended; reporting rules for widely held
fixed investment trusts (REG–125071–06) 36,375
26 CFR 1.706–1, amended; 1.901–2, revised; definition of
taxpayer for purposes of section 901 and related matters
(REG–124152–06) 36,368; correction (Ann 90) 47,953
26 CFR 1.853–1 thru –4, amended; elimination of country-by-
country reporting to shareholders of foreign taxes paid by
regulated investment companies (RICs) (REG–105248–04)
43,787
26 CFR 1.860A–1, amended; 1.860G–3, amended; 1.863–1,
amended; 1.1441–2, amended; REMIC residual interests-
accounting for REMIC net income (including any excess
inclusions (foreign holders) (REG–159929–02) 35,341
26 CFR 1.861–9T, amended; 1.985–1, amended; 1.985–5,
revised; 1.987–1 thru –4, –6 thru –11, added; 1.987–5,
revised, 1.988–1, –4, amended; 1.989(a)–1, amended;
1.989(c)–1, removed; incomeand currency gain or loss
with respect to a section 987 qualified business unit (QBU)
(REG–208270–86) 42,698
26 CFR 1.871–14, amended; 1.881–2, amended; revisions to
regulations relating to repeal of tax on interest of nonres-
ident alien individuals and foreign corporations received
from certain portfolio debt investments (REG–118775–06)
28,73; hearing rescheduled (Ann 58) 36,388; hearing can-
celled (Ann 71) 40,630
INCOME TAX—Cont.
26 CFR 1.882–5, amended; 1.884–1, amended; determina-
tion of interest expense deduction of foreign corporations
(REG–120509–06) 39,570
26 CFR 1.959–1 thru –4, revised; 1.961–1, –2, revised;
1.961–3, –4, added; 1.1502–12, –32, revised; exclusion
from gross income of previously taxed earnings and prof-
its, and adjustments to basis of stock in controlled foreign
corporations and of other property (REG–121509–00) 40,
602
26 CFR 1.985–3, amended; United States dollar approximate
separate transactions method (REG–118897–06) 31,121
26 CFR 1.1221–1, amended; section 1221(a)(4) capital asset
exclusion accounts and notesreceivable (REG–109367–06)
41,683
26 CFR 1.6038–2, amended; 1.6038A–2, amended; informa-
tion returns required with respect to certain foreign cor-
porations and certain foreign-owned domestic corporations
(REG–109512–05) 30,100
26 CFR 1.7874–2, added; guidance regarding expatriated en-
tities and their foreign parents (REG–112994–06) 27,47;
correction (Ann 79) 43,792
26 CFR 300.0, amended; 300.4, .5, .6, added; user fees relat-
ing to enrollment (REG–145154–05) 39,567
26 CFR 300.1(b), .2(b), amended; user fees for processing
installment agreements (REG–148576–05) 40,627
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; disclosure of re-
turn information to the Bureau of Economic Analysis
(REG–148864–03) 34,320
Publications:
515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign
Entities, supplemental tables (Ann 80) 45,840
901, U.S. Tax Treaties, supplemental tables (Ann 80) 45,840
1187, Specifications for Filing Form 1042-S, Foreign Per-
son’s U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding, Elec-
tronically or Magnetically, revised (RP 34) 38,460
1220, Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and
W-2G Electronically or Magnetically, 2006 revision (RP
33) 32,140; updates affecting taxyear 2006 filing of in-
formation returns (Ann 73) 42,745
1239, Specifications for Filing Form 8027, Employer’s An-
nual Information Return of TipIncome and Allocated Tips,
Electronically or Magnetically, revised (RP 29) 27,13
Qualifying child, definition andtie-breaking rule (Notice 86) 41,
680
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
Allocation and reporting of excess inclusion income by REITs
and other pass-through entities (Notice 97) 46,904
Excess inclusion income allocable to charitable remainder
trust, unrelated business taxable income under section
860E(b) (RR 58) 46,876
Income tests, rents from real property (Notice 58) 28,59
Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (REMIC), allocation
of income to foreign persons by certain entities (TD 9272) 35,
332; correction (Ann 68) 38,510; (REG–159929–02) 35,341
Record retention requirements for tax-exempt bonds (Notice 63)
29,87
2006–48 I.R.B.xiNovember 27, 2006

INCOME TAX—Cont.
Regulated investment companies (RICs), foreign taxes
(REG–105248–04) 43,787
Regulations:
26 CFR 1.45G-0T, –1T, added; 602.101, amended; railroad
track maintenance credit (TD 9286) 43,750
26 CFR 1.48–12, amended; 1.167(a)–14, amended;
1.167(a)–14T, removed;1.168(d)–1, amended;
1.168(d)–1T, amended; 1.168(i)–6T, amended; 1.168(k)–0,
–1, added; 1.168(k)–0T, –1T, removed; 1.169–3, amended;
1.169–3T, removed; 1.312–15, amended; 1.1400L(b)–1,
added; 1.1400L(b)–1T, removed; special depreciation
allowance (TD 9283) 41,633
26 CFR 1.162(k)–1, added; 1.404(k)–3, added; dividends
paid deduction for stock held in employee stock ownership
plan (TD 9282) 39,512
26 CFR 1.199–0, –2, –3, –3T, –5, –7, –8, –8T, amended;
1.199–2T, –5T, –7T, added; TIPRA amendments to section
199 (TD 9293) 48,957
26 CFR 1.199–3T, –8T, amended; computer software under
section199(c)(5)(B),correctiontoTD9262(Ann56)35,
342
26 CFR 1.338–3, amended; 1.338(h)(10)–1, amended;
1.338(h)(10)–1T, removed; effect of elections in certain
multi-step transactions (TD 9271) 33,224
26 CFR 1.358–1, –2(c), amended; 1.1502–19T, –32,
amended; determination of basis of stock or securities
received in exchange for, or with respect to, stock or
securities in certain transactions, treatment of excess loss
accounts, correction to TD 9244 (Ann 91) 47,953
26 CFR 1.367(b)–0 thru –3, amended; 1.367(b)–6, revised;
1.367(b)–7, –8, –9, added; 1.381(a)–1, revised; stock trans-
fer rules, carryover of earnings and taxes (TD 9273) 37,394
26 CFR 1.382–1, amended; 1.382–10, added; 1.382–10T, re-
moved; distributions of interests in a loss corporation from
qualified trusts (TD 9269) 30,92
26 CFR 1.410(b)–0, –6, –10, amended; exclusion of employ-
ees of 501(c)(3) organizations in 401(k) and 401(m) plans
(TD 9275) 35,327
26 CFR 1.448–2, added; 1.448–2T, removed; 602.101,
amended; nonaccrual-experience method of accounting
under section 448(d)(5) (TD 9285) 41,656
26 CFR 1.482–0, –1, –2, –4, –6, –8, amended; 1.482–0T, –1T,
–2T, –4T, –6T, –8T, –9T, added; 1.861–8, –8T, amended;
1.6038–3(a)(3), amended; 1.6038A–3T, added; 1.6662–6,
amended; 1.6662–6T, added; treatment of services under
section 482, allocation of income and deductions from in-
tangibles, stewardship expense (TD 9278) 34,256
26 CFR 1.671–5, amended; 1.671–5T, added; reporting rules
for widely held fixed investment trusts (TD 9279) 36,355
26 CFR 1.704–1, amended; 1.704–1T, removed; partner’s
distributive share, foreign tax expenditures (TD 9292) 47,
914
26 CFR 1.704–2, amended; 1.752–2, amended; 602.101, re-
vised; treatment of disregarded entities under section 752
(TD 9289) 45,827
INCOME TAX—Cont.
26 CFR 1.860A–0, –1, amended; 1.860A–1T, added;
1.860G–3, amended; 1.860G–3T, added; 1.863–0, –1,
amended; 1.863–1T, added; 1.1441–0, –2, amended;
1.1441–2T, added; REMIC residual interests-accounting
for REMIC net income (including any excess inclusions)
(foreign holders) (TD 9272) 35,332; correction (Ann 68)
38,510
26 CFR 1.882–0, –5, amended; 1.882–5T, added; 1.884–1,
amended; 1.884–1T, added; 602.101, amended; determina-
tion of interest expense deduction of foreign corporations
(TD 9281) 39,517;correction(Ann82)44,821; additional
corrections (Ann 84) 45,873
26 CFR 1.904–4, amended; application of separate limitations
to dividends from noncontrolled section 902 corporations,
correctiontoTD9260(Ann67)38,509
26 CFR 1.1502–35, amended; suspension of losses on certain
stock dispositions, correction to TD 9254 (Ann 44) 27,49;
correction (Ann 66) 37,448
26 CFR 1.1502–76T, amended; 1.1563–1, amended; 602.101,
amended; amendment of tacking rule requirements of life-
nonlife consolidated regulations, and guidance necessary to
facilitate business electronic filing and burden reduction,
correctiontoTD9258andTD9264(Ann46)28,76
26 CFR 1.6038–2, –2T, amended; 1.6038A–2, –2T, amended;
602.101(b), amended; information returns required with re-
spect to certain foreign corporations and certain foreign-
owned domestic corporations (TD 9268) 30,94
26 CFR 1.6041–1, –3, amended; 1.6045–5, added; reporting
of gross proceeds payments to attorneys (TD 9270) 33,237
26 CFR 1.7702–0, –2, added; attained age of the insured under
section 7702 (TD 9287) 46,896
26 CFR 1.7874–2T, added; guidance regarding expatriated
entities and their foreign parents (TD 9265) 27,1
26 CFR 54.4980G–0 thru –5, added; employer comparable
contributions to Health Savings Accounts under section
4980G (TD 9277) 33,226; correction (Ann 72) 40,630
26 CFR 300.0, amended; 300.4, .5, .6, added; user fees relat-
ing to enrollment (TD 9288) 44,794
26 CFR 301.6103(j)(1)–1, amended; 301.6103(j)(1)–1T,
added; disclosure of return information to the Bureau of
Economic Analysis (TD 9267) 34,313
26 CFR 301.6103(k)(6)–1, added; 301.6103(k)(6)–1T, re-
moved; disclosure of return information by certain officers
and employees for investigative purposes (TD 9274) 33,
244; correction (Ann 89) 44,826
26 CFR 301.6320–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing upon filing of notice of federal tax lien
(TD 9290) 46,879
26 CFR 301.6330–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
26 CFR 301.6502–1, revised; collection after assessment (TD
9284) 40,582
Return transcripts or records, request for copy, Income Verifica-
tion Express Service (IVES) program (Ann 74) 42,746
November 27, 2006xii2006–48 I.R.B.

INCOME TAX—Cont.
Revocations, exempt organizations (Ann 48) 31,136;(Ann54)
33,254;(Ann55)35,342; (Ann 60) 36,389;(Ann69)37,
449; (Ann 75) 42,746; (Ann 81) 44,821
Revoking an election under section 83(b) (RP 31) 27,32
Smartcards and debit cards used toprovide qualified transporta-
tion fringes under section 132(f) (RR 57) 47,911
Standard Industry Fare Level (SIFL) formula (RR 47) 39,511
Statute of limitations for collection, extension (TD 9284) 40,582
Stocks:
Determination of basis of stock and securities received in cer-
tain transactions, correction to TD 9244 (Ann 91) 47,953
Stock transfer rules, carryover of earnings and taxes (TD
9273) 37,394
Tax Conventions:
U.S.-Bangladesh income tax treaty, tax rate tables (Ann 80)
45,840
U.S. income tax treaties that meet the requirements of section
1(h)(11)(C)(i)(II) (Notice 101) 47,930
U.S.-Sweden income tax protocol, tax rate tables (Ann 80) 45,
840
U.S.-U.K. dual consolidated loss competent authority agree-
ment (Ann 86) 45,842
Tax effects of proposed chapter 12 plans (RP 52) 48,995
Tax Exempt Bond (TEB) Mediation Pilot Program, one-year re-
newal (Ann 43) 27,48
Tax Increase Prevention and Reconciliation Act of 2005
(TIPRA) amendments to section 199 (TD 9293) 48,957;
(REG–127819–06) 48,1013
Transition relief under section 409A, additional relief (Notice 79)
43,763
Treatment of payments in lieu of taxes under section 141
(REG–136806–06) 47,950
Tuition and related expenses, qualified, information reporting re-
quirements (Notice 72) 36,363
United States dollar approximate separate transactions method
(DASTM) (REG–118897–06) 31,121
U.S. possessions, examples for determining whether income is
U.S. possession source or effectively connected with trade or
business in U.S. possession (Notice 76) 38,459
User fees:
Enrollment examinations, enrollment of enrolled agents, re-
newal of enrollment (REG–145154–05) 39,567; (TD 9288)
44,794
Installment agreement (REG–148576–05) 40,627
Processing Form 8802, Application for United States Resi-
dency Certification (RP 35) 37,434; delay in the effective
date of new user fees (Notice 90) 42,688
Wages, methods of determining “paragraph (e)(1) wages” for
purposes of section 199 (RP 47) 45,869
Widely held fixed investment trusts (WHFITs), reporting re-
quirements (TD 9279) 36,355; (REG–125071–06) 36,375
SELF-EMPLOYMENT TAX
Bankruptcy estate in chapter 11 cases filed on or after October 17,
2005, post-petition income of individual debtor (Notice 83) 40,
596
Collection:
Clarification of the way due process hearings are conducted:
Federal tax lien (TD 9290) 46,879
Prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
Disaster relief, additional postponement under section 7508A for
filing certain 2004 and 2005 individual tax returns by certain
taxpayers affected by Hurricane Katrina (Notice 56) 28,58
Offers in compromise, nonrefundable down payments required
(Notice 68) 31,105
Regulations:
26 CFR 301.6320–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing upon filing of notice of federal tax lien
(TD 9290) 46,879
26 CFR 301.6330–1, amended; miscellaneous changes to col-
lection due process procedures relating to notice and oppor-
tunity for hearing prior to levy (TD 9291) 46,887
Tax effects of proposed chapter 12 plans (RP 52) 48,995
2006–48 I.R.B.xiiiNovember 27, 2006

November 27, 20062006–48 I.R.B.

INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN
The Introduction at the beginning of this issue describes the purpose and content of this publication. The weekly Internal Revenue
Bulletin is sold on a yearly subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents. Current subscribers are notified by the Superin-
tendent of Documents when their subscriptions must be renewed.
CUMULATIVE BULLETINS
The contents of this weekly Bulletin are consolidated semiannually into a permanent, indexed, Cumulative Bulletin. These are
sold on a single copy basis andare notincluded as part of the subscription to the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Subscribers to the weekly
Bulletin are notified when copies of the Cumulative Bulletin are available. Certain issues of Cumulative Bulletins are out of print
and are not available. Persons desiring available Cumulative Bulletins, which are listed on the reverse, may purchase them from the
Superintendent of Documents.
ACCESS THE INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN ON THE INTERNET
You may view the Internal Revenue Bulletin on the Internet at www.irs.gov. Under information for: select Businesses. Under
related topics, select More Topics. Then select Internal Revenue Bulletins.
INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETINS ON CD-ROM
Internal Revenue Bulletins are available annually as part ofPublication 1796 (Tax Products CD-ROM). The CD-ROM can be
purchased from National Technical Information Service (NTIS) on the Internet at www.irs.gov/cdorders (discount for online orders)
or by calling 1-877-233-6767. The first release is available in mid-December and the final release is available in late January.
HOW TO ORDER
Check the publications and/or subscription(s) desired on the reverse, complete the order blank, enclose the proper remittance,
detach entire page, and mail to the Superintendent of Documents, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh PA, 15250–7954. Please allow two to
six weeks, plus mailing time, for delivery.
WE WELCOME COMMENTS ABOUT THE INTERNAL
REVENUE BUL
LETIN
If you have c
omments concerning the format or production of the Internal Revenue Bulletin or suggestions for improving it,
we would be p
leased to hear from you. You can e-mail us your suggestions or comments through the IRS Internet Home Page
(www.irs.g
ov) or write to the IRS Bulletin Unit, SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, Washington, DC 20224
Internal Revenue Service
W
ashington,DC20224
Official B
usiness
Penalty for
Private Use, $300